detached bc1a52f

Gen: Re-run script

commit
bc1a52f44fd4c491947f7af85296c66173da17ba
author
Jeroen Wijenbergh · · 2025-04-07 12:39 UTC
committer
Jeroen Wijenbergh · · 2025-04-07 12:41 UTC
parent
dfb3f40
signature
unsigned
54 files · +12400 -172
Unified
UnifiedSplit
A v4/adw/adw-about-dialog.go +1187 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,1187 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
14+)
15+
16+type AboutDialogClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+
19+ ParentClass uintptr
20+}
21+
22+func (x *AboutDialogClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
23+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
24+}
25+
26+var xShowAboutDialog func(uintptr, string, ...interface{})
27+
28+// A convenience function for showing an application’s about dialog.
29+func ShowAboutDialog(ParentVar *gtk.Widget, FirstPropertyNameVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
30+
31+ xShowAboutDialog(ParentVar.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyNameVar, varArgs...)
32+
33+}
34+
35+var xShowAboutDialogFromAppdata func(uintptr, string, string, string, ...interface{})
36+
37+// A convenience function for showing an application’s about dialog from
38+// AppStream metadata.
39+//
40+// See [ctor@AboutDialog.new_from_appdata] for details.
41+func ShowAboutDialogFromAppdata(ParentVar *gtk.Widget, ResourcePathVar string, ReleaseNotesVersionVar string, FirstPropertyNameVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
42+
43+ xShowAboutDialogFromAppdata(ParentVar.GoPointer(), ResourcePathVar, ReleaseNotesVersionVar, FirstPropertyNameVar, varArgs...)
44+
45+}
46+
47+// A dialog showing information about the application.
48+//
49+// <picture>
50+//
51+// <source srcset="about-dialog-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
52+// <img src="about-dialog.png" alt="about-dialog">
53+//
54+// </picture>
55+//
56+// an about dialog is typically opened when the user activates the `About …`
57+// item in the application's primary menu. All parts of the dialog are optional.
58+//
59+// ## Main page
60+//
61+// `AdwAboutDialog` prominently displays the application's icon, name, developer
62+// name and version. They can be set with the [property@AboutDialog:application-icon],
63+// [property@AboutDialog:application-name],
64+// [property@AboutDialog:developer-name] and [property@AboutDialog:version]
65+// respectively.
66+//
67+// ## What's New
68+//
69+// `AdwAboutDialog` provides a way for applications to display their release
70+// notes, set with the [property@AboutDialog:release-notes] property.
71+//
72+// Release notes are formatted the same way as
73+// [AppStream descriptions](https://freedesktop.org/software/appstream/docs/chap-Metadata.html#tag-description).
74+//
75+// The supported formatting options are:
76+//
77+// * Paragraph (`<p>`)
78+// * Ordered list (`<ol>`), with list items (`<li>`)
79+// * Unordered list (`<ul>`), with list items (`<li>`)
80+//
81+// Within paragraphs and list items, emphasis (`<em>`) and inline code
82+// (`<code>`) text styles are supported. The emphasis is rendered in italic,
83+// while inline code is shown in a monospaced font.
84+//
85+// Any text outside paragraphs or list items is ignored.
86+//
87+// Nested lists are not supported.
88+//
89+// Only one version can be shown at a time. By default, the displayed version
90+// number matches [property@AboutDialog:version]. Use
91+// [property@AboutDialog:release-notes-version] to override it.
92+//
93+// ## Details
94+//
95+// The Details page displays the application comments and links.
96+//
97+// The comments can be set with the [property@AboutDialog:comments] property.
98+// Unlike [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:comments], this string can be long and
99+// detailed. It can also contain links and Pango markup.
100+//
101+// To set the application website, use [property@AboutDialog:website].
102+// To add extra links below the website, use [method@AboutDialog.add_link].
103+//
104+// If the Details page doesn't have any other content besides website, the
105+// website will be displayed on the main page instead.
106+//
107+// ## Troubleshooting
108+//
109+// `AdwAboutDialog` displays the following two links on the main page:
110+//
111+// * Support Questions, set with the [property@AboutDialog:support-url] property,
112+// * Report an Issue, set with the [property@AboutDialog:issue-url] property.
113+//
114+// Additionally, applications can provide debugging information. It will be
115+// shown separately on the Troubleshooting page. Use the
116+// [property@AboutDialog:debug-info] property to specify it.
117+//
118+// It's intended to be attached to issue reports when reporting issues against
119+// the application. As such, it cannot contain markup or links.
120+//
121+// `AdwAboutDialog` provides a quick way to save debug information to a file.
122+// When saving, [property@AboutDialog:debug-info-filename] would be used as
123+// the suggested filename.
124+//
125+// ## Credits and Acknowledgements
126+//
127+// The Credits page has the following default sections:
128+//
129+// * Developers, set with the [property@AboutDialog:developers] property,
130+// * Designers, set with the [property@AboutDialog:designers] property,
131+// * Artists, set with the [property@AboutDialog:artists] property,
132+// * Documenters, set with the [property@AboutDialog:documenters] property,
133+// * Translators, set with the [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits] property.
134+//
135+// When setting translator credits, use the strings `"translator-credits"` or
136+// `"translator_credits"` and mark them as translatable.
137+//
138+// The default sections that don't contain any names won't be displayed.
139+//
140+// The Credits page can also contain an arbitrary number of extra sections below
141+// the default ones. Use [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section] to add them.
142+//
143+// The Acknowledgements page can be used to acknowledge additional people and
144+// organizations for their non-development contributions. Use
145+// [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section] to add sections to it. For
146+// example, it can be used to list backers in a crowdfunded project or to give
147+// special thanks.
148+//
149+// Each of the people or organizations can have an email address or a website
150+// specified. To add a email address, use a string like
151+// `Edgar Allan Poe <edgar@poe.com>`. To specify a website with a title, use a
152+// string like `The GNOME Project https://www.gnome.org`:
153+//
154+// <picture>
155+//
156+// <source srcset="about-dialog-credits-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
157+// <img src="about-dialog-credits.png" alt="about-dialog-credits">
158+//
159+// </picture>
160+//
161+// ## Legal
162+//
163+// The Legal page displays the copyright and licensing information for the
164+// application and other modules.
165+//
166+// The copyright string is set with the [property@AboutDialog:copyright]
167+// property and should be a short string of one or two lines, for example:
168+// `© 2022 Example`.
169+//
170+// Licensing information can be quickly set from a list of known licenses with
171+// the [property@AboutDialog:license-type] property. If the application's
172+// license is not in the list, [property@AboutDialog:license] can be used
173+// instead.
174+//
175+// To add information about other modules, such as application dependencies or
176+// data, use [method@AboutDialog.add_legal_section].
177+//
178+// ## Constructing
179+//
180+// To make constructing an `AdwAboutDialog` as convenient as possible, you can
181+// use the function [func@show_about_dialog] which constructs and shows a
182+// dialog.
183+//
184+// ```c
185+// static void
186+// show_about (GtkApplication *app)
187+//
188+// {
189+// const char *developers[] = {
190+// "Angela Avery",
191+// NULL
192+// };
193+//
194+// const char *designers[] = {
195+// "GNOME Design Team",
196+// NULL
197+// };
198+//
199+// adw_show_about_dialog (GTK_WIDGET (gtk_application_get_active_window (app)),
200+// "application-name", _("Example"),
201+// "application-icon", "org.example.App",
202+// "version", "1.2.3",
203+// "copyright", "© 2022 Angela Avery",
204+// "issue-url", "https://gitlab.gnome.org/example/example/-/issues/",
205+// "license-type", GTK_LICENSE_GPL_3_0,
206+// "developers", developers,
207+// "designers", designers,
208+// "translator-credits", _("translator-credits"),
209+// NULL);
210+// }
211+//
212+// ```
213+//
214+// ## CSS nodes
215+//
216+// `AdwAboutDialog` has a main CSS node with the name `dialog` and the
217+// style class `.about`.
218+type AboutDialog struct {
219+ Dialog
220+}
221+
222+var xAboutDialogGLibType func() types.GType
223+
224+func AboutDialogGLibType() types.GType {
225+ return xAboutDialogGLibType()
226+}
227+
228+func AboutDialogNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *AboutDialog {
229+ cls := &AboutDialog{}
230+ cls.Ptr = ptr
231+ return cls
232+}
233+
234+var xNewAboutDialog func() uintptr
235+
236+// Creates a new `AdwAboutDialog`.
237+func NewAboutDialog() *AboutDialog {
238+ var cls *AboutDialog
239+
240+ cret := xNewAboutDialog()
241+
242+ if cret == 0 {
243+ return nil
244+ }
245+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
246+ cls = &AboutDialog{}
247+ cls.Ptr = cret
248+ return cls
249+}
250+
251+var xNewAboutDialogFromAppdata func(string, string) uintptr
252+
253+// Creates a new `AdwAboutDialog` using AppStream metadata.
254+//
255+// This automatically sets the following properties with the following AppStream
256+// values:
257+//
258+// - [property@AboutDialog:application-icon] is set from the `<id>`
259+// - [property@AboutDialog:application-name] is set from the `<name>`
260+// - [property@AboutDialog:developer-name] is set from the `<name>` within
261+// `<developer>`
262+// - [property@AboutDialog:version] is set from the version of the latest release
263+// - [property@AboutDialog:website] is set from the `<url type="homepage">`
264+// - [property@AboutDialog:support-url] is set from the `<url type="help">`
265+// - [property@AboutDialog:issue-url] is set from the `<url type="bugtracker">`
266+// - [property@AboutDialog:license-type] is set from the `<project_license>`.
267+// If the license type retrieved from AppStream is not listed in
268+// [enum@Gtk.License], it will be set to `GTK_LICENCE_CUSTOM`.
269+//
270+// If @release_notes_version is not `NULL`,
271+// [property@AboutDialog:release-notes-version] is set to match it, while
272+// [property@AboutDialog:release-notes] is set from the AppStream release
273+// description for that version.
274+func NewAboutDialogFromAppdata(ResourcePathVar string, ReleaseNotesVersionVar string) *AboutDialog {
275+ var cls *AboutDialog
276+
277+ cret := xNewAboutDialogFromAppdata(ResourcePathVar, ReleaseNotesVersionVar)
278+
279+ if cret == 0 {
280+ return nil
281+ }
282+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
283+ cls = &AboutDialog{}
284+ cls.Ptr = cret
285+ return cls
286+}
287+
288+var xAboutDialogAddAcknowledgementSection func(uintptr, string, []string)
289+
290+// Adds a section to the Acknowledgements page.
291+//
292+// This can be used to acknowledge additional people and organizations for their
293+// non-development contributions - for example, backers in a crowdfunded
294+// project.
295+//
296+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for more
297+// details.
298+//
299+// See also:
300+//
301+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
302+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
303+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
304+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
305+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
306+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
307+func (x *AboutDialog) AddAcknowledgementSection(NameVar string, PeopleVar []string) {
308+
309+ xAboutDialogAddAcknowledgementSection(x.GoPointer(), NameVar, PeopleVar)
310+
311+}
312+
313+var xAboutDialogAddCreditSection func(uintptr, string, []string)
314+
315+// Adds an extra section to the Credits page.
316+//
317+// Extra sections are displayed below the standard categories.
318+//
319+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for more
320+// details.
321+//
322+// See also:
323+//
324+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
325+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
326+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
327+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
328+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
329+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
330+func (x *AboutDialog) AddCreditSection(NameVar string, PeopleVar []string) {
331+
332+ xAboutDialogAddCreditSection(x.GoPointer(), NameVar, PeopleVar)
333+
334+}
335+
336+var xAboutDialogAddLegalSection func(uintptr, string, string, gtk.License, string)
337+
338+// Adds an extra section to the Legal page.
339+//
340+// Extra sections will be displayed below the application's own information.
341+//
342+// The parameters @copyright, @license_type and @license will be used to present
343+// the it the same way as [property@AboutDialog:copyright],
344+// [property@AboutDialog:license-type] and [property@AboutDialog:license] are
345+// for the application's own information.
346+//
347+// See those properties for more details.
348+//
349+// This can be useful to attribute the application dependencies or data.
350+//
351+// Examples:
352+//
353+// ```c
354+// adw_about_dialog_add_legal_section (ADW_ABOUT_DIALOG (about),
355+//
356+// _("Copyright and a known license"),
357+// "© 2022 Example",
358+// GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1,
359+// NULL);
360+//
361+// adw_about_dialog_add_legal_section (ADW_ABOUT_DIALOG (about),
362+//
363+// _("Copyright and custom license"),
364+// "© 2022 Example",
365+// GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM,
366+// "Custom license text");
367+//
368+// adw_about_dialog_add_legal_section (ADW_ABOUT_DIALOG (about),
369+//
370+// _("Copyright only"),
371+// "© 2022 Example",
372+// GTK_LICENSE_UNKNOWN,
373+// NULL);
374+//
375+// adw_about_dialog_add_legal_section (ADW_ABOUT_DIALOG (about),
376+//
377+// _("Custom license only"),
378+// NULL,
379+// GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM,
380+// "Something completely custom here.");
381+//
382+// ```
383+func (x *AboutDialog) AddLegalSection(TitleVar string, CopyrightVar string, LicenseTypeVar gtk.License, LicenseVar string) {
384+
385+ xAboutDialogAddLegalSection(x.GoPointer(), TitleVar, CopyrightVar, LicenseTypeVar, LicenseVar)
386+
387+}
388+
389+var xAboutDialogAddLink func(uintptr, string, string)
390+
391+// Adds an extra link to the Details page.
392+//
393+// Extra links are displayed under the comment and website.
394+//
395+// Underlines in @title will be interpreted as indicating a mnemonic.
396+//
397+// See [property@AboutDialog:website].
398+func (x *AboutDialog) AddLink(TitleVar string, UrlVar string) {
399+
400+ xAboutDialogAddLink(x.GoPointer(), TitleVar, UrlVar)
401+
402+}
403+
404+var xAboutDialogGetApplicationIcon func(uintptr) string
405+
406+// Gets the name of the application icon for @self.
407+func (x *AboutDialog) GetApplicationIcon() string {
408+
409+ cret := xAboutDialogGetApplicationIcon(x.GoPointer())
410+ return cret
411+}
412+
413+var xAboutDialogGetApplicationName func(uintptr) string
414+
415+// Gets the application name for @self.
416+func (x *AboutDialog) GetApplicationName() string {
417+
418+ cret := xAboutDialogGetApplicationName(x.GoPointer())
419+ return cret
420+}
421+
422+var xAboutDialogGetArtists func(uintptr) []string
423+
424+// Gets the list of artists of the application.
425+func (x *AboutDialog) GetArtists() []string {
426+
427+ cret := xAboutDialogGetArtists(x.GoPointer())
428+ return cret
429+}
430+
431+var xAboutDialogGetComments func(uintptr) string
432+
433+// Gets the comments about the application.
434+func (x *AboutDialog) GetComments() string {
435+
436+ cret := xAboutDialogGetComments(x.GoPointer())
437+ return cret
438+}
439+
440+var xAboutDialogGetCopyright func(uintptr) string
441+
442+// Gets the copyright information for @self.
443+func (x *AboutDialog) GetCopyright() string {
444+
445+ cret := xAboutDialogGetCopyright(x.GoPointer())
446+ return cret
447+}
448+
449+var xAboutDialogGetDebugInfo func(uintptr) string
450+
451+// Gets the debug information for @self.
452+func (x *AboutDialog) GetDebugInfo() string {
453+
454+ cret := xAboutDialogGetDebugInfo(x.GoPointer())
455+ return cret
456+}
457+
458+var xAboutDialogGetDebugInfoFilename func(uintptr) string
459+
460+// Gets the debug information filename for @self.
461+func (x *AboutDialog) GetDebugInfoFilename() string {
462+
463+ cret := xAboutDialogGetDebugInfoFilename(x.GoPointer())
464+ return cret
465+}
466+
467+var xAboutDialogGetDesigners func(uintptr) []string
468+
469+// Gets the list of designers of the application.
470+func (x *AboutDialog) GetDesigners() []string {
471+
472+ cret := xAboutDialogGetDesigners(x.GoPointer())
473+ return cret
474+}
475+
476+var xAboutDialogGetDeveloperName func(uintptr) string
477+
478+// Gets the developer name for @self.
479+func (x *AboutDialog) GetDeveloperName() string {
480+
481+ cret := xAboutDialogGetDeveloperName(x.GoPointer())
482+ return cret
483+}
484+
485+var xAboutDialogGetDevelopers func(uintptr) []string
486+
487+// Gets the list of developers of the application.
488+func (x *AboutDialog) GetDevelopers() []string {
489+
490+ cret := xAboutDialogGetDevelopers(x.GoPointer())
491+ return cret
492+}
493+
494+var xAboutDialogGetDocumenters func(uintptr) []string
495+
496+// Gets the list of documenters of the application.
497+func (x *AboutDialog) GetDocumenters() []string {
498+
499+ cret := xAboutDialogGetDocumenters(x.GoPointer())
500+ return cret
501+}
502+
503+var xAboutDialogGetIssueUrl func(uintptr) string
504+
505+// Gets the issue tracker URL for @self.
506+func (x *AboutDialog) GetIssueUrl() string {
507+
508+ cret := xAboutDialogGetIssueUrl(x.GoPointer())
509+ return cret
510+}
511+
512+var xAboutDialogGetLicense func(uintptr) string
513+
514+// Gets the license for @self.
515+func (x *AboutDialog) GetLicense() string {
516+
517+ cret := xAboutDialogGetLicense(x.GoPointer())
518+ return cret
519+}
520+
521+var xAboutDialogGetLicenseType func(uintptr) gtk.License
522+
523+// Gets the license type for @self.
524+func (x *AboutDialog) GetLicenseType() gtk.License {
525+
526+ cret := xAboutDialogGetLicenseType(x.GoPointer())
527+ return cret
528+}
529+
530+var xAboutDialogGetReleaseNotes func(uintptr) string
531+
532+// Gets the release notes for @self.
533+func (x *AboutDialog) GetReleaseNotes() string {
534+
535+ cret := xAboutDialogGetReleaseNotes(x.GoPointer())
536+ return cret
537+}
538+
539+var xAboutDialogGetReleaseNotesVersion func(uintptr) string
540+
541+// Gets the version described by the application's release notes.
542+func (x *AboutDialog) GetReleaseNotesVersion() string {
543+
544+ cret := xAboutDialogGetReleaseNotesVersion(x.GoPointer())
545+ return cret
546+}
547+
548+var xAboutDialogGetSupportUrl func(uintptr) string
549+
550+// Gets the URL of the support page for @self.
551+func (x *AboutDialog) GetSupportUrl() string {
552+
553+ cret := xAboutDialogGetSupportUrl(x.GoPointer())
554+ return cret
555+}
556+
557+var xAboutDialogGetTranslatorCredits func(uintptr) string
558+
559+// Gets the translator credits string.
560+func (x *AboutDialog) GetTranslatorCredits() string {
561+
562+ cret := xAboutDialogGetTranslatorCredits(x.GoPointer())
563+ return cret
564+}
565+
566+var xAboutDialogGetVersion func(uintptr) string
567+
568+// Gets the version for @self.
569+func (x *AboutDialog) GetVersion() string {
570+
571+ cret := xAboutDialogGetVersion(x.GoPointer())
572+ return cret
573+}
574+
575+var xAboutDialogGetWebsite func(uintptr) string
576+
577+// Gets the application website URL for @self.
578+func (x *AboutDialog) GetWebsite() string {
579+
580+ cret := xAboutDialogGetWebsite(x.GoPointer())
581+ return cret
582+}
583+
584+var xAboutDialogSetApplicationIcon func(uintptr, string)
585+
586+// Sets the name of the application icon for @self.
587+//
588+// The icon is displayed at the top of the main page.
589+func (x *AboutDialog) SetApplicationIcon(ApplicationIconVar string) {
590+
591+ xAboutDialogSetApplicationIcon(x.GoPointer(), ApplicationIconVar)
592+
593+}
594+
595+var xAboutDialogSetApplicationName func(uintptr, string)
596+
597+// Sets the application name for @self.
598+//
599+// The name is displayed at the top of the main page.
600+func (x *AboutDialog) SetApplicationName(ApplicationNameVar string) {
601+
602+ xAboutDialogSetApplicationName(x.GoPointer(), ApplicationNameVar)
603+
604+}
605+
606+var xAboutDialogSetArtists func(uintptr, []string)
607+
608+// Sets the list of artists of the application.
609+//
610+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
611+//
612+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for more
613+// details.
614+//
615+// See also:
616+//
617+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
618+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
619+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
620+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
621+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
622+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
623+func (x *AboutDialog) SetArtists(ArtistsVar []string) {
624+
625+ xAboutDialogSetArtists(x.GoPointer(), ArtistsVar)
626+
627+}
628+
629+var xAboutDialogSetComments func(uintptr, string)
630+
631+// Sets the comments about the application.
632+//
633+// Comments will be shown on the Details page, above links.
634+//
635+// Unlike [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:comments], this string can be long and
636+// detailed. It can also contain links and Pango markup.
637+func (x *AboutDialog) SetComments(CommentsVar string) {
638+
639+ xAboutDialogSetComments(x.GoPointer(), CommentsVar)
640+
641+}
642+
643+var xAboutDialogSetCopyright func(uintptr, string)
644+
645+// Sets the copyright information for @self.
646+//
647+// This should be a short string of one or two lines, for example:
648+// `© 2022 Example`.
649+//
650+// The copyright information will be displayed on the Legal page, before the
651+// application license.
652+//
653+// [method@AboutDialog.add_legal_section] can be used to add copyright
654+// information for the application dependencies or other components.
655+func (x *AboutDialog) SetCopyright(CopyrightVar string) {
656+
657+ xAboutDialogSetCopyright(x.GoPointer(), CopyrightVar)
658+
659+}
660+
661+var xAboutDialogSetDebugInfo func(uintptr, string)
662+
663+// Sets the debug information for @self.
664+//
665+// Debug information will be shown on the Troubleshooting page. It's intended
666+// to be attached to issue reports when reporting issues against the
667+// application.
668+//
669+// `AdwAboutDialog` provides a quick way to save debug information to a file.
670+// When saving, [property@AboutDialog:debug-info-filename] would be used as
671+// the suggested filename.
672+//
673+// Debug information cannot contain markup or links.
674+func (x *AboutDialog) SetDebugInfo(DebugInfoVar string) {
675+
676+ xAboutDialogSetDebugInfo(x.GoPointer(), DebugInfoVar)
677+
678+}
679+
680+var xAboutDialogSetDebugInfoFilename func(uintptr, string)
681+
682+// Sets the debug information filename for @self.
683+//
684+// It will be used as the suggested filename when saving debug information to a
685+// file.
686+//
687+// See [property@AboutDialog:debug-info].
688+func (x *AboutDialog) SetDebugInfoFilename(FilenameVar string) {
689+
690+ xAboutDialogSetDebugInfoFilename(x.GoPointer(), FilenameVar)
691+
692+}
693+
694+var xAboutDialogSetDesigners func(uintptr, []string)
695+
696+// Sets the list of designers of the application.
697+//
698+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
699+//
700+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for more
701+// details.
702+//
703+// See also:
704+//
705+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
706+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
707+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
708+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
709+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
710+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
711+func (x *AboutDialog) SetDesigners(DesignersVar []string) {
712+
713+ xAboutDialogSetDesigners(x.GoPointer(), DesignersVar)
714+
715+}
716+
717+var xAboutDialogSetDeveloperName func(uintptr, string)
718+
719+// Sets the developer name for @self.
720+//
721+// The developer name is displayed on the main page, under the application name.
722+//
723+// If the application is developed by multiple people, the developer name can be
724+// set to values like "AppName team", "AppName developers" or
725+// "The AppName project", and the individual contributors can be listed on the
726+// Credits page, with [property@AboutDialog:developers] and related properties.
727+func (x *AboutDialog) SetDeveloperName(DeveloperNameVar string) {
728+
729+ xAboutDialogSetDeveloperName(x.GoPointer(), DeveloperNameVar)
730+
731+}
732+
733+var xAboutDialogSetDevelopers func(uintptr, []string)
734+
735+// Sets the list of developers of the application.
736+//
737+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
738+//
739+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for more
740+// details.
741+//
742+// See also:
743+//
744+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
745+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
746+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
747+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
748+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
749+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
750+func (x *AboutDialog) SetDevelopers(DevelopersVar []string) {
751+
752+ xAboutDialogSetDevelopers(x.GoPointer(), DevelopersVar)
753+
754+}
755+
756+var xAboutDialogSetDocumenters func(uintptr, []string)
757+
758+// Sets the list of documenters of the application.
759+//
760+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
761+//
762+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for more
763+// details.
764+//
765+// See also:
766+//
767+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
768+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
769+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
770+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
771+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
772+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
773+func (x *AboutDialog) SetDocumenters(DocumentersVar []string) {
774+
775+ xAboutDialogSetDocumenters(x.GoPointer(), DocumentersVar)
776+
777+}
778+
779+var xAboutDialogSetIssueUrl func(uintptr, string)
780+
781+// Sets the issue tracker URL for @self.
782+//
783+// The issue tracker link is displayed on the main page.
784+func (x *AboutDialog) SetIssueUrl(IssueUrlVar string) {
785+
786+ xAboutDialogSetIssueUrl(x.GoPointer(), IssueUrlVar)
787+
788+}
789+
790+var xAboutDialogSetLicense func(uintptr, string)
791+
792+// Sets the license for @self.
793+//
794+// This can be used to set a custom text for the license if it can't be set via
795+// [property@AboutDialog:license-type].
796+//
797+// When set, [property@AboutDialog:license-type] will be set to
798+// `GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM`.
799+//
800+// The license text will be displayed on the Legal page, below the copyright
801+// information.
802+//
803+// License text can contain Pango markup and links.
804+//
805+// [method@AboutDialog.add_legal_section] can be used to add license information
806+// for the application dependencies or other components.
807+func (x *AboutDialog) SetLicense(LicenseVar string) {
808+
809+ xAboutDialogSetLicense(x.GoPointer(), LicenseVar)
810+
811+}
812+
813+var xAboutDialogSetLicenseType func(uintptr, gtk.License)
814+
815+// Sets the license for @self from a list of known licenses.
816+//
817+// If the application's license is not in the list,
818+// [property@AboutDialog:license] can be used instead. The license type will be
819+// automatically set to `GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM` in that case.
820+//
821+// If @license_type is `GTK_LICENSE_UNKNOWN`, no information will be displayed.
822+//
823+// If @license_type is different from `GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM`.
824+// [property@AboutDialog:license] will be cleared out.
825+//
826+// The license description will be displayed on the Legal page, below the
827+// copyright information.
828+//
829+// [method@AboutDialog.add_legal_section] can be used to add license information
830+// for the application dependencies or other components.
831+func (x *AboutDialog) SetLicenseType(LicenseTypeVar gtk.License) {
832+
833+ xAboutDialogSetLicenseType(x.GoPointer(), LicenseTypeVar)
834+
835+}
836+
837+var xAboutDialogSetReleaseNotes func(uintptr, string)
838+
839+// Sets the release notes for @self.
840+//
841+// Release notes are displayed on the the What's New page.
842+//
843+// Release notes are formatted the same way as
844+// [AppStream descriptions](https://freedesktop.org/software/appstream/docs/chap-Metadata.html#tag-description).
845+//
846+// The supported formatting options are:
847+//
848+// * Paragraph (`<p>`)
849+// * Ordered list (`<ol>`), with list items (`<li>`)
850+// * Unordered list (`<ul>`), with list items (`<li>`)
851+//
852+// Within paragraphs and list items, emphasis (`<em>`) and inline code
853+// (`<code>`) text styles are supported. The emphasis is rendered in italic,
854+// while inline code is shown in a monospaced font.
855+//
856+// Any text outside paragraphs or list items is ignored.
857+//
858+// Nested lists are not supported.
859+//
860+// `AdwAboutDialog` displays the version above the release notes. If set, the
861+// [property@AboutDialog:release-notes-version] of the property will be used
862+// as the version; otherwise, [property@AboutDialog:version] is used.
863+func (x *AboutDialog) SetReleaseNotes(ReleaseNotesVar string) {
864+
865+ xAboutDialogSetReleaseNotes(x.GoPointer(), ReleaseNotesVar)
866+
867+}
868+
869+var xAboutDialogSetReleaseNotesVersion func(uintptr, string)
870+
871+// Sets the version described by the application's release notes.
872+//
873+// The release notes version is displayed on the What's New page, above the
874+// release notes.
875+//
876+// If not set, [property@AboutDialog:version] will be used instead.
877+//
878+// For example, an application with the current version 2.0.2 might want to
879+// keep the release notes from 2.0.0, and set the release notes version
880+// accordingly.
881+//
882+// See [property@AboutDialog:release-notes].
883+func (x *AboutDialog) SetReleaseNotesVersion(VersionVar string) {
884+
885+ xAboutDialogSetReleaseNotesVersion(x.GoPointer(), VersionVar)
886+
887+}
888+
889+var xAboutDialogSetSupportUrl func(uintptr, string)
890+
891+// Sets the URL of the support page for @self.
892+//
893+// The support page link is displayed on the main page.
894+func (x *AboutDialog) SetSupportUrl(SupportUrlVar string) {
895+
896+ xAboutDialogSetSupportUrl(x.GoPointer(), SupportUrlVar)
897+
898+}
899+
900+var xAboutDialogSetTranslatorCredits func(uintptr, string)
901+
902+// Sets the translator credits string.
903+//
904+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
905+//
906+// This string should be `"translator-credits"` or `"translator_credits"` and
907+// should be marked as translatable.
908+//
909+// The string may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
910+// more details.
911+//
912+// See also:
913+//
914+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
915+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
916+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
917+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
918+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
919+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
920+func (x *AboutDialog) SetTranslatorCredits(TranslatorCreditsVar string) {
921+
922+ xAboutDialogSetTranslatorCredits(x.GoPointer(), TranslatorCreditsVar)
923+
924+}
925+
926+var xAboutDialogSetVersion func(uintptr, string)
927+
928+// Sets the version for @self.
929+//
930+// The version is displayed on the main page.
931+//
932+// If [property@AboutDialog:release-notes-version] is not set, the version will
933+// also be displayed above the release notes on the What's New page.
934+func (x *AboutDialog) SetVersion(VersionVar string) {
935+
936+ xAboutDialogSetVersion(x.GoPointer(), VersionVar)
937+
938+}
939+
940+var xAboutDialogSetWebsite func(uintptr, string)
941+
942+// Sets the application website URL for @self.
943+//
944+// Website is displayed on the Details page, below comments, or on the main page
945+// if the Details page doesn't have any other content.
946+//
947+// Applications can add other links below, see [method@AboutDialog.add_link].
948+func (x *AboutDialog) SetWebsite(WebsiteVar string) {
949+
950+ xAboutDialogSetWebsite(x.GoPointer(), WebsiteVar)
951+
952+}
953+
954+func (c *AboutDialog) GoPointer() uintptr {
955+ return c.Ptr
956+}
957+
958+func (c *AboutDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
959+ c.Ptr = ptr
960+}
961+
962+// Emitted when a URL is activated.
963+//
964+// Applications may connect to it to override the default behavior, which is
965+// to call [func@Gtk.show_uri].
966+func (x *AboutDialog) ConnectActivateLink(cb *func(AboutDialog, string) bool) uint32 {
967+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
968+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
969+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activate-link", cbRefPtr)
970+ }
971+
972+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, UriVarp string) bool {
973+ fa := AboutDialog{}
974+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
975+ cbFn := *cb
976+
977+ return cbFn(fa, UriVarp)
978+
979+ }
980+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
981+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
982+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activate-link", cbRefPtr)
983+}
984+
985+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
986+func (x *AboutDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
987+
988+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
989+ return cret
990+}
991+
992+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
993+func (x *AboutDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
994+
995+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
996+
997+}
998+
999+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1000+func (x *AboutDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
1001+
1002+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
1003+
1004+}
1005+
1006+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1007+func (x *AboutDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
1008+
1009+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1010+
1011+}
1012+
1013+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
1014+//
1015+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
1016+// value types of accessible properties.
1017+//
1018+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1019+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
1020+// technologies.
1021+//
1022+// Example:
1023+// ```c
1024+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
1025+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
1026+//
1027+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
1028+// -1);
1029+//
1030+// ```
1031+func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
1032+
1033+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
1034+
1035+}
1036+
1037+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
1038+//
1039+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1040+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1041+//
1042+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
1043+func (x *AboutDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
1044+
1045+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
1046+
1047+}
1048+
1049+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
1050+//
1051+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1052+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1053+//
1054+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
1055+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1056+//
1057+// ```c
1058+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
1059+//
1060+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
1061+// ref1, NULL,
1062+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
1063+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
1064+// -1);
1065+//
1066+// ```
1067+func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
1068+
1069+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
1070+
1071+}
1072+
1073+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
1074+//
1075+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1076+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1077+//
1078+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
1079+func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
1080+
1081+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
1082+
1083+}
1084+
1085+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
1086+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1087+//
1088+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1089+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1090+//
1091+// Example:
1092+// ```c
1093+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
1094+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
1095+//
1096+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
1097+// -1);
1098+//
1099+// ```
1100+func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
1101+
1102+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
1103+
1104+}
1105+
1106+// Updates an array of accessible states.
1107+//
1108+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1109+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1110+//
1111+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
1112+func (x *AboutDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
1113+
1114+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
1115+
1116+}
1117+
1118+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
1119+//
1120+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
1121+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
1122+func (x *AboutDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
1123+
1124+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
1125+ return cret
1126+}
1127+
1128+func init() {
1129+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
1130+ if err != nil {
1131+ panic(err)
1132+ }
1133+
1134+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xShowAboutDialog, lib, "adw_show_about_dialog")
1135+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xShowAboutDialogFromAppdata, lib, "adw_show_about_dialog_from_appdata")
1136+
1137+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGLibType, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_type")
1138+
1139+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewAboutDialog, lib, "adw_about_dialog_new")
1140+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewAboutDialogFromAppdata, lib, "adw_about_dialog_new_from_appdata")
1141+
1142+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddAcknowledgementSection, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_acknowledgement_section")
1143+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddCreditSection, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_credit_section")
1144+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddLegalSection, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_legal_section")
1145+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogAddLink, lib, "adw_about_dialog_add_link")
1146+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetApplicationIcon, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_application_icon")
1147+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetApplicationName, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_application_name")
1148+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetArtists, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_artists")
1149+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetComments, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_comments")
1150+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetCopyright, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_copyright")
1151+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetDebugInfo, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_debug_info")
1152+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetDebugInfoFilename, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_debug_info_filename")
1153+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetDesigners, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_designers")
1154+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetDeveloperName, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_developer_name")
1155+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetDevelopers, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_developers")
1156+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetDocumenters, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_documenters")
1157+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetIssueUrl, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_issue_url")
1158+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetLicense, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_license")
1159+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetLicenseType, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_license_type")
1160+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetReleaseNotes, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_release_notes")
1161+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetReleaseNotesVersion, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_release_notes_version")
1162+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetSupportUrl, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_support_url")
1163+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetTranslatorCredits, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_translator_credits")
1164+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetVersion, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_version")
1165+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogGetWebsite, lib, "adw_about_dialog_get_website")
1166+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetApplicationIcon, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_application_icon")
1167+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetApplicationName, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_application_name")
1168+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetArtists, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_artists")
1169+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetComments, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_comments")
1170+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetCopyright, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_copyright")
1171+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetDebugInfo, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_debug_info")
1172+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetDebugInfoFilename, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_debug_info_filename")
1173+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetDesigners, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_designers")
1174+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetDeveloperName, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_developer_name")
1175+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetDevelopers, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_developers")
1176+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetDocumenters, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_documenters")
1177+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetIssueUrl, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_issue_url")
1178+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetLicense, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_license")
1179+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetLicenseType, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_license_type")
1180+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetReleaseNotes, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_release_notes")
1181+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetReleaseNotesVersion, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_release_notes_version")
1182+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetSupportUrl, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_support_url")
1183+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetTranslatorCredits, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_translator_credits")
1184+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetVersion, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_version")
1185+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutDialogSetWebsite, lib, "adw_about_dialog_set_website")
1186+
1187+}
M v4/adw/adw-about-window.go +52 -1
@@ -34,6 +34,18 @@ func ShowAboutWindow(ParentVar *gtk.Window, FirstPropertyNameVar string, varArgs
3434
3535 }
3636
37+var xShowAboutWindowFromAppdata func(uintptr, string, string, string, ...interface{})
38+
39+// A convenience function for showing an application’s about window from
40+// AppStream metadata.
41+//
42+// See [ctor@AboutWindow.new_from_appdata] for details.
43+func ShowAboutWindowFromAppdata(ParentVar *gtk.Window, ResourcePathVar string, ReleaseNotesVersionVar string, FirstPropertyNameVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
44+
45+ xShowAboutWindowFromAppdata(ParentVar.GoPointer(), ResourcePathVar, ReleaseNotesVersionVar, FirstPropertyNameVar, varArgs...)
46+
47+}
48+
3749 // A window showing information about the application.
3850 //
3951 // <picture>
@@ -191,7 +203,7 @@ func ShowAboutWindow(ParentVar *gtk.Window, FirstPropertyNameVar string, varArgs
191203 // "application-icon", "org.example.App",
192204 // "version", "1.2.3",
193205 // "copyright", "© 2022 Angela Avery",
194-// "issue-url", "https://gitlab.gnome.org/example/example/-/issues/new",
206+// "issue-url", "https://gitlab.gnome.org/example/example/-/issues/",
195207 // "license-type", GTK_LICENSE_GPL_3_0,
196208 // "developers", developers,
197209 // "designers", designers,
@@ -238,6 +250,43 @@ func NewAboutWindow() *AboutWindow {
238250 return cls
239251 }
240252
253+var xNewAboutWindowFromAppdata func(string, string) uintptr
254+
255+// Creates a new `AdwAboutWindow` using AppStream metadata.
256+//
257+// This automatically sets the following properties with the following AppStream
258+// values:
259+//
260+// - [property@AboutWindow:application-icon] is set from the `<id>`
261+// - [property@AboutWindow:application-name] is set from the `<name>`
262+// - [property@AboutWindow:developer-name] is set from the `<name>` within
263+// `<developer>`
264+// - [property@AboutWindow:version] is set from the version of the latest release
265+// - [property@AboutWindow:website] is set from the `<url type="homepage">`
266+// - [property@AboutWindow:support-url] is set from the `<url type="help">`
267+// - [property@AboutWindow:issue-url] is set from the `<url type="bugtracker">`
268+// - [property@AboutWindow:license-type] is set from the `<project_license>`.
269+// If the license type retrieved from AppStream is not listed in
270+// [enum@Gtk.License], it will be set to `GTK_LICENCE_CUSTOM`.
271+//
272+// If @release_notes_version is not `NULL`,
273+// [property@AboutWindow:release-notes-version] is set to match it, while
274+// [property@AboutWindow:release-notes] is set from the AppStream release
275+// description for that version.
276+func NewAboutWindowFromAppdata(ResourcePathVar string, ReleaseNotesVersionVar string) *AboutWindow {
277+ var cls *AboutWindow
278+
279+ cret := xNewAboutWindowFromAppdata(ResourcePathVar, ReleaseNotesVersionVar)
280+
281+ if cret == 0 {
282+ return nil
283+ }
284+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
285+ cls = &AboutWindow{}
286+ cls.Ptr = cret
287+ return cls
288+}
289+
241290 var xAboutWindowAddAcknowledgementSection func(uintptr, string, []string)
242291
243292 // Adds a section to the Acknowledgements page.
@@ -1192,10 +1241,12 @@ func init() {
11921241 }
11931242
11941243 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xShowAboutWindow, lib, "adw_show_about_window")
1244+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xShowAboutWindowFromAppdata, lib, "adw_show_about_window_from_appdata")
11951245
11961246 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutWindowGLibType, lib, "adw_about_window_get_type")
11971247
11981248 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewAboutWindow, lib, "adw_about_window_new")
1249+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewAboutWindowFromAppdata, lib, "adw_about_window_new_from_appdata")
11991250
12001251 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutWindowAddAcknowledgementSection, lib, "adw_about_window_add_acknowledgement_section")
12011252 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAboutWindowAddCreditSection, lib, "adw_about_window_add_credit_section")
A v4/adw/adw-accent-color.go +89 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gdk"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
9+)
10+
11+// Describes the available system accent colors.
12+type AccentColor int
13+
14+var xAccentColorGLibType func() types.GType
15+
16+func AccentColorGLibType() types.GType {
17+ return xAccentColorGLibType()
18+}
19+
20+const (
21+
22+ // Use a blue color (`#3584e4`). This is the default value.
23+ AccentColorBlueValue AccentColor = 0
24+ // Use a teal color (`#2190a4`).
25+ AccentColorTealValue AccentColor = 1
26+ // Use a green color (`#3a944a`).
27+ AccentColorGreenValue AccentColor = 2
28+ // Use a yellow color (`#c88800`).
29+ AccentColorYellowValue AccentColor = 3
30+ // Use a orange color (`#ed5b00`).
31+ AccentColorOrangeValue AccentColor = 4
32+ // Use a red color (`#e62d42`).
33+ AccentColorRedValue AccentColor = 5
34+ // Use a pink color (`#d56199`).
35+ AccentColorPinkValue AccentColor = 6
36+ // Use a purple color (`#9141ac`).
37+ AccentColorPurpleValue AccentColor = 7
38+ // Use a slate color (`#6f8396`).
39+ AccentColorSlateValue AccentColor = 8
40+)
41+
42+var xAccentColorToRgba func(AccentColor, *gdk.RGBA)
43+
44+// Converts @self to a `GdkRGBA` representing its background color.
45+//
46+// The matching foreground color is white.
47+func AccentColorToRgba(SelfVar AccentColor, RgbaVar *gdk.RGBA) {
48+
49+ xAccentColorToRgba(SelfVar, RgbaVar)
50+
51+}
52+
53+var xAccentColorToStandaloneRgba func(AccentColor, bool, *gdk.RGBA)
54+
55+// Converts @self to a `GdkRGBA` representing its standalone color.
56+//
57+// It will typically be darker for light background, and lighter for dark
58+// background, ensuring contrast.
59+func AccentColorToStandaloneRgba(SelfVar AccentColor, DarkVar bool, RgbaVar *gdk.RGBA) {
60+
61+ xAccentColorToStandaloneRgba(SelfVar, DarkVar, RgbaVar)
62+
63+}
64+
65+var xRgbaToStandalone func(*gdk.RGBA, bool, *gdk.RGBA)
66+
67+// Adjusts @rgba to be suitable as a standalone color.
68+//
69+// It will typically be darker for light background, and lighter for dark
70+// background, ensuring contrast.
71+func RgbaToStandalone(RgbaVar *gdk.RGBA, DarkVar bool, StandaloneRgbaVar *gdk.RGBA) {
72+
73+ xRgbaToStandalone(RgbaVar, DarkVar, StandaloneRgbaVar)
74+
75+}
76+
77+func init() {
78+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
79+ if err != nil {
80+ panic(err)
81+ }
82+
83+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAccentColorGLibType, lib, "adw_accent_color_get_type")
84+
85+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAccentColorToRgba, lib, "adw_accent_color_to_rgba")
86+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAccentColorToStandaloneRgba, lib, "adw_accent_color_to_standalone_rgba")
87+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xRgbaToStandalone, lib, "adw_rgba_to_standalone")
88+
89+}
M v4/adw/adw-action-row.go +16 -0
@@ -61,6 +61,22 @@ func (x *ActionRowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
6161 //
6262 // It contains subnodes `label.title` and `label.subtitle` representing
6363 // respectively the title label and subtitle label.
64+//
65+// ## Style classes
66+//
67+// `AdwActionRow` can use the [`.property`](style-classes.html#property-rows)
68+// style class to emphasize the row subtitle instead of the row title, which is
69+// useful for displaying read-only properties.
70+//
71+// <picture>
72+//
73+// <source srcset="property-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
74+// <img src="property-row.png" alt="property-row">
75+//
76+// </picture>
77+//
78+// When used together with the `.monospace` style class, only the subtitle
79+// becomes monospace, not the title or any extra widgets.
6480 type ActionRow struct {
6581 PreferencesRow
6682 }
A v4/adw/adw-alert-dialog.go +872 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,872 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gio"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
14+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
15+)
16+
17+type AlertDialogClass struct {
18+ _ structs.HostLayout
19+
20+ ParentClass uintptr
21+
22+ Padding [4]uintptr
23+}
24+
25+func (x *AlertDialogClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
26+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
27+}
28+
29+// Describes the possible styles of [class@AlertDialog] response buttons.
30+//
31+// See [method@AlertDialog.set_response_appearance].
32+type ResponseAppearance int
33+
34+var xResponseAppearanceGLibType func() types.GType
35+
36+func ResponseAppearanceGLibType() types.GType {
37+ return xResponseAppearanceGLibType()
38+}
39+
40+const (
41+
42+ // the default appearance.
43+ ResponseDefaultValue ResponseAppearance = 0
44+ // used to denote important responses such as the
45+ // affirmative action.
46+ ResponseSuggestedValue ResponseAppearance = 1
47+ // used to draw attention to the potentially damaging
48+ // consequences of using the response. This appearance acts as a warning to
49+ // the user.
50+ ResponseDestructiveValue ResponseAppearance = 2
51+)
52+
53+// A dialog presenting a message or a question.
54+//
55+// <picture>
56+//
57+// <source srcset="alert-dialog-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
58+// <img src="alert-dialog.png" alt="alert-dialog">
59+//
60+// </picture>
61+//
62+// Alert dialogs have a heading, a body, an optional child widget, and one or
63+// multiple responses, each presented as a button.
64+//
65+// Each response has a unique string ID, and a button label. Additionally, each
66+// response can be enabled or disabled, and can have a suggested or destructive
67+// appearance.
68+//
69+// When one of the responses is activated, or the dialog is closed, the
70+// [signal@AlertDialog::response] signal will be emitted. This signal is
71+// detailed, and the detail, as well as the `response` parameter will be set to
72+// the ID of the activated response, or to the value of the
73+// [property@AlertDialog:close-response] property if the dialog had been closed
74+// without activating any of the responses.
75+//
76+// Response buttons can be presented horizontally or vertically depending on
77+// available space.
78+//
79+// When a response is activated, `AdwAlertDialog` is closed automatically.
80+//
81+// An example of using an alert dialog:
82+//
83+// ```c
84+// AdwDialog *dialog;
85+//
86+// dialog = adw_alert_dialog_new (_("Replace File?"), NULL);
87+//
88+// adw_alert_dialog_format_body (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog),
89+//
90+// _("A file named “%s” already exists. Do you want to replace it?"),
91+// filename);
92+//
93+// adw_alert_dialog_add_responses (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog),
94+//
95+// "cancel", _("_Cancel"),
96+// "replace", _("_Replace"),
97+// NULL);
98+//
99+// adw_alert_dialog_set_response_appearance (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog),
100+//
101+// "replace",
102+// ADW_RESPONSE_DESTRUCTIVE);
103+//
104+// adw_alert_dialog_set_default_response (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog), "cancel");
105+// adw_alert_dialog_set_close_response (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog), "cancel");
106+//
107+// g_signal_connect (dialog, "response", G_CALLBACK (response_cb), self);
108+//
109+// adw_dialog_present (dialog, parent);
110+// ```
111+//
112+// ## Async API
113+//
114+// `AdwAlertDialog` can also be used via the [method@AlertDialog.choose] method.
115+// This API follows the GIO async pattern, for example:
116+//
117+// ```c
118+// static void
119+// dialog_cb (AdwAlertDialog *dialog,
120+//
121+// GAsyncResult *result,
122+// MyWindow *self)
123+//
124+// {
125+// const char *response = adw_alert_dialog_choose_finish (dialog, result);
126+//
127+// // ...
128+// }
129+//
130+// static void
131+// show_dialog (MyWindow *self)
132+//
133+// {
134+// AdwDialog *dialog;
135+//
136+// dialog = adw_alert_dialog_new (_("Replace File?"), NULL);
137+//
138+// adw_alert_dialog_format_body (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog),
139+// _("A file named “%s” already exists. Do you want to replace it?"),
140+// filename);
141+//
142+// adw_alert_dialog_add_responses (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog),
143+// "cancel", _("_Cancel"),
144+// "replace", _("_Replace"),
145+// NULL);
146+//
147+// adw_alert_dialog_set_response_appearance (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog),
148+// "replace",
149+// ADW_RESPONSE_DESTRUCTIVE);
150+//
151+// adw_alert_dialog_set_default_response (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog), "cancel");
152+// adw_alert_dialog_set_close_response (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog), "cancel");
153+//
154+// adw_alert_dialog_choose (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog), GTK_WIDGET (self),
155+// NULL, (GAsyncReadyCallback) dialog_cb, self);
156+// }
157+//
158+// ```
159+//
160+// ## AdwAlertDialog as GtkBuildable
161+//
162+// `AdwAlertDialog` supports adding responses in UI definitions by via the
163+// `<responses>` element that may contain multiple `<response>` elements, each
164+// representing a response.
165+//
166+// Each of the `<response>` elements must have the `id` attribute specifying the
167+// response ID. The contents of the element are used as the response label.
168+//
169+// Response labels can be translated with the usual `translatable`, `context`
170+// and `comments` attributes.
171+//
172+// The `<response>` elements can also have `enabled` and/or `appearance`
173+// attributes. See [method@AlertDialog.set_response_enabled] and
174+// [method@AlertDialog.set_response_appearance] for details.
175+//
176+// Example of an `AdwAlertDialog` UI definition:
177+//
178+// ```xml
179+// <object class="AdwAlertDialog" id="dialog">
180+//
181+// <property name="heading" translatable="yes">Save Changes?</property>
182+// <property name="body" translatable="yes">Open documents contain unsaved changes. Changes which are not saved will be permanently lost.</property>
183+// <property name="default-response">save</property>
184+// <property name="close-response">cancel</property>
185+// <signal name="response" handler="response_cb"/>
186+// <responses>
187+// <response id="cancel" translatable="yes">_Cancel</response>
188+// <response id="discard" translatable="yes" appearance="destructive">_Discard</response>
189+// <response id="save" translatable="yes" appearance="suggested" enabled="false">_Save</response>
190+// </responses>
191+//
192+// </object>
193+// ```
194+type AlertDialog struct {
195+ Dialog
196+}
197+
198+var xAlertDialogGLibType func() types.GType
199+
200+func AlertDialogGLibType() types.GType {
201+ return xAlertDialogGLibType()
202+}
203+
204+func AlertDialogNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *AlertDialog {
205+ cls := &AlertDialog{}
206+ cls.Ptr = ptr
207+ return cls
208+}
209+
210+var xNewAlertDialog func(string, string) uintptr
211+
212+// Creates a new `AdwAlertDialog`.
213+//
214+// @heading and @body can be set to `NULL`. This can be useful if they need to
215+// be formatted or use markup. In that case, set them to `NULL` and call
216+// [method@AlertDialog.format_body] or similar methods afterwards:
217+//
218+// ```c
219+// AdwDialog *dialog;
220+//
221+// dialog = adw_alert_dialog_new (_("Replace File?"), NULL);
222+// adw_alert_dialog_format_body (ADW_ALERT_DIALOG (dialog),
223+//
224+// _("A file named “%s” already exists. Do you want to replace it?"),
225+// filename);
226+//
227+// ```
228+func NewAlertDialog(HeadingVar string, BodyVar string) *AlertDialog {
229+ var cls *AlertDialog
230+
231+ cret := xNewAlertDialog(HeadingVar, BodyVar)
232+
233+ if cret == 0 {
234+ return nil
235+ }
236+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
237+ cls = &AlertDialog{}
238+ cls.Ptr = cret
239+ return cls
240+}
241+
242+var xAlertDialogAddResponse func(uintptr, string, string)
243+
244+// Adds a response with @id and @label to @self.
245+//
246+// Responses are represented as buttons in the dialog.
247+//
248+// Response ID must be unique. It will be used in [signal@AlertDialog::response]
249+// to tell which response had been activated, as well as to inspect and modify
250+// the response later.
251+//
252+// An embedded underline in @label indicates a mnemonic.
253+//
254+// [method@AlertDialog.set_response_label] can be used to change the response
255+// label after it had been added.
256+//
257+// [method@AlertDialog.set_response_enabled] and
258+// [method@AlertDialog.set_response_appearance] can be used to customize the
259+// responses further.
260+func (x *AlertDialog) AddResponse(IdVar string, LabelVar string) {
261+
262+ xAlertDialogAddResponse(x.GoPointer(), IdVar, LabelVar)
263+
264+}
265+
266+var xAlertDialogAddResponses func(uintptr, string, ...interface{})
267+
268+// Adds multiple responses to @self.
269+//
270+// This is the same as calling [method@AlertDialog.add_response] repeatedly. The
271+// variable argument list should be `NULL`-terminated list of response IDs and
272+// labels.
273+//
274+// Example:
275+//
276+// ```c
277+// adw_alert_dialog_add_responses (dialog,
278+//
279+// "cancel", _("_Cancel"),
280+// "discard", _("_Discard"),
281+// "save", _("_Save"),
282+// NULL);
283+//
284+// ```
285+func (x *AlertDialog) AddResponses(FirstIdVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
286+
287+ xAlertDialogAddResponses(x.GoPointer(), FirstIdVar, varArgs...)
288+
289+}
290+
291+var xAlertDialogChoose func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
292+
293+// This function shows @self to the user.
294+//
295+// If the window is an [class@Window] or [class@ApplicationWindow], the dialog
296+// will be shown within it. Otherwise, it will be a separate window.
297+func (x *AlertDialog) Choose(ParentVar *gtk.Widget, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
298+
299+ xAlertDialogChoose(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
300+
301+}
302+
303+var xAlertDialogChooseFinish func(uintptr, uintptr) string
304+
305+// Finishes the [method@AlertDialog.choose] call and returns the response ID.
306+func (x *AlertDialog) ChooseFinish(ResultVar gio.AsyncResult) string {
307+
308+ cret := xAlertDialogChooseFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer())
309+ return cret
310+}
311+
312+var xAlertDialogFormatBody func(uintptr, string, ...interface{})
313+
314+// Sets the formatted body text of @self.
315+//
316+// See [property@AlertDialog:body].
317+func (x *AlertDialog) FormatBody(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
318+
319+ xAlertDialogFormatBody(x.GoPointer(), FormatVar, varArgs...)
320+
321+}
322+
323+var xAlertDialogFormatBodyMarkup func(uintptr, string, ...interface{})
324+
325+// Sets the formatted body text of @self with Pango markup.
326+//
327+// The @format is assumed to contain Pango markup.
328+//
329+// Special XML characters in the `printf()` arguments passed to this function
330+// will automatically be escaped as necessary, see
331+// [func@GLib.markup_printf_escaped].
332+//
333+// See [property@AlertDialog:body].
334+func (x *AlertDialog) FormatBodyMarkup(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
335+
336+ xAlertDialogFormatBodyMarkup(x.GoPointer(), FormatVar, varArgs...)
337+
338+}
339+
340+var xAlertDialogFormatHeading func(uintptr, string, ...interface{})
341+
342+// Sets the formatted heading of @self.
343+//
344+// See [property@AlertDialog:heading].
345+func (x *AlertDialog) FormatHeading(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
346+
347+ xAlertDialogFormatHeading(x.GoPointer(), FormatVar, varArgs...)
348+
349+}
350+
351+var xAlertDialogFormatHeadingMarkup func(uintptr, string, ...interface{})
352+
353+// Sets the formatted heading of @self with Pango markup.
354+//
355+// The @format is assumed to contain Pango markup.
356+//
357+// Special XML characters in the `printf()` arguments passed to this function
358+// will automatically be escaped as necessary, see
359+// [func@GLib.markup_printf_escaped].
360+//
361+// See [property@AlertDialog:heading].
362+func (x *AlertDialog) FormatHeadingMarkup(FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
363+
364+ xAlertDialogFormatHeadingMarkup(x.GoPointer(), FormatVar, varArgs...)
365+
366+}
367+
368+var xAlertDialogGetBody func(uintptr) string
369+
370+// Gets the body text of @self.
371+func (x *AlertDialog) GetBody() string {
372+
373+ cret := xAlertDialogGetBody(x.GoPointer())
374+ return cret
375+}
376+
377+var xAlertDialogGetBodyUseMarkup func(uintptr) bool
378+
379+// Gets whether the body text of @self includes Pango markup.
380+func (x *AlertDialog) GetBodyUseMarkup() bool {
381+
382+ cret := xAlertDialogGetBodyUseMarkup(x.GoPointer())
383+ return cret
384+}
385+
386+var xAlertDialogGetCloseResponse func(uintptr) string
387+
388+// Gets the ID of the close response of @self.
389+func (x *AlertDialog) GetCloseResponse() string {
390+
391+ cret := xAlertDialogGetCloseResponse(x.GoPointer())
392+ return cret
393+}
394+
395+var xAlertDialogGetDefaultResponse func(uintptr) string
396+
397+// Gets the ID of the default response of @self.
398+func (x *AlertDialog) GetDefaultResponse() string {
399+
400+ cret := xAlertDialogGetDefaultResponse(x.GoPointer())
401+ return cret
402+}
403+
404+var xAlertDialogGetExtraChild func(uintptr) uintptr
405+
406+// Gets the child widget of @self.
407+func (x *AlertDialog) GetExtraChild() *gtk.Widget {
408+ var cls *gtk.Widget
409+
410+ cret := xAlertDialogGetExtraChild(x.GoPointer())
411+
412+ if cret == 0 {
413+ return nil
414+ }
415+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
416+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
417+ cls.Ptr = cret
418+ return cls
419+}
420+
421+var xAlertDialogGetHeading func(uintptr) string
422+
423+// Gets the heading of @self.
424+func (x *AlertDialog) GetHeading() string {
425+
426+ cret := xAlertDialogGetHeading(x.GoPointer())
427+ return cret
428+}
429+
430+var xAlertDialogGetHeadingUseMarkup func(uintptr) bool
431+
432+// Gets whether the heading of @self includes Pango markup.
433+func (x *AlertDialog) GetHeadingUseMarkup() bool {
434+
435+ cret := xAlertDialogGetHeadingUseMarkup(x.GoPointer())
436+ return cret
437+}
438+
439+var xAlertDialogGetPreferWideLayout func(uintptr) bool
440+
441+// Gets whether @self prefers wide layout.
442+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPreferWideLayout() bool {
443+
444+ cret := xAlertDialogGetPreferWideLayout(x.GoPointer())
445+ return cret
446+}
447+
448+var xAlertDialogGetResponseAppearance func(uintptr, string) ResponseAppearance
449+
450+// Gets the appearance of @response.
451+//
452+// See [method@AlertDialog.set_response_appearance].
453+func (x *AlertDialog) GetResponseAppearance(ResponseVar string) ResponseAppearance {
454+
455+ cret := xAlertDialogGetResponseAppearance(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar)
456+ return cret
457+}
458+
459+var xAlertDialogGetResponseEnabled func(uintptr, string) bool
460+
461+// Gets whether @response is enabled.
462+//
463+// See [method@AlertDialog.set_response_enabled].
464+func (x *AlertDialog) GetResponseEnabled(ResponseVar string) bool {
465+
466+ cret := xAlertDialogGetResponseEnabled(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar)
467+ return cret
468+}
469+
470+var xAlertDialogGetResponseLabel func(uintptr, string) string
471+
472+// Gets the label of @response.
473+//
474+// See [method@AlertDialog.set_response_label].
475+func (x *AlertDialog) GetResponseLabel(ResponseVar string) string {
476+
477+ cret := xAlertDialogGetResponseLabel(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar)
478+ return cret
479+}
480+
481+var xAlertDialogHasResponse func(uintptr, string) bool
482+
483+// Gets whether @self has a response with the ID @response.
484+func (x *AlertDialog) HasResponse(ResponseVar string) bool {
485+
486+ cret := xAlertDialogHasResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar)
487+ return cret
488+}
489+
490+var xAlertDialogRemoveResponse func(uintptr, string)
491+
492+// Removes a response from @self.
493+func (x *AlertDialog) RemoveResponse(IdVar string) {
494+
495+ xAlertDialogRemoveResponse(x.GoPointer(), IdVar)
496+
497+}
498+
499+var xAlertDialogSetBody func(uintptr, string)
500+
501+// Sets the body text of @self.
502+func (x *AlertDialog) SetBody(BodyVar string) {
503+
504+ xAlertDialogSetBody(x.GoPointer(), BodyVar)
505+
506+}
507+
508+var xAlertDialogSetBodyUseMarkup func(uintptr, bool)
509+
510+// Sets whether the body text of @self includes Pango markup.
511+//
512+// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
513+func (x *AlertDialog) SetBodyUseMarkup(UseMarkupVar bool) {
514+
515+ xAlertDialogSetBodyUseMarkup(x.GoPointer(), UseMarkupVar)
516+
517+}
518+
519+var xAlertDialogSetCloseResponse func(uintptr, string)
520+
521+// Sets the ID of the close response of @self.
522+//
523+// It will be passed to [signal@AlertDialog::response] if the dialog is closed
524+// by pressing <kbd>Escape</kbd> or with a system action.
525+//
526+// It doesn't have to correspond to any of the responses in the dialog.
527+//
528+// The default close response is `close`.
529+func (x *AlertDialog) SetCloseResponse(ResponseVar string) {
530+
531+ xAlertDialogSetCloseResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar)
532+
533+}
534+
535+var xAlertDialogSetDefaultResponse func(uintptr, string)
536+
537+// Sets the ID of the default response of @self.
538+//
539+// If set, pressing <kbd>Enter</kbd> will activate the corresponding button.
540+//
541+// If set to `NULL` or to a non-existent response ID, pressing <kbd>Enter</kbd>
542+// will do nothing.
543+func (x *AlertDialog) SetDefaultResponse(ResponseVar string) {
544+
545+ xAlertDialogSetDefaultResponse(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar)
546+
547+}
548+
549+var xAlertDialogSetExtraChild func(uintptr, uintptr)
550+
551+// Sets the child widget of @self.
552+//
553+// The child widget is displayed below the heading and body.
554+func (x *AlertDialog) SetExtraChild(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
555+
556+ xAlertDialogSetExtraChild(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
557+
558+}
559+
560+var xAlertDialogSetHeading func(uintptr, string)
561+
562+// Sets the heading of @self.
563+func (x *AlertDialog) SetHeading(HeadingVar string) {
564+
565+ xAlertDialogSetHeading(x.GoPointer(), HeadingVar)
566+
567+}
568+
569+var xAlertDialogSetHeadingUseMarkup func(uintptr, bool)
570+
571+// Sets whether the heading of @self includes Pango markup.
572+//
573+// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
574+func (x *AlertDialog) SetHeadingUseMarkup(UseMarkupVar bool) {
575+
576+ xAlertDialogSetHeadingUseMarkup(x.GoPointer(), UseMarkupVar)
577+
578+}
579+
580+var xAlertDialogSetPreferWideLayout func(uintptr, bool)
581+
582+// Sets whether @self prefers wide layout.
583+//
584+// Prefer horizontal button layout when possible, and wider dialog width
585+// otherwise.
586+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPreferWideLayout(PreferWideLayoutVar bool) {
587+
588+ xAlertDialogSetPreferWideLayout(x.GoPointer(), PreferWideLayoutVar)
589+
590+}
591+
592+var xAlertDialogSetResponseAppearance func(uintptr, string, ResponseAppearance)
593+
594+// Sets the appearance for @response.
595+//
596+// <picture>
597+//
598+// <source srcset="alert-dialog-appearance-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
599+// <img src="alert-dialog-appearance.png" alt="alert-dialog-appearance">
600+//
601+// </picture>
602+//
603+// Use `ADW_RESPONSE_SUGGESTED` to mark important responses such as the
604+// affirmative action, like the Save button in the example.
605+//
606+// Use `ADW_RESPONSE_DESTRUCTIVE` to draw attention to the potentially damaging
607+// consequences of using @response. This appearance acts as a warning to the
608+// user. The Discard button in the example is using this appearance.
609+//
610+// The default appearance is `ADW_RESPONSE_DEFAULT`.
611+//
612+// Negative responses like Cancel or Close should use the default appearance.
613+func (x *AlertDialog) SetResponseAppearance(ResponseVar string, AppearanceVar ResponseAppearance) {
614+
615+ xAlertDialogSetResponseAppearance(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar, AppearanceVar)
616+
617+}
618+
619+var xAlertDialogSetResponseEnabled func(uintptr, string, bool)
620+
621+// Sets whether @response is enabled.
622+//
623+// If @response is not enabled, the corresponding button will have
624+// [property@Gtk.Widget:sensitive] set to `FALSE` and it can't be activated as
625+// a default response.
626+//
627+// @response can still be used as [property@AlertDialog:close-response] while
628+// it's not enabled.
629+//
630+// Responses are enabled by default.
631+func (x *AlertDialog) SetResponseEnabled(ResponseVar string, EnabledVar bool) {
632+
633+ xAlertDialogSetResponseEnabled(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar, EnabledVar)
634+
635+}
636+
637+var xAlertDialogSetResponseLabel func(uintptr, string, string)
638+
639+// Sets the label of @response to @label.
640+//
641+// Labels are displayed on the dialog buttons. An embedded underline in @label
642+// indicates a mnemonic.
643+func (x *AlertDialog) SetResponseLabel(ResponseVar string, LabelVar string) {
644+
645+ xAlertDialogSetResponseLabel(x.GoPointer(), ResponseVar, LabelVar)
646+
647+}
648+
649+func (c *AlertDialog) GoPointer() uintptr {
650+ return c.Ptr
651+}
652+
653+func (c *AlertDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
654+ c.Ptr = ptr
655+}
656+
657+// This signal is emitted when the dialog is closed.
658+//
659+// @response will be set to the response ID of the button that had been
660+// activated.
661+//
662+// if the dialog was closed by pressing <kbd>Escape</kbd> or with a system
663+// action, @response will be set to the value of
664+// [property@AlertDialog:close-response].
665+func (x *AlertDialog) ConnectResponse(cb *func(AlertDialog, string)) uint32 {
666+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
667+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
668+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "response", cbRefPtr)
669+ }
670+
671+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, ResponseVarp string) {
672+ fa := AlertDialog{}
673+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
674+ cbFn := *cb
675+
676+ cbFn(fa, ResponseVarp)
677+
678+ }
679+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
680+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
681+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "response", cbRefPtr)
682+}
683+
684+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
685+func (x *AlertDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
686+
687+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
688+ return cret
689+}
690+
691+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
692+func (x *AlertDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
693+
694+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
695+
696+}
697+
698+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
699+func (x *AlertDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
700+
701+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
702+
703+}
704+
705+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
706+func (x *AlertDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
707+
708+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
709+
710+}
711+
712+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
713+//
714+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
715+// value types of accessible properties.
716+//
717+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
718+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
719+// technologies.
720+//
721+// Example:
722+// ```c
723+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
724+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
725+//
726+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
727+// -1);
728+//
729+// ```
730+func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
731+
732+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
733+
734+}
735+
736+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
737+//
738+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
739+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
740+//
741+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
742+func (x *AlertDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
743+
744+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
745+
746+}
747+
748+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
749+//
750+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
751+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
752+//
753+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
754+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
755+//
756+// ```c
757+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
758+//
759+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
760+// ref1, NULL,
761+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
762+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
763+// -1);
764+//
765+// ```
766+func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
767+
768+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
769+
770+}
771+
772+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
773+//
774+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
775+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
776+//
777+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
778+func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
779+
780+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
781+
782+}
783+
784+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
785+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
786+//
787+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
788+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
789+//
790+// Example:
791+// ```c
792+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
793+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
794+//
795+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
796+// -1);
797+//
798+// ```
799+func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
800+
801+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
802+
803+}
804+
805+// Updates an array of accessible states.
806+//
807+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
808+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
809+//
810+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
811+func (x *AlertDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
812+
813+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
814+
815+}
816+
817+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
818+//
819+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
820+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
821+func (x *AlertDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
822+
823+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
824+ return cret
825+}
826+
827+func init() {
828+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
829+ if err != nil {
830+ panic(err)
831+ }
832+
833+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xResponseAppearanceGLibType, lib, "adw_response_appearance_get_type")
834+
835+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGLibType, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_type")
836+
837+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewAlertDialog, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_new")
838+
839+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogAddResponse, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_add_response")
840+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogAddResponses, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_add_responses")
841+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogChoose, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_choose")
842+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogChooseFinish, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_choose_finish")
843+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogFormatBody, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_format_body")
844+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogFormatBodyMarkup, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_format_body_markup")
845+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogFormatHeading, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_format_heading")
846+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogFormatHeadingMarkup, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_format_heading_markup")
847+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetBody, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_body")
848+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetBodyUseMarkup, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_body_use_markup")
849+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetCloseResponse, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_close_response")
850+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetDefaultResponse, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_default_response")
851+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetExtraChild, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_extra_child")
852+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetHeading, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_heading")
853+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetHeadingUseMarkup, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_heading_use_markup")
854+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetPreferWideLayout, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_prefer_wide_layout")
855+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetResponseAppearance, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_response_appearance")
856+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetResponseEnabled, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_response_enabled")
857+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogGetResponseLabel, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_get_response_label")
858+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogHasResponse, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_has_response")
859+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogRemoveResponse, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_remove_response")
860+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetBody, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_body")
861+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetBodyUseMarkup, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_body_use_markup")
862+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetCloseResponse, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_close_response")
863+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetDefaultResponse, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_default_response")
864+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetExtraChild, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_extra_child")
865+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetHeading, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_heading")
866+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetHeadingUseMarkup, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_heading_use_markup")
867+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetPreferWideLayout, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_prefer_wide_layout")
868+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetResponseAppearance, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_response_appearance")
869+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetResponseEnabled, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_response_enabled")
870+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xAlertDialogSetResponseLabel, lib, "adw_alert_dialog_set_response_label")
871+
872+}
M v4/adw/adw-application-window.go +84 -0
@@ -42,6 +42,25 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4242 //
4343 // See [class@Window] for details.
4444 //
45+// Example of an `AdwApplicationWindow` UI definition:
46+//
47+// ```xml
48+// <object class="AdwApplicationWindow">
49+//
50+// <property name="content">
51+// <object class="AdwToolbarView">
52+// <child type="top">
53+// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"/>
54+// </child>
55+// <property name="content">
56+// <!-- ... -->
57+// </property>
58+// </object>
59+// </property>
60+//
61+// </object>
62+// ```
63+//
4564 // Using [property@Gtk.Application:menubar] is not supported and may result in
4665 // visual glitches.
4766 type ApplicationWindow struct {
@@ -77,6 +96,15 @@ func NewApplicationWindow(AppVar *gtk.Application) *ApplicationWindow {
7796 return cls
7897 }
7998
99+var xApplicationWindowAddBreakpoint func(uintptr, uintptr)
100+
101+// Adds @breakpoint to @self.
102+func (x *ApplicationWindow) AddBreakpoint(BreakpointVar *Breakpoint) {
103+
104+ xApplicationWindowAddBreakpoint(x.GoPointer(), BreakpointVar.GoPointer())
105+
106+}
107+
80108 var xApplicationWindowGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
81109
82110 // Gets the content widget of @self.
@@ -96,6 +124,58 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetContent() *gtk.Widget {
96124 return cls
97125 }
98126
127+var xApplicationWindowGetCurrentBreakpoint func(uintptr) uintptr
128+
129+// Gets the current breakpoint.
130+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetCurrentBreakpoint() *Breakpoint {
131+ var cls *Breakpoint
132+
133+ cret := xApplicationWindowGetCurrentBreakpoint(x.GoPointer())
134+
135+ if cret == 0 {
136+ return nil
137+ }
138+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
139+ cls = &Breakpoint{}
140+ cls.Ptr = cret
141+ return cls
142+}
143+
144+var xApplicationWindowGetDialogs func(uintptr) uintptr
145+
146+// Returns a [iface@Gio.ListModel] that contains the open dialogs of @self.
147+//
148+// This can be used to keep an up-to-date view.
149+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetDialogs() *gio.ListModelBase {
150+ var cls *gio.ListModelBase
151+
152+ cret := xApplicationWindowGetDialogs(x.GoPointer())
153+
154+ if cret == 0 {
155+ return nil
156+ }
157+ cls = &gio.ListModelBase{}
158+ cls.Ptr = cret
159+ return cls
160+}
161+
162+var xApplicationWindowGetVisibleDialog func(uintptr) uintptr
163+
164+// Returns the currently visible dialog in @self, if there's one.
165+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetVisibleDialog() *Dialog {
166+ var cls *Dialog
167+
168+ cret := xApplicationWindowGetVisibleDialog(x.GoPointer())
169+
170+ if cret == 0 {
171+ return nil
172+ }
173+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
174+ cls = &Dialog{}
175+ cls.Ptr = cret
176+ return cls
177+}
178+
99179 var xApplicationWindowSetContent func(uintptr, uintptr)
100180
101181 // Sets the content widget of @self.
@@ -693,7 +773,11 @@ func init() {
693773
694774 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewApplicationWindow, lib, "adw_application_window_new")
695775
776+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowAddBreakpoint, lib, "adw_application_window_add_breakpoint")
696777 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetContent, lib, "adw_application_window_get_content")
778+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetCurrentBreakpoint, lib, "adw_application_window_get_current_breakpoint")
779+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetDialogs, lib, "adw_application_window_get_dialogs")
780+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowGetVisibleDialog, lib, "adw_application_window_get_visible_dialog")
697781 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xApplicationWindowSetContent, lib, "adw_application_window_set_content")
698782
699783 }
A v4/adw/adw-bottom-sheet.go +650 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gdk"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
14+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
15+)
16+
17+type BottomSheetClass struct {
18+ _ structs.HostLayout
19+
20+ ParentClass uintptr
21+}
22+
23+func (x *BottomSheetClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
24+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
25+}
26+
27+// A bottom sheet with an optional bottom bar.
28+//
29+// <picture>
30+//
31+// <source srcset="bottom-sheet-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
32+// <img src="bottom-sheet.png" alt="bottom-sheet">
33+//
34+// </picture>
35+//
36+// `AdwBottomSheet` has three child widgets. [property@BottomSheet:content] is
37+// shown persistently. [property@BottomSheet:sheet] is displayed above it when
38+// it's open, and [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar] is displayed when it's not.
39+//
40+// Bottom sheet and bottom bar are attached to the bottom edge of the widget.
41+// They take the full width by default, but can only take a portion of it if
42+// [property@BottomSheet:full-width] is set to `FALSE`. In this case,
43+// [property@BottomSheet:align] determines where along the bottom edge they are
44+// placed.
45+//
46+// `AdwBottomSheet` can be useful for applications such as music players, that
47+// want to have a persistent bottom bar that expands into a bottom sheet when
48+// clicked. It's meant for cases where a bottom sheet is tightly integrated into
49+// the UI. For more transient bottom sheets, see [class@Dialog].
50+//
51+// To open or close the bottom sheet, use the [property@BottomSheet:open]
52+// property.
53+//
54+// By default, the bottom sheet has an overlaid drag handle. It can be disabled
55+// by setting [property@BottomSheet:show-drag-handle] to `FALSE`. Note that the
56+// handle also controls whether the sheet can be dragged using a pointer.
57+//
58+// Bottom sheets are modal by default, meaning that the content is dimmed and
59+// cannot be accessed while the sheet is open. Set [property@BottomSheet:modal]
60+// to `FALSE` if this behavior is unwanted.
61+//
62+// To disable user interactions for opening or closing the bottom sheet (such as
63+// swipes or clicking the bottom bar or close button), set
64+// [property@BottomSheet:can-open] or [property@BottomSheet:can-close] to
65+// `FALSE`.
66+//
67+// In some cases, particularly when using a full-width bottom bar, it may be
68+// necessary to shift [property@BottomSheet:content] upwards. Use the
69+// [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar-height] and
70+// [property@BottomSheet:sheet-height] for that.
71+//
72+// `AdwBottomSheet` is not adaptive, and for larger window sizes applications
73+// may want to replace it with another UI, such as a sidebar. This can be done
74+// using [class@MultiLayoutView].
75+//
76+// ## Sizing
77+//
78+// Unlike [class@Dialog] presented as a bottom sheet, `AdwBottomSheet` just
79+// follows the content's natural size, and it's up to the applications to make
80+// sure their content provides one. For example, when using
81+// [class@Gtk.ScrolledWindow], make sure to set
82+// [property@Gtk.ScrolledWindow:propagate-natural-height] to `TRUE`.
83+//
84+// ## Header Bar Integration
85+//
86+// When placed inside an `AdwBottomSheet`, [class@HeaderBar] will not show the
87+// title when [property@BottomSheet:show-drag-handle] is `TRUE`, regardless of
88+// [property@HeaderBar:show-title]. This only applies to the default title,
89+// titles set with [property@HeaderBar:title-widget] will still be shown.
90+//
91+// ## `AdwBottomSheet` as `GtkBuildable`:
92+//
93+// The `AdwBottomSheet` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
94+// supports setting the sheet widget by specifying “sheet” as the “type”
95+// attribute of a `<child>` element, and the bottom bar by specifying
96+// “bottom-bar”. Specifying “content” or omitting the child type results in
97+// setting the content child.
98+type BottomSheet struct {
99+ gtk.Widget
100+}
101+
102+var xBottomSheetGLibType func() types.GType
103+
104+func BottomSheetGLibType() types.GType {
105+ return xBottomSheetGLibType()
106+}
107+
108+func BottomSheetNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *BottomSheet {
109+ cls := &BottomSheet{}
110+ cls.Ptr = ptr
111+ return cls
112+}
113+
114+var xNewBottomSheet func() uintptr
115+
116+// Creates a new `AdwBottomSheet`.
117+func NewBottomSheet() *BottomSheet {
118+ var cls *BottomSheet
119+
120+ cret := xNewBottomSheet()
121+
122+ if cret == 0 {
123+ return nil
124+ }
125+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
126+ cls = &BottomSheet{}
127+ cls.Ptr = cret
128+ return cls
129+}
130+
131+var xBottomSheetGetAlign func(uintptr) float32
132+
133+// Gets horizontal alignment of the bottom sheet.
134+func (x *BottomSheet) GetAlign() float32 {
135+
136+ cret := xBottomSheetGetAlign(x.GoPointer())
137+ return cret
138+}
139+
140+var xBottomSheetGetBottomBar func(uintptr) uintptr
141+
142+// Gets the bottom bar widget for @self.
143+func (x *BottomSheet) GetBottomBar() *gtk.Widget {
144+ var cls *gtk.Widget
145+
146+ cret := xBottomSheetGetBottomBar(x.GoPointer())
147+
148+ if cret == 0 {
149+ return nil
150+ }
151+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
152+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
153+ cls.Ptr = cret
154+ return cls
155+}
156+
157+var xBottomSheetGetBottomBarHeight func(uintptr) int
158+
159+// Gets the current bottom bar height.
160+//
161+// It can be used to shift the content upwards permanently to accommodate for
162+// the bottom bar.
163+func (x *BottomSheet) GetBottomBarHeight() int {
164+
165+ cret := xBottomSheetGetBottomBarHeight(x.GoPointer())
166+ return cret
167+}
168+
169+var xBottomSheetGetCanClose func(uintptr) bool
170+
171+// Gets whether the bottom sheet can be closed by user.
172+func (x *BottomSheet) GetCanClose() bool {
173+
174+ cret := xBottomSheetGetCanClose(x.GoPointer())
175+ return cret
176+}
177+
178+var xBottomSheetGetCanOpen func(uintptr) bool
179+
180+// Gets whether the bottom sheet can be opened by user.
181+func (x *BottomSheet) GetCanOpen() bool {
182+
183+ cret := xBottomSheetGetCanOpen(x.GoPointer())
184+ return cret
185+}
186+
187+var xBottomSheetGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
188+
189+// Gets the content widget for @self.
190+func (x *BottomSheet) GetContent() *gtk.Widget {
191+ var cls *gtk.Widget
192+
193+ cret := xBottomSheetGetContent(x.GoPointer())
194+
195+ if cret == 0 {
196+ return nil
197+ }
198+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
199+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
200+ cls.Ptr = cret
201+ return cls
202+}
203+
204+var xBottomSheetGetFullWidth func(uintptr) bool
205+
206+// Gets whether the bottom sheet takes the full width.
207+func (x *BottomSheet) GetFullWidth() bool {
208+
209+ cret := xBottomSheetGetFullWidth(x.GoPointer())
210+ return cret
211+}
212+
213+var xBottomSheetGetModal func(uintptr) bool
214+
215+// Gets whether the bottom sheet is modal.
216+func (x *BottomSheet) GetModal() bool {
217+
218+ cret := xBottomSheetGetModal(x.GoPointer())
219+ return cret
220+}
221+
222+var xBottomSheetGetOpen func(uintptr) bool
223+
224+// Gets whether the bottom sheet is open.
225+func (x *BottomSheet) GetOpen() bool {
226+
227+ cret := xBottomSheetGetOpen(x.GoPointer())
228+ return cret
229+}
230+
231+var xBottomSheetGetSheet func(uintptr) uintptr
232+
233+// Gets the bottom sheet widget for @self.
234+func (x *BottomSheet) GetSheet() *gtk.Widget {
235+ var cls *gtk.Widget
236+
237+ cret := xBottomSheetGetSheet(x.GoPointer())
238+
239+ if cret == 0 {
240+ return nil
241+ }
242+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
243+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
244+ cls.Ptr = cret
245+ return cls
246+}
247+
248+var xBottomSheetGetSheetHeight func(uintptr) int
249+
250+// Gets the current bottom sheet height.
251+//
252+// It can be used to shift the content upwards when the bottom sheet is open.
253+func (x *BottomSheet) GetSheetHeight() int {
254+
255+ cret := xBottomSheetGetSheetHeight(x.GoPointer())
256+ return cret
257+}
258+
259+var xBottomSheetGetShowDragHandle func(uintptr) bool
260+
261+// Gets whether to show a drag handle in the bottom sheet.
262+func (x *BottomSheet) GetShowDragHandle() bool {
263+
264+ cret := xBottomSheetGetShowDragHandle(x.GoPointer())
265+ return cret
266+}
267+
268+var xBottomSheetSetAlign func(uintptr, float32)
269+
270+// Sets horizontal alignment of the bottom sheet.
271+//
272+// 0 means the bottom sheet is flush with the start edge, 1 means it's flush
273+// with the end edge. 0.5 means it's centered.
274+//
275+// Only used when [property@BottomSheet:full-width] is set to `FALSE`.
276+func (x *BottomSheet) SetAlign(AlignVar float32) {
277+
278+ xBottomSheetSetAlign(x.GoPointer(), AlignVar)
279+
280+}
281+
282+var xBottomSheetSetBottomBar func(uintptr, uintptr)
283+
284+// Sets the bottom bar widget for @self.
285+//
286+// Shown when [property@BottomSheet:open] is `FALSE`. When open, morphs into
287+// the [property@BottomSheet:sheet].
288+func (x *BottomSheet) SetBottomBar(BottomBarVar *gtk.Widget) {
289+
290+ xBottomSheetSetBottomBar(x.GoPointer(), BottomBarVar.GoPointer())
291+
292+}
293+
294+var xBottomSheetSetCanClose func(uintptr, bool)
295+
296+// Sets whether the bottom sheet can be closed by user.
297+//
298+// It can be closed via the close button, swiping down, pressing
299+// <kbd>Escape</kbd> or clicking the content dimming (when modal).
300+//
301+// Bottom sheet can still be closed using [property@BottomSheet:open].
302+func (x *BottomSheet) SetCanClose(CanCloseVar bool) {
303+
304+ xBottomSheetSetCanClose(x.GoPointer(), CanCloseVar)
305+
306+}
307+
308+var xBottomSheetSetCanOpen func(uintptr, bool)
309+
310+// Sets whether the bottom sheet can be opened by user.
311+//
312+// It can be opened via clicking or swiping up from the bottom bar.
313+//
314+// Does nothing if [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar] is not set.
315+//
316+// Bottom sheet can still be opened using [property@BottomSheet:open].
317+func (x *BottomSheet) SetCanOpen(CanOpenVar bool) {
318+
319+ xBottomSheetSetCanOpen(x.GoPointer(), CanOpenVar)
320+
321+}
322+
323+var xBottomSheetSetContent func(uintptr, uintptr)
324+
325+// Sets the content widget for @self.
326+//
327+// It's always shown, and the bottom sheet is overlaid over it.
328+func (x *BottomSheet) SetContent(ContentVar *gtk.Widget) {
329+
330+ xBottomSheetSetContent(x.GoPointer(), ContentVar.GoPointer())
331+
332+}
333+
334+var xBottomSheetSetFullWidth func(uintptr, bool)
335+
336+// Sets whether the bottom sheet takes the full width.
337+//
338+// When full width, [property@BottomSheet:align] is ignored.
339+func (x *BottomSheet) SetFullWidth(FullWidthVar bool) {
340+
341+ xBottomSheetSetFullWidth(x.GoPointer(), FullWidthVar)
342+
343+}
344+
345+var xBottomSheetSetModal func(uintptr, bool)
346+
347+// Sets whether the bottom sheet is modal.
348+//
349+// When modal, [property@BottomSheet:content] will be dimmed when the bottom
350+// sheet is open, and clicking it will close the bottom sheet. It also cannot be
351+// focused with keyboard.
352+//
353+// Otherwise, the content is accessible even when the bottom sheet is open.
354+func (x *BottomSheet) SetModal(ModalVar bool) {
355+
356+ xBottomSheetSetModal(x.GoPointer(), ModalVar)
357+
358+}
359+
360+var xBottomSheetSetOpen func(uintptr, bool)
361+
362+// Sets whether the bottom sheet is open.
363+func (x *BottomSheet) SetOpen(OpenVar bool) {
364+
365+ xBottomSheetSetOpen(x.GoPointer(), OpenVar)
366+
367+}
368+
369+var xBottomSheetSetSheet func(uintptr, uintptr)
370+
371+// Sets the bottom sheet widget for @self.
372+//
373+// Only shown when [property@BottomSheet:open] is `TRUE`.
374+func (x *BottomSheet) SetSheet(SheetVar *gtk.Widget) {
375+
376+ xBottomSheetSetSheet(x.GoPointer(), SheetVar.GoPointer())
377+
378+}
379+
380+var xBottomSheetSetShowDragHandle func(uintptr, bool)
381+
382+// Sets whether to show a drag handle in the bottom sheet.
383+//
384+// The handle will be overlaid over [property@BottomSheet:sheet].
385+//
386+// When the handle is shown, [class@HeaderBar] will hide its default title, and
387+// [class@ToolbarView] will reserve space if there are no top bars.
388+//
389+// Showing drag handle also allows to swipe the bottom sheet down (and to swipe
390+// the bottom bar up) with a pointer, instead of just touchscreen.
391+func (x *BottomSheet) SetShowDragHandle(ShowDragHandleVar bool) {
392+
393+ xBottomSheetSetShowDragHandle(x.GoPointer(), ShowDragHandleVar)
394+
395+}
396+
397+func (c *BottomSheet) GoPointer() uintptr {
398+ return c.Ptr
399+}
400+
401+func (c *BottomSheet) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
402+ c.Ptr = ptr
403+}
404+
405+// Emitted when the close button or shortcut is used while
406+// [property@Dialog:can-close] is set to `FALSE`.
407+func (x *BottomSheet) ConnectCloseAttempt(cb *func(BottomSheet)) uint32 {
408+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
409+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
410+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "close-attempt", cbRefPtr)
411+ }
412+
413+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
414+ fa := BottomSheet{}
415+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
416+ cbFn := *cb
417+
418+ cbFn(fa)
419+
420+ }
421+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
422+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
423+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "close-attempt", cbRefPtr)
424+}
425+
426+// Gets the progress @self will snap back to after the gesture is canceled.
427+func (x *BottomSheet) GetCancelProgress() float64 {
428+
429+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetCancelProgress(x.GoPointer())
430+ return cret
431+}
432+
433+// Gets the swipe distance of @self.
434+//
435+// This corresponds to how many pixels 1 unit represents.
436+func (x *BottomSheet) GetDistance() float64 {
437+
438+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetDistance(x.GoPointer())
439+ return cret
440+}
441+
442+// Gets the current progress of @self.
443+func (x *BottomSheet) GetProgress() float64 {
444+
445+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetProgress(x.GoPointer())
446+ return cret
447+}
448+
449+// Gets the snap points of @self.
450+//
451+// Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to
452+// end the swipe on.
453+func (x *BottomSheet) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) []float64 {
454+
455+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
456+ return cret
457+}
458+
459+// Gets the area @self can start a swipe from for the given direction and
460+// gesture type.
461+//
462+// This can be used to restrict swipes to only be possible from a certain area,
463+// for example, to only allow edge swipes, or to have a draggable element and
464+// ignore swipes elsewhere.
465+//
466+// If not implemented, the default implementation returns the allocation of
467+// @self, allowing swipes from anywhere.
468+func (x *BottomSheet) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDragVar bool, RectVar *gdk.Rectangle) {
469+
470+ XAdwSwipeableGetSwipeArea(x.GoPointer(), NavigationDirectionVar, IsDragVar, RectVar)
471+
472+}
473+
474+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
475+func (x *BottomSheet) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
476+
477+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
478+ return cret
479+}
480+
481+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
482+func (x *BottomSheet) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
483+
484+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
485+
486+}
487+
488+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
489+func (x *BottomSheet) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
490+
491+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
492+
493+}
494+
495+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
496+func (x *BottomSheet) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
497+
498+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
499+
500+}
501+
502+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
503+//
504+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
505+// value types of accessible properties.
506+//
507+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
508+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
509+// technologies.
510+//
511+// Example:
512+// ```c
513+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
514+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
515+//
516+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
517+// -1);
518+//
519+// ```
520+func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
521+
522+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
523+
524+}
525+
526+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
527+//
528+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
529+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
530+//
531+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
532+func (x *BottomSheet) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
533+
534+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
535+
536+}
537+
538+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
539+//
540+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
541+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
542+//
543+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
544+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
545+//
546+// ```c
547+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
548+//
549+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
550+// ref1, NULL,
551+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
552+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
553+// -1);
554+//
555+// ```
556+func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
557+
558+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
559+
560+}
561+
562+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
563+//
564+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
565+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
566+//
567+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
568+func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
569+
570+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
571+
572+}
573+
574+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
575+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
576+//
577+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
578+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
579+//
580+// Example:
581+// ```c
582+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
583+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
584+//
585+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
586+// -1);
587+//
588+// ```
589+func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
590+
591+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
592+
593+}
594+
595+// Updates an array of accessible states.
596+//
597+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
598+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
599+//
600+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
601+func (x *BottomSheet) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
602+
603+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
604+
605+}
606+
607+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
608+//
609+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
610+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
611+func (x *BottomSheet) GetBuildableId() string {
612+
613+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
614+ return cret
615+}
616+
617+func init() {
618+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
619+ if err != nil {
620+ panic(err)
621+ }
622+
623+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGLibType, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_type")
624+
625+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBottomSheet, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_new")
626+
627+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetAlign, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_align")
628+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetBottomBar, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_bottom_bar")
629+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetBottomBarHeight, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_bottom_bar_height")
630+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetCanClose, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_can_close")
631+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetCanOpen, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_can_open")
632+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetContent, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_content")
633+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetFullWidth, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_full_width")
634+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetModal, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_modal")
635+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetOpen, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_open")
636+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetSheet, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_sheet")
637+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetSheetHeight, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_sheet_height")
638+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetGetShowDragHandle, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_get_show_drag_handle")
639+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetAlign, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_align")
640+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetBottomBar, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_bottom_bar")
641+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetCanClose, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_can_close")
642+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetCanOpen, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_can_open")
643+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetContent, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_content")
644+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetFullWidth, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_full_width")
645+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetModal, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_modal")
646+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetOpen, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_open")
647+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetSheet, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_sheet")
648+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBottomSheetSetShowDragHandle, lib, "adw_bottom_sheet_set_show_drag_handle")
649+
650+}
A v4/adw/adw-breakpoint-bin.go +405 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type BreakpointBinClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass uintptr
19+
20+ Padding [4]uintptr
21+}
22+
23+func (x *BreakpointBinClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
24+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
25+}
26+
27+// A widget that changes layout based on available size.
28+//
29+// <picture>
30+//
31+// <source srcset="breakpoint-bin-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
32+// <img src="breakpoint-bin.png" alt="breakpoint-bin">
33+//
34+// </picture>
35+//
36+// `AdwBreakpointBin` provides a way to use breakpoints without [class@Window],
37+// [class@ApplicationWindow] or [class@Dialog]. It can be useful for limiting
38+// breakpoints to a single page and similar purposes. Most applications
39+// shouldn't need it.
40+//
41+// `AdwBreakpointBin` is similar to [class@Bin]. It has one child, set via the
42+// [property@BreakpointBin:child] property.
43+//
44+// When `AdwBreakpointBin` is resized, its child widget can rearrange its layout
45+// at specific thresholds.
46+//
47+// The thresholds and layout changes are defined via [class@Breakpoint] objects.
48+// They can be added using [method@BreakpointBin.add_breakpoint].
49+//
50+// Each breakpoint has a condition, specifying the bin's size and/or aspect
51+// ratio, and setters that automatically set object properties when that
52+// happens. The [signal@Breakpoint::apply] and [signal@Breakpoint::unapply] can
53+// be used instead for more complex scenarios.
54+//
55+// Breakpoints are only allowed to modify widgets inside the `AdwBreakpointBin`,
56+// but not on the `AdwBreakpointBin` itself or any other widgets.
57+//
58+// If multiple breakpoints can be used for the current size, the last one is
59+// always picked. The current breakpoint can be tracked using the
60+// [property@BreakpointBin:current-breakpoint] property.
61+//
62+// If none of the breakpoints can be used, that property will be set to `NULL`,
63+// and the original property values will be used instead.
64+//
65+// ## Minimum Size
66+//
67+// Adding a breakpoint to `AdwBreakpointBin` will result in it having no minimum
68+// size. The [property@Gtk.Widget:width-request] and
69+// [property@Gtk.Widget:height-request] properties must always be set when using
70+// breakpoints, indicating the smallest size you want to support.
71+//
72+// The minimum size and breakpoint conditions must be carefully selected so that
73+// the child widget completely fits. If it doesn't, it will overflow and a
74+// warning message will be printed.
75+//
76+// When choosing minimum size, consider translations and text scale factor
77+// changes. Make sure to leave enough space for text labels, and enable
78+// ellipsizing or wrapping if they might not fit.
79+//
80+// For [class@Gtk.Label] this can be done via [property@Gtk.Label:ellipsize], or
81+// via [property@Gtk.Label:wrap] together with [property@Gtk.Label:wrap-mode].
82+//
83+// For buttons, use [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink],
84+// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:can-shrink], [property@Adw.SplitButton:can-shrink],
85+// or [property@Adw.ButtonContent:can-shrink].
86+//
87+// ## Example
88+//
89+// ```c
90+// GtkWidget *bin, *child;
91+// AdwBreakpoint *breakpoint;
92+//
93+// bin = adw_breakpoint_bin_new ();
94+// gtk_widget_set_size_request (bin, 150, 150);
95+//
96+// child = gtk_label_new ("Wide");
97+// gtk_label_set_ellipsize (GTK_LABEL (label), PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_END);
98+// gtk_widget_add_css_class (child, "title-1");
99+// adw_breakpoint_bin_set_child (ADW_BREAKPOINT_BIN (bin), child);
100+//
101+// breakpoint = adw_breakpoint_new (adw_breakpoint_condition_parse ("max-width: 200px"));
102+// adw_breakpoint_add_setters (breakpoint,
103+//
104+// G_OBJECT (child), "label", "Narrow",
105+// NULL);
106+//
107+// adw_breakpoint_bin_add_breakpoint (ADW_BREAKPOINT_BIN (bin), breakpoint);
108+// ```
109+//
110+// The bin has a single label inside it, displaying "Wide". When the bin's width
111+// is smaller than or equal to 200px, it changes to "Narrow".
112+//
113+// ## `AdwBreakpointBin` as `GtkBuildable`
114+//
115+// `AdwBreakpointBin` allows adding `AdwBreakpoint` objects as children.
116+//
117+// Example of an `AdwBreakpointBin` UI definition:
118+//
119+// ```xml
120+// <object class="AdwBreakpointBin">
121+//
122+// <property name="width-request">150</property>
123+// <property name="height-request">150</property>
124+// <property name="child">
125+// <object class="GtkLabel" id="child">
126+// <property name="label">Wide</property>
127+// <property name="ellipsize">end</property>
128+// <style>
129+// <class name="title-1"/>
130+// </style>
131+// </object>
132+// </property>
133+// <child>
134+// <object class="AdwBreakpoint">
135+// <condition>max-width: 200px</condition>
136+// <setter object="child" property="label">Narrow</setter>
137+// </object>
138+// </child>
139+//
140+// </object>
141+// ```
142+//
143+// See [class@Breakpoint] documentation for details.
144+type BreakpointBin struct {
145+ gtk.Widget
146+}
147+
148+var xBreakpointBinGLibType func() types.GType
149+
150+func BreakpointBinGLibType() types.GType {
151+ return xBreakpointBinGLibType()
152+}
153+
154+func BreakpointBinNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *BreakpointBin {
155+ cls := &BreakpointBin{}
156+ cls.Ptr = ptr
157+ return cls
158+}
159+
160+var xNewBreakpointBin func() uintptr
161+
162+// Creates a new `AdwBreakpointBin`.
163+func NewBreakpointBin() *BreakpointBin {
164+ var cls *BreakpointBin
165+
166+ cret := xNewBreakpointBin()
167+
168+ if cret == 0 {
169+ return nil
170+ }
171+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
172+ cls = &BreakpointBin{}
173+ cls.Ptr = cret
174+ return cls
175+}
176+
177+var xBreakpointBinAddBreakpoint func(uintptr, uintptr)
178+
179+// Adds @breakpoint to @self.
180+func (x *BreakpointBin) AddBreakpoint(BreakpointVar *Breakpoint) {
181+
182+ xBreakpointBinAddBreakpoint(x.GoPointer(), BreakpointVar.GoPointer())
183+
184+}
185+
186+var xBreakpointBinGetChild func(uintptr) uintptr
187+
188+// Gets the child widget of @self.
189+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetChild() *gtk.Widget {
190+ var cls *gtk.Widget
191+
192+ cret := xBreakpointBinGetChild(x.GoPointer())
193+
194+ if cret == 0 {
195+ return nil
196+ }
197+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
198+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
199+ cls.Ptr = cret
200+ return cls
201+}
202+
203+var xBreakpointBinGetCurrentBreakpoint func(uintptr) uintptr
204+
205+// Gets the current breakpoint.
206+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetCurrentBreakpoint() *Breakpoint {
207+ var cls *Breakpoint
208+
209+ cret := xBreakpointBinGetCurrentBreakpoint(x.GoPointer())
210+
211+ if cret == 0 {
212+ return nil
213+ }
214+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
215+ cls = &Breakpoint{}
216+ cls.Ptr = cret
217+ return cls
218+}
219+
220+var xBreakpointBinRemoveBreakpoint func(uintptr, uintptr)
221+
222+// Removes @breakpoint from @self.
223+func (x *BreakpointBin) RemoveBreakpoint(BreakpointVar *Breakpoint) {
224+
225+ xBreakpointBinRemoveBreakpoint(x.GoPointer(), BreakpointVar.GoPointer())
226+
227+}
228+
229+var xBreakpointBinSetChild func(uintptr, uintptr)
230+
231+// Sets the child widget of @self.
232+func (x *BreakpointBin) SetChild(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
233+
234+ xBreakpointBinSetChild(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
235+
236+}
237+
238+func (c *BreakpointBin) GoPointer() uintptr {
239+ return c.Ptr
240+}
241+
242+func (c *BreakpointBin) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
243+ c.Ptr = ptr
244+}
245+
246+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
247+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
248+
249+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
250+ return cret
251+}
252+
253+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
254+func (x *BreakpointBin) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
255+
256+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
257+
258+}
259+
260+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
261+func (x *BreakpointBin) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
262+
263+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
264+
265+}
266+
267+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
268+func (x *BreakpointBin) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
269+
270+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
271+
272+}
273+
274+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
275+//
276+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
277+// value types of accessible properties.
278+//
279+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
280+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
281+// technologies.
282+//
283+// Example:
284+// ```c
285+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
286+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
287+//
288+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
289+// -1);
290+//
291+// ```
292+func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
293+
294+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
295+
296+}
297+
298+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
299+//
300+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
301+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
302+//
303+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
304+func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
305+
306+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
307+
308+}
309+
310+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
311+//
312+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
313+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
314+//
315+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
316+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
317+//
318+// ```c
319+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
320+//
321+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
322+// ref1, NULL,
323+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
324+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
325+// -1);
326+//
327+// ```
328+func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
329+
330+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
331+
332+}
333+
334+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
335+//
336+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
337+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
338+//
339+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
340+func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
341+
342+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
343+
344+}
345+
346+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
347+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
348+//
349+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
350+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
351+//
352+// Example:
353+// ```c
354+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
355+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
356+//
357+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
358+// -1);
359+//
360+// ```
361+func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
362+
363+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
364+
365+}
366+
367+// Updates an array of accessible states.
368+//
369+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
370+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
371+//
372+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
373+func (x *BreakpointBin) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
374+
375+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
376+
377+}
378+
379+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
380+//
381+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
382+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
383+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetBuildableId() string {
384+
385+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
386+ return cret
387+}
388+
389+func init() {
390+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
391+ if err != nil {
392+ panic(err)
393+ }
394+
395+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointBinGLibType, lib, "adw_breakpoint_bin_get_type")
396+
397+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBreakpointBin, lib, "adw_breakpoint_bin_new")
398+
399+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointBinAddBreakpoint, lib, "adw_breakpoint_bin_add_breakpoint")
400+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointBinGetChild, lib, "adw_breakpoint_bin_get_child")
401+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointBinGetCurrentBreakpoint, lib, "adw_breakpoint_bin_get_current_breakpoint")
402+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointBinRemoveBreakpoint, lib, "adw_breakpoint_bin_remove_breakpoint")
403+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointBinSetChild, lib, "adw_breakpoint_bin_set_child")
404+
405+}
A v4/adw/adw-breakpoint.go +519 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
14+)
15+
16+type BreakpointClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+
19+ ParentClass uintptr
20+}
21+
22+func (x *BreakpointClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
23+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
24+}
25+
26+// Describes condition for an [class@Breakpoint].
27+type BreakpointCondition struct {
28+ _ structs.HostLayout
29+}
30+
31+var xBreakpointConditionGLibType func() types.GType
32+
33+func BreakpointConditionGLibType() types.GType {
34+ return xBreakpointConditionGLibType()
35+}
36+
37+func (x *BreakpointCondition) GoPointer() uintptr {
38+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
39+}
40+
41+var xNewBreakpointConditionAnd func(*BreakpointCondition, *BreakpointCondition) *BreakpointCondition
42+
43+// Creates a condition that triggers when @condition_1 and @condition_2 are both
44+// true.
45+func NewBreakpointConditionAnd(Condition1Var *BreakpointCondition, Condition2Var *BreakpointCondition) *BreakpointCondition {
46+
47+ cret := xNewBreakpointConditionAnd(Condition1Var, Condition2Var)
48+ return cret
49+}
50+
51+var xNewBreakpointConditionLength func(BreakpointConditionLengthType, float64, LengthUnit) *BreakpointCondition
52+
53+// Creates a condition that triggers on length changes.
54+func NewBreakpointConditionLength(TypeVar BreakpointConditionLengthType, ValueVar float64, UnitVar LengthUnit) *BreakpointCondition {
55+
56+ cret := xNewBreakpointConditionLength(TypeVar, ValueVar, UnitVar)
57+ return cret
58+}
59+
60+var xNewBreakpointConditionOr func(*BreakpointCondition, *BreakpointCondition) *BreakpointCondition
61+
62+// Creates a condition that triggers when either @condition_1 or @condition_2 is
63+// true.
64+func NewBreakpointConditionOr(Condition1Var *BreakpointCondition, Condition2Var *BreakpointCondition) *BreakpointCondition {
65+
66+ cret := xNewBreakpointConditionOr(Condition1Var, Condition2Var)
67+ return cret
68+}
69+
70+var xNewBreakpointConditionRatio func(BreakpointConditionRatioType, int, int) *BreakpointCondition
71+
72+// Creates a condition that triggers on ratio changes.
73+//
74+// The ratio is represented as @width divided by @height.
75+func NewBreakpointConditionRatio(TypeVar BreakpointConditionRatioType, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) *BreakpointCondition {
76+
77+ cret := xNewBreakpointConditionRatio(TypeVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
78+ return cret
79+}
80+
81+var xBreakpointConditionCopy func(uintptr) *BreakpointCondition
82+
83+// Copies @self.
84+func (x *BreakpointCondition) Copy() *BreakpointCondition {
85+
86+ cret := xBreakpointConditionCopy(x.GoPointer())
87+ return cret
88+}
89+
90+var xBreakpointConditionFree func(uintptr)
91+
92+// Frees @self.
93+func (x *BreakpointCondition) Free() {
94+
95+ xBreakpointConditionFree(x.GoPointer())
96+
97+}
98+
99+var xBreakpointConditionToString func(uintptr) string
100+
101+// Returns a textual representation of @self.
102+//
103+// The returned string can be parsed by [func@BreakpointCondition.parse].
104+func (x *BreakpointCondition) ToString() string {
105+
106+ cret := xBreakpointConditionToString(x.GoPointer())
107+ return cret
108+}
109+
110+// Describes length types for [struct@BreakpointCondition].
111+//
112+// See [ctor@BreakpointCondition.new_length].
113+//
114+// New values may be added to this enumeration over time.
115+type BreakpointConditionLengthType int
116+
117+var xBreakpointConditionLengthTypeGLibType func() types.GType
118+
119+func BreakpointConditionLengthTypeGLibType() types.GType {
120+ return xBreakpointConditionLengthTypeGLibType()
121+}
122+
123+const (
124+
125+ // true if the width is greater than or
126+ // equal to the condition value
127+ BreakpointConditionMinWidthValue BreakpointConditionLengthType = 0
128+ // true if the width is less than or
129+ // equal to the condition value
130+ BreakpointConditionMaxWidthValue BreakpointConditionLengthType = 1
131+ // true if the height is greater than or
132+ // equal to the condition value
133+ BreakpointConditionMinHeightValue BreakpointConditionLengthType = 2
134+ // true if the height is less than or
135+ // equal to the condition value
136+ BreakpointConditionMaxHeightValue BreakpointConditionLengthType = 3
137+)
138+
139+// Describes ratio types for [struct@BreakpointCondition].
140+//
141+// See [ctor@BreakpointCondition.new_ratio].
142+//
143+// New values may be added to this enumeration over time.
144+type BreakpointConditionRatioType int
145+
146+var xBreakpointConditionRatioTypeGLibType func() types.GType
147+
148+func BreakpointConditionRatioTypeGLibType() types.GType {
149+ return xBreakpointConditionRatioTypeGLibType()
150+}
151+
152+const (
153+
154+ // true if the aspect ratio is
155+ // greater than or equal to the condition value
156+ BreakpointConditionMinAspectRatioValue BreakpointConditionRatioType = 0
157+ // true if the aspect ratio is
158+ // less than or equal to the condition value
159+ BreakpointConditionMaxAspectRatioValue BreakpointConditionRatioType = 1
160+)
161+
162+var xBreakpointConditionParse func(string) *BreakpointCondition
163+
164+// Parses a condition from a string.
165+//
166+// Length conditions are specified as `<type>: <value>[<unit>]`, where:
167+//
168+// - `<type>` can be `min-width`, `max-width`, `min-height` or `max-height`
169+// - `<value>` is a fractional number
170+// - `<unit>` can be `px`, `pt` or `sp`
171+//
172+// If the unit is omitted, `px` is assumed.
173+//
174+// See [ctor@BreakpointCondition.new_length].
175+//
176+// Examples:
177+//
178+// - `min-width: 500px`
179+// - `min-height: 400pt`
180+// - `max-width: 100sp`
181+// - `max-height: 500`
182+//
183+// Ratio conditions are specified as `<type>: <width>[/<height>]`, where:
184+//
185+// - `<type>` can be `min-aspect-ratio` or `max-aspect-ratio`
186+// - `<width>` and `<height>` are integer numbers
187+//
188+// See [ctor@BreakpointCondition.new_ratio].
189+//
190+// The ratio is represented as `<width>` divided by `<height>`.
191+//
192+// If `<height>` is omitted, it's assumed to be 1.
193+//
194+// Examples:
195+//
196+// - `min-aspect-ratio: 4/3`
197+// - `max-aspect-ratio: 1`
198+//
199+// The logical operators `and`, `or` can be used to compose a complex condition
200+// as follows:
201+//
202+// - `<condition> and <condition>`: the condition is true when both
203+// `<condition>`s are true, same as when using
204+// [ctor@BreakpointCondition.new_and]
205+// - `<condition> or <condition>`: the condition is true when either of the
206+// `<condition>`s is true, same as when using
207+// [ctor@BreakpointCondition.new_or]
208+//
209+// Examples:
210+//
211+// - `min-width: 400px and max-aspect-ratio: 4/3`
212+// - `max-width: 360sp or max-width: 360px`
213+//
214+// Conditions can be further nested using parentheses, for example:
215+//
216+// - `min-width: 400px and (max-aspect-ratio: 4/3 or max-height: 400px)`
217+//
218+// If parentheses are omitted, the first operator takes priority.
219+func BreakpointConditionParse(StrVar string) *BreakpointCondition {
220+
221+ cret := xBreakpointConditionParse(StrVar)
222+ return cret
223+}
224+
225+// Describes a breakpoint for [class@Window] or [class@Dialog].
226+//
227+// Breakpoints are used to create adaptive UI, allowing to change the layout
228+// depending on available size.
229+//
230+// Breakpoint is a size threshold, specified by its condition, as well as one or
231+// more setters.
232+//
233+// Each setter has a target object, a property and a value. When a breakpoint
234+// is applied, each setter sets the target property on their target object to
235+// the specified value, and reset it back to the original value when it's
236+// unapplied.
237+//
238+// For more complicated scenarios, [signal@Breakpoint::apply] and
239+// [signal@Breakpoint::unapply] can be used instead.
240+//
241+// Breakpoints can be used within [class@Window], [class@ApplicationWindow],
242+// [class@Dialog] or [class@BreakpointBin].
243+//
244+// ## `AdwBreakpoint` as `GtkBuildable`:
245+//
246+// `AdwBreakpoint` supports specifying its condition via the `<condition>`
247+// element. The contents of the element must be a string in a format accepted by
248+// [func@BreakpointCondition.parse].
249+//
250+// It also supports adding setters via the `<setter>` element. Each `<setter>`
251+// element must have the `object` attribute specifying the target object, and
252+// the `property` attribute specifying the property name. The contents of the
253+// element are used as the setter value.
254+//
255+// For `G_TYPE_OBJECT` and `G_TYPE_BOXED` derived properties, empty contents are
256+// treated as `NULL`.
257+//
258+// Setter values can be translated with the usual `translatable`, `context` and
259+// `comments` attributes.
260+//
261+// Example of an `AdwBreakpoint` UI definition:
262+//
263+// ```xml
264+// <object class="AdwBreakpoint">
265+//
266+// <condition>max-width: 400px</condition>
267+// <setter object="button" property="visible">True</setter>
268+// <setter object="box" property="orientation">vertical</setter>
269+// <setter object="page" property="title" translatable="yes">Example</setter>
270+//
271+// </object>
272+// ```
273+type Breakpoint struct {
274+ gobject.Object
275+}
276+
277+var xBreakpointGLibType func() types.GType
278+
279+func BreakpointGLibType() types.GType {
280+ return xBreakpointGLibType()
281+}
282+
283+func BreakpointNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Breakpoint {
284+ cls := &Breakpoint{}
285+ cls.Ptr = ptr
286+ return cls
287+}
288+
289+var xNewBreakpoint func(*BreakpointCondition) uintptr
290+
291+// Creates a new `AdwBreakpoint` with @condition.
292+func NewBreakpoint(ConditionVar *BreakpointCondition) *Breakpoint {
293+ var cls *Breakpoint
294+
295+ cret := xNewBreakpoint(ConditionVar)
296+
297+ if cret == 0 {
298+ return nil
299+ }
300+ cls = &Breakpoint{}
301+ cls.Ptr = cret
302+ return cls
303+}
304+
305+var xBreakpointAddSetter func(uintptr, uintptr, string, *gobject.Value)
306+
307+// Adds a setter to @self.
308+//
309+// The setter will automatically set @property on @object to @value when
310+// applying the breakpoint, and set it back to its original value upon
311+// unapplying it.
312+//
313+// ::: note
314+//
315+// Setting properties to their original values does not work for properties
316+// that have irreversible side effects. For example, changing
317+// [property@Gtk.Button:label] while [property@Gtk.Button:icon-name] is set
318+// will reset the icon. However, resetting the label will not set
319+// `icon-name` to its original value.
320+//
321+// Use the [signal@Breakpoint::apply] and [signal@Breakpoint::unapply] signals
322+// for those properties instead, as follows:
323+//
324+// ```c
325+// static void
326+// breakpoint_apply_cb (MyWidget *self)
327+//
328+// {
329+// gtk_button_set_icon_name (self->button, "go-previous-symbolic");
330+// }
331+//
332+// static void
333+// breakpoint_apply_cb (MyWidget *self)
334+//
335+// {
336+// gtk_button_set_label (self->button, _("_Back"));
337+// }
338+//
339+// // ...
340+//
341+// g_signal_connect_swapped (breakpoint, "apply",
342+//
343+// G_CALLBACK (breakpoint_apply_cb), self);
344+//
345+// g_signal_connect_swapped (breakpoint, "unapply",
346+//
347+// G_CALLBACK (breakpoint_unapply_cb), self);
348+//
349+// ```
350+func (x *Breakpoint) AddSetter(ObjectVar *gobject.Object, PropertyVar string, ValueVar *gobject.Value) {
351+
352+ xBreakpointAddSetter(x.GoPointer(), ObjectVar.GoPointer(), PropertyVar, ValueVar)
353+
354+}
355+
356+var xBreakpointAddSetters func(uintptr, uintptr, string, ...interface{})
357+
358+// Adds multiple setters to @self.
359+//
360+// See [method@Breakpoint.add_setter].
361+//
362+// Example:
363+//
364+// ```c
365+// adw_breakpoint_add_setters (breakpoint,
366+//
367+// G_OBJECT (box), "orientation", GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
368+// G_OBJECT (button), "halign", GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
369+// G_OBJECT (button), "valign", GTK_ALIGN_END,
370+// NULL);
371+//
372+// ```
373+func (x *Breakpoint) AddSetters(FirstObjectVar *gobject.Object, FirstPropertyVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
374+
375+ xBreakpointAddSetters(x.GoPointer(), FirstObjectVar.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
376+
377+}
378+
379+var xBreakpointAddSettersValist func(uintptr, uintptr, string, []interface{})
380+
381+// Adds multiple setters to @self.
382+//
383+// See [method@Breakpoint.add_setters].
384+func (x *Breakpoint) AddSettersValist(FirstObjectVar *gobject.Object, FirstPropertyVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) {
385+
386+ xBreakpointAddSettersValist(x.GoPointer(), FirstObjectVar.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, ArgsVar)
387+
388+}
389+
390+var xBreakpointAddSettersv func(uintptr, int, uintptr, []string, uintptr)
391+
392+// Adds @n_setters setters to @self.
393+//
394+// This is a convenience function for adding multiple setters at once.
395+//
396+// See [method@Breakpoint.add_setter].
397+//
398+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
399+func (x *Breakpoint) AddSettersv(NSettersVar int, ObjectsVar uintptr, NamesVar []string, ValuesVar uintptr) {
400+
401+ xBreakpointAddSettersv(x.GoPointer(), NSettersVar, ObjectsVar, NamesVar, ValuesVar)
402+
403+}
404+
405+var xBreakpointGetCondition func(uintptr) *BreakpointCondition
406+
407+// Gets the condition for @self.
408+func (x *Breakpoint) GetCondition() *BreakpointCondition {
409+
410+ cret := xBreakpointGetCondition(x.GoPointer())
411+ return cret
412+}
413+
414+var xBreakpointSetCondition func(uintptr, *BreakpointCondition)
415+
416+// Sets the condition for @self.
417+func (x *Breakpoint) SetCondition(ConditionVar *BreakpointCondition) {
418+
419+ xBreakpointSetCondition(x.GoPointer(), ConditionVar)
420+
421+}
422+
423+func (c *Breakpoint) GoPointer() uintptr {
424+ return c.Ptr
425+}
426+
427+func (c *Breakpoint) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
428+ c.Ptr = ptr
429+}
430+
431+// Emitted when the breakpoint is applied.
432+//
433+// This signal is emitted after the setters have been applied.
434+func (x *Breakpoint) ConnectApply(cb *func(Breakpoint)) uint32 {
435+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
436+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
437+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "apply", cbRefPtr)
438+ }
439+
440+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
441+ fa := Breakpoint{}
442+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
443+ cbFn := *cb
444+
445+ cbFn(fa)
446+
447+ }
448+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
449+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
450+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "apply", cbRefPtr)
451+}
452+
453+// Emitted when the breakpoint is unapplied.
454+//
455+// This signal is emitted before resetting the setter values.
456+func (x *Breakpoint) ConnectUnapply(cb *func(Breakpoint)) uint32 {
457+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
458+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
459+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "unapply", cbRefPtr)
460+ }
461+
462+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
463+ fa := Breakpoint{}
464+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
465+ cbFn := *cb
466+
467+ cbFn(fa)
468+
469+ }
470+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
471+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
472+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "unapply", cbRefPtr)
473+}
474+
475+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
476+//
477+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
478+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
479+func (x *Breakpoint) GetBuildableId() string {
480+
481+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
482+ return cret
483+}
484+
485+func init() {
486+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
487+ if err != nil {
488+ panic(err)
489+ }
490+
491+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointConditionLengthTypeGLibType, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_length_type_get_type")
492+
493+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointConditionRatioTypeGLibType, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_ratio_type_get_type")
494+
495+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointConditionParse, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_parse")
496+
497+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointConditionGLibType, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_get_type")
498+
499+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBreakpointConditionAnd, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_new_and")
500+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBreakpointConditionLength, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_new_length")
501+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBreakpointConditionOr, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_new_or")
502+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBreakpointConditionRatio, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_new_ratio")
503+
504+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointConditionCopy, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_copy")
505+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointConditionFree, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_free")
506+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointConditionToString, lib, "adw_breakpoint_condition_to_string")
507+
508+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointGLibType, lib, "adw_breakpoint_get_type")
509+
510+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewBreakpoint, lib, "adw_breakpoint_new")
511+
512+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointAddSetter, lib, "adw_breakpoint_add_setter")
513+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointAddSetters, lib, "adw_breakpoint_add_setters")
514+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointAddSettersValist, lib, "adw_breakpoint_add_setters_valist")
515+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointAddSettersv, lib, "adw_breakpoint_add_settersv")
516+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointGetCondition, lib, "adw_breakpoint_get_condition")
517+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xBreakpointSetCondition, lib, "adw_breakpoint_set_condition")
518+
519+}
M v4/adw/adw-button-content.go +31 -4
@@ -58,12 +58,15 @@ func (x *ButtonContentClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5858 //
5959 // ```
6060 // buttoncontent
61-// ├── image
62-// ╰── label
61+// ╰── box
62+//
63+// ├── image
64+// ╰── label
65+//
6366 // ```
6467 //
65-// `AdwButtonContent`'s CSS node is called `buttoncontent`. It contains the
66-// subnodes `image` and `label`.
68+// `AdwButtonContent`'s CSS node is called `buttoncontent`. It contains a `box`
69+// subnode that serves as a container for the `image` and `label` nodes.
6770 //
6871 // When inside a `GtkButton` or `AdwSplitButton`, the button will receive the
6972 // `.image-text-button` style class. When inside a `GtkMenuButton`, the
@@ -105,6 +108,15 @@ func NewButtonContent() *ButtonContent {
105108 return cls
106109 }
107110
111+var xButtonContentGetCanShrink func(uintptr) bool
112+
113+// gets whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
114+func (x *ButtonContent) GetCanShrink() bool {
115+
116+ cret := xButtonContentGetCanShrink(x.GoPointer())
117+ return cret
118+}
119+
108120 var xButtonContentGetIconName func(uintptr) string
109121
110122 // Gets the name of the displayed icon.
@@ -132,6 +144,19 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) GetUseUnderline() bool {
132144 return cret
133145 }
134146
147+var xButtonContentSetCanShrink func(uintptr, bool)
148+
149+// Sets whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
150+//
151+// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
152+//
153+// See [method@Gtk.Button.set_can_shrink].
154+func (x *ButtonContent) SetCanShrink(CanShrinkVar bool) {
155+
156+ xButtonContentSetCanShrink(x.GoPointer(), CanShrinkVar)
157+
158+}
159+
135160 var xButtonContentSetIconName func(uintptr, string)
136161
137162 // Sets the name of the displayed icon.
@@ -326,9 +351,11 @@ func init() {
326351
327352 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewButtonContent, lib, "adw_button_content_new")
328353
354+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonContentGetCanShrink, lib, "adw_button_content_get_can_shrink")
329355 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonContentGetIconName, lib, "adw_button_content_get_icon_name")
330356 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonContentGetLabel, lib, "adw_button_content_get_label")
331357 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonContentGetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_button_content_get_use_underline")
358+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonContentSetCanShrink, lib, "adw_button_content_set_can_shrink")
332359 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonContentSetIconName, lib, "adw_button_content_set_icon_name")
333360 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonContentSetLabel, lib, "adw_button_content_set_label")
334361 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonContentSetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_button_content_set_use_underline")
A v4/adw/adw-button-row.go +414 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
14+)
15+
16+type ButtonRowClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+
19+ ParentClass uintptr
20+}
21+
22+func (x *ButtonRowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
23+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
24+}
25+
26+// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] that looks like a button.
27+//
28+// <picture>
29+//
30+// <source srcset="button-rows-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
31+// <img src="button-rows.png" alt="button-rows">
32+//
33+// </picture>
34+//
35+// The `AdwButtonRow` widget has a title and two icons: before and after the
36+// title.
37+//
38+// It is convenient for presenting actions like "Delete" at the end of a boxed
39+// list.
40+//
41+// `AdwButtonRow` is always activatable.
42+//
43+// ## CSS nodes
44+//
45+// `AdwButtonRow` has a main CSS node with name `row` and the style class
46+// `.button`.
47+//
48+// It contains the subnode `box` for its main horizontal box, which contains the
49+// nodes: `image.icon.start` for the start icon, `label.title` for the title,
50+// and `image.icon.end` for the end icon.
51+//
52+// ## Style classes
53+//
54+// The [`.suggested-action`](style-classes.html#suggested-action) style class
55+// makes `AdwButtonRow` use accent color for its background. It should be used
56+// very sparingly to denote important buttons.
57+//
58+// <picture>
59+//
60+// <source srcset="button-row-suggested-action-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
61+// <img src="button-row-suggested-action.png" alt="button-row-suggested-action">
62+//
63+// </picture>
64+//
65+// The [`.destructive-action`](style-classes.html#destructive-action) style
66+// makes the row use destructive colors. It can be used to draw attention to the
67+// potentially damaging consequences of using it. This style acts as a warning
68+// to the user.
69+//
70+// <picture>
71+//
72+// <source srcset="button-row-destructive-action-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
73+// <img src="button-row-destructive-action.png" alt="button-row-destructive-action">
74+//
75+// </picture>
76+type ButtonRow struct {
77+ PreferencesRow
78+}
79+
80+var xButtonRowGLibType func() types.GType
81+
82+func ButtonRowGLibType() types.GType {
83+ return xButtonRowGLibType()
84+}
85+
86+func ButtonRowNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *ButtonRow {
87+ cls := &ButtonRow{}
88+ cls.Ptr = ptr
89+ return cls
90+}
91+
92+var xNewButtonRow func() uintptr
93+
94+// Creates a new `AdwButtonRow`.
95+func NewButtonRow() *ButtonRow {
96+ var cls *ButtonRow
97+
98+ cret := xNewButtonRow()
99+
100+ if cret == 0 {
101+ return nil
102+ }
103+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
104+ cls = &ButtonRow{}
105+ cls.Ptr = cret
106+ return cls
107+}
108+
109+var xButtonRowGetEndIconName func(uintptr) string
110+
111+// Gets the end icon name for @self.
112+func (x *ButtonRow) GetEndIconName() string {
113+
114+ cret := xButtonRowGetEndIconName(x.GoPointer())
115+ return cret
116+}
117+
118+var xButtonRowGetStartIconName func(uintptr) string
119+
120+// Gets the start icon name for @self.
121+func (x *ButtonRow) GetStartIconName() string {
122+
123+ cret := xButtonRowGetStartIconName(x.GoPointer())
124+ return cret
125+}
126+
127+var xButtonRowSetEndIconName func(uintptr, string)
128+
129+// Sets the end icon name for @self.
130+func (x *ButtonRow) SetEndIconName(IconNameVar string) {
131+
132+ xButtonRowSetEndIconName(x.GoPointer(), IconNameVar)
133+
134+}
135+
136+var xButtonRowSetStartIconName func(uintptr, string)
137+
138+// Sets the start icon name for @self.
139+func (x *ButtonRow) SetStartIconName(IconNameVar string) {
140+
141+ xButtonRowSetStartIconName(x.GoPointer(), IconNameVar)
142+
143+}
144+
145+func (c *ButtonRow) GoPointer() uintptr {
146+ return c.Ptr
147+}
148+
149+func (c *ButtonRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
150+ c.Ptr = ptr
151+}
152+
153+// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
154+func (x *ButtonRow) ConnectActivated(cb *func(ButtonRow)) uint32 {
155+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
156+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
157+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activated", cbRefPtr)
158+ }
159+
160+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
161+ fa := ButtonRow{}
162+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
163+ cbFn := *cb
164+
165+ cbFn(fa)
166+
167+ }
168+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
169+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
170+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "activated", cbRefPtr)
171+}
172+
173+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
174+func (x *ButtonRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
175+
176+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
177+ return cret
178+}
179+
180+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
181+func (x *ButtonRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
182+
183+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
184+
185+}
186+
187+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
188+func (x *ButtonRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
189+
190+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
191+
192+}
193+
194+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
195+func (x *ButtonRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
196+
197+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
198+
199+}
200+
201+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
202+//
203+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
204+// value types of accessible properties.
205+//
206+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
207+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
208+// technologies.
209+//
210+// Example:
211+// ```c
212+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
213+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
214+//
215+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
216+// -1);
217+//
218+// ```
219+func (x *ButtonRow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
220+
221+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
222+
223+}
224+
225+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
226+//
227+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
228+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
229+//
230+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
231+func (x *ButtonRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
232+
233+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
234+
235+}
236+
237+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
238+//
239+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
240+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
241+//
242+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
243+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
244+//
245+// ```c
246+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
247+//
248+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
249+// ref1, NULL,
250+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
251+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
252+// -1);
253+//
254+// ```
255+func (x *ButtonRow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
256+
257+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
258+
259+}
260+
261+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
262+//
263+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
264+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
265+//
266+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
267+func (x *ButtonRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
268+
269+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
270+
271+}
272+
273+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
274+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
275+//
276+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
277+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
278+//
279+// Example:
280+// ```c
281+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
282+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
283+//
284+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
285+// -1);
286+//
287+// ```
288+func (x *ButtonRow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
289+
290+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
291+
292+}
293+
294+// Updates an array of accessible states.
295+//
296+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
297+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
298+//
299+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
300+func (x *ButtonRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
301+
302+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
303+
304+}
305+
306+// Gets the action name for @actionable.
307+func (x *ButtonRow) GetActionName() string {
308+
309+ cret := gtk.XGtkActionableGetActionName(x.GoPointer())
310+ return cret
311+}
312+
313+// Gets the current target value of @actionable.
314+func (x *ButtonRow) GetActionTargetValue() *glib.Variant {
315+
316+ cret := gtk.XGtkActionableGetActionTargetValue(x.GoPointer())
317+ return cret
318+}
319+
320+// Specifies the name of the action with which this widget should be
321+// associated.
322+//
323+// If @action_name is %NULL then the widget will be unassociated from
324+// any previous action.
325+//
326+// Usually this function is used when the widget is located (or will be
327+// located) within the hierarchy of a `GtkApplicationWindow`.
328+//
329+// Names are of the form “win.save” or “app.quit” for actions on the
330+// containing [class@ApplicationWindow] or its associated [class@Application],
331+// respectively. This is the same form used for actions in the [class@Gio.Menu]
332+// associated with the window.
333+func (x *ButtonRow) SetActionName(ActionNameVar string) {
334+
335+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetActionName(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
336+
337+}
338+
339+// Sets the target of an actionable widget.
340+//
341+// This is a convenience function that calls [ctor@GLib.Variant.new] for
342+// @format_string and uses the result to call
343+// [method@Gtk.Actionable.set_action_target_value].
344+//
345+// If you are setting a string-valued target and want to set
346+// the action name at the same time, you can use
347+// [method@Gtk.Actionable.set_detailed_action_name].
348+func (x *ButtonRow) SetActionTarget(FormatStringVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
349+
350+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetActionTarget(x.GoPointer(), FormatStringVar, varArgs...)
351+
352+}
353+
354+// Sets the target value of an actionable widget.
355+//
356+// If @target_value is %NULL then the target value is unset.
357+//
358+// The target value has two purposes. First, it is used as the parameter
359+// to activation of the action associated with the `GtkActionable` widget.
360+// Second, it is used to determine if the widget should be rendered as
361+// “active” — the widget is active if the state is equal to the given target.
362+//
363+// Consider the example of associating a set of buttons with a [iface@Gio.Action]
364+// with string state in a typical “radio button” situation. Each button
365+// will be associated with the same action, but with a different target
366+// value for that action. Clicking on a particular button will activate
367+// the action with the target of that button, which will typically cause
368+// the action’s state to change to that value. Since the action’s state
369+// is now equal to the target value of the button, the button will now
370+// be rendered as active (and the other buttons, with different targets,
371+// rendered inactive).
372+func (x *ButtonRow) SetActionTargetValue(TargetValueVar *glib.Variant) {
373+
374+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetActionTargetValue(x.GoPointer(), TargetValueVar)
375+
376+}
377+
378+// Sets the action-name and associated string target value of an
379+// actionable widget.
380+//
381+// @detailed_action_name is a string in the format accepted by
382+// [func@Gio.Action.parse_detailed_name].
383+func (x *ButtonRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
384+
385+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetDetailedActionName(x.GoPointer(), DetailedActionNameVar)
386+
387+}
388+
389+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
390+//
391+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
392+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
393+func (x *ButtonRow) GetBuildableId() string {
394+
395+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
396+ return cret
397+}
398+
399+func init() {
400+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
401+ if err != nil {
402+ panic(err)
403+ }
404+
405+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonRowGLibType, lib, "adw_button_row_get_type")
406+
407+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewButtonRow, lib, "adw_button_row_new")
408+
409+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonRowGetEndIconName, lib, "adw_button_row_get_end_icon_name")
410+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonRowGetStartIconName, lib, "adw_button_row_get_start_icon_name")
411+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonRowSetEndIconName, lib, "adw_button_row_set_end_icon_name")
412+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xButtonRowSetStartIconName, lib, "adw_button_row_set_start_icon_name")
413+
414+}
M v4/adw/adw-carousel.go +5 -2
@@ -329,8 +329,11 @@ func (c *Carousel) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
329329 // This signal is emitted after a page has been changed.
330330 //
331331 // It can be used to implement "infinite scrolling" by amending the pages
332-// after every scroll. Note that an empty carousel is indicated by
333-// `(int)index == -1`.
332+// after every scroll.
333+//
334+// ::: note
335+//
336+// An empty carousel is indicated by `(int)index == -1`.
334337 func (x *Carousel) ConnectPageChanged(cb *func(Carousel, uint)) uint32 {
335338 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
336339 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
M v4/adw/adw-clamp-layout.go +26 -3
@@ -44,9 +44,10 @@ func (x *ClampLayoutClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4444 // If a child requires more than the requested maximum size, it will be
4545 // allocated the minimum size it can fit in instead.
4646 //
47-// Each child will get the style classes .large when it reached its maximum
48-// size, .small when it's allocated the full size, .medium in-between, or none
49-// if it hasn't been allocated yet.
47+// `AdwClampLayout` can scale with the text scale factor, use the
48+// [property@ClampLayout:unit] property to enable that behavior.
49+//
50+// See also: [class@Clamp], [class@ClampScrollable].
5051 type ClampLayout struct {
5152 gtk.LayoutManager
5253 }
@@ -97,6 +98,15 @@ func (x *ClampLayout) GetTighteningThreshold() int {
9798 return cret
9899 }
99100
101+var xClampLayoutGetUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
102+
103+// Gets the length unit for maximum size and tightening threshold.
104+func (x *ClampLayout) GetUnit() LengthUnit {
105+
106+ cret := xClampLayoutGetUnit(x.GoPointer())
107+ return cret
108+}
109+
100110 var xClampLayoutSetMaximumSize func(uintptr, int)
101111
102112 // Sets the maximum size allocated to the children.
@@ -130,6 +140,17 @@ func (x *ClampLayout) SetTighteningThreshold(TighteningThresholdVar int) {
130140
131141 }
132142
143+var xClampLayoutSetUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
144+
145+// Sets the length unit for maximum size and tightening threshold.
146+//
147+// Allows the sizes to vary depending on the text scale factor.
148+func (x *ClampLayout) SetUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
149+
150+ xClampLayoutSetUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
151+
152+}
153+
133154 func (c *ClampLayout) GoPointer() uintptr {
134155 return c.Ptr
135156 }
@@ -164,7 +185,9 @@ func init() {
164185
165186 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampLayoutGetMaximumSize, lib, "adw_clamp_layout_get_maximum_size")
166187 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampLayoutGetTighteningThreshold, lib, "adw_clamp_layout_get_tightening_threshold")
188+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampLayoutGetUnit, lib, "adw_clamp_layout_get_unit")
167189 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampLayoutSetMaximumSize, lib, "adw_clamp_layout_set_maximum_size")
168190 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampLayoutSetTighteningThreshold, lib, "adw_clamp_layout_set_tightening_threshold")
191+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampLayoutSetUnit, lib, "adw_clamp_layout_set_unit")
169192
170193 }
M v4/adw/adw-clamp-scrollable.go +24 -0
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ func (x *ClampScrollableClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 //
3030 // The primary use case for `AdwClampScrollable` is clamping
3131 // [class@Gtk.ListView].
32+//
33+// See also: [class@ClampLayout].
3234 type ClampScrollable struct {
3335 gtk.Widget
3436 }
@@ -97,6 +99,15 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) GetTighteningThreshold() int {
9799 return cret
98100 }
99101
102+var xClampScrollableGetUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
103+
104+// Gets the length unit for maximum size and tightening threshold.
105+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetUnit() LengthUnit {
106+
107+ cret := xClampScrollableGetUnit(x.GoPointer())
108+ return cret
109+}
110+
100111 var xClampScrollableSetChild func(uintptr, uintptr)
101112
102113 // Sets the child widget of @self.
@@ -139,6 +150,17 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) SetTighteningThreshold(TighteningThresholdVar int) {
139150
140151 }
141152
153+var xClampScrollableSetUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
154+
155+// Sets the length unit for maximum size and tightening threshold.
156+//
157+// Allows the sizes to vary depending on the text scale factor.
158+func (x *ClampScrollable) SetUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
159+
160+ xClampScrollableSetUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
161+
162+}
163+
142164 func (c *ClampScrollable) GoPointer() uintptr {
143165 return c.Ptr
144166 }
@@ -407,8 +429,10 @@ func init() {
407429 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampScrollableGetChild, lib, "adw_clamp_scrollable_get_child")
408430 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampScrollableGetMaximumSize, lib, "adw_clamp_scrollable_get_maximum_size")
409431 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampScrollableGetTighteningThreshold, lib, "adw_clamp_scrollable_get_tightening_threshold")
432+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampScrollableGetUnit, lib, "adw_clamp_scrollable_get_unit")
410433 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampScrollableSetChild, lib, "adw_clamp_scrollable_set_child")
411434 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampScrollableSetMaximumSize, lib, "adw_clamp_scrollable_set_maximum_size")
412435 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampScrollableSetTighteningThreshold, lib, "adw_clamp_scrollable_set_tightening_threshold")
436+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampScrollableSetUnit, lib, "adw_clamp_scrollable_set_unit")
413437
414438 }
M v4/adw/adw-clamp.go +27 -4
@@ -45,13 +45,14 @@ func (x *ClampClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4545 // If the child requires more than the requested maximum size, it will be
4646 // allocated the minimum size it can fit in instead.
4747 //
48+// `AdwClamp` can scale with the text scale factor, use the
49+// [property@Clamp:unit] property to enable that behavior.
50+//
51+// See also: [class@ClampLayout], [class@ClampScrollable].
52+//
4853 // ## CSS nodes
4954 //
5055 // `AdwClamp` has a single CSS node with name `clamp`.
51-//
52-// Its children will receive the style classes `.large` when the child reached
53-// its maximum size, `.small` when the clamp allocates its full size to the
54-// child, `.medium` in-between, or none if it hasn't computed its size yet.
5556 type Clamp struct {
5657 gtk.Widget
5758 }
@@ -120,6 +121,15 @@ func (x *Clamp) GetTighteningThreshold() int {
120121 return cret
121122 }
122123
124+var xClampGetUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
125+
126+// Gets the length unit for maximum size and tightening threshold.
127+func (x *Clamp) GetUnit() LengthUnit {
128+
129+ cret := xClampGetUnit(x.GoPointer())
130+ return cret
131+}
132+
123133 var xClampSetChild func(uintptr, uintptr)
124134
125135 // Sets the child widget of @self.
@@ -162,6 +172,17 @@ func (x *Clamp) SetTighteningThreshold(TighteningThresholdVar int) {
162172
163173 }
164174
175+var xClampSetUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
176+
177+// Sets the length unit for maximum size and tightening threshold.
178+//
179+// Allows the sizes to vary depending on the text scale factor.
180+func (x *Clamp) SetUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
181+
182+ xClampSetUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
183+
184+}
185+
165186 func (c *Clamp) GoPointer() uintptr {
166187 return c.Ptr
167188 }
@@ -340,8 +361,10 @@ func init() {
340361 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampGetChild, lib, "adw_clamp_get_child")
341362 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampGetMaximumSize, lib, "adw_clamp_get_maximum_size")
342363 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampGetTighteningThreshold, lib, "adw_clamp_get_tightening_threshold")
364+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampGetUnit, lib, "adw_clamp_get_unit")
343365 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampSetChild, lib, "adw_clamp_set_child")
344366 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampSetMaximumSize, lib, "adw_clamp_set_maximum_size")
345367 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampSetTighteningThreshold, lib, "adw_clamp_set_tightening_threshold")
368+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xClampSetUnit, lib, "adw_clamp_set_unit")
346369
347370 }
M v4/adw/adw-combo-row.go +78 -0
@@ -110,6 +110,20 @@ func NewComboRow() *ComboRow {
110110 return cls
111111 }
112112
113+var xComboRowGetEnableSearch func(uintptr) bool
114+
115+// Gets whether search is enabled.
116+//
117+// If set to `TRUE`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
118+// allows to search for items in the list.
119+//
120+// Search requires [property@ComboRow:expression] to be set.
121+func (x *ComboRow) GetEnableSearch() bool {
122+
123+ cret := xComboRowGetEnableSearch(x.GoPointer())
124+ return cret
125+}
126+
113127 var xComboRowGetExpression func(uintptr) uintptr
114128
115129 // Gets the expression used to obtain strings from items.
@@ -144,6 +158,23 @@ func (x *ComboRow) GetFactory() *gtk.ListItemFactory {
144158 return cls
145159 }
146160
161+var xComboRowGetHeaderFactory func(uintptr) uintptr
162+
163+// Gets the factory that's currently used to create header widgets for the popup.
164+func (x *ComboRow) GetHeaderFactory() *gtk.ListItemFactory {
165+ var cls *gtk.ListItemFactory
166+
167+ cret := xComboRowGetHeaderFactory(x.GoPointer())
168+
169+ if cret == 0 {
170+ return nil
171+ }
172+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
173+ cls = &gtk.ListItemFactory{}
174+ cls.Ptr = cret
175+ return cls
176+}
177+
147178 var xComboRowGetListFactory func(uintptr) uintptr
148179
149180 // Gets the factory for populating list items in the popup.
@@ -178,6 +209,15 @@ func (x *ComboRow) GetModel() *gio.ListModelBase {
178209 return cls
179210 }
180211
212+var xComboRowGetSearchMatchMode func(uintptr) gtk.StringFilterMatchMode
213+
214+// Returns the match mode that the search filter is using.
215+func (x *ComboRow) GetSearchMatchMode() gtk.StringFilterMatchMode {
216+
217+ cret := xComboRowGetSearchMatchMode(x.GoPointer())
218+ return cret
219+}
220+
181221 var xComboRowGetSelected func(uintptr) uint
182222
183223 // Gets the position of the selected item.
@@ -213,6 +253,20 @@ func (x *ComboRow) GetUseSubtitle() bool {
213253 return cret
214254 }
215255
256+var xComboRowSetEnableSearch func(uintptr, bool)
257+
258+// Sets whether to enable search.
259+//
260+// If set to `TRUE`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
261+// allows to search for items in the list.
262+//
263+// Search requires [property@ComboRow:expression] to be set.
264+func (x *ComboRow) SetEnableSearch(EnableSearchVar bool) {
265+
266+ xComboRowSetEnableSearch(x.GoPointer(), EnableSearchVar)
267+
268+}
269+
216270 var xComboRowSetExpression func(uintptr, uintptr)
217271
218272 // Sets the expression used to obtain strings from items.
@@ -240,6 +294,15 @@ func (x *ComboRow) SetFactory(FactoryVar *gtk.ListItemFactory) {
240294
241295 }
242296
297+var xComboRowSetHeaderFactory func(uintptr, uintptr)
298+
299+// Sets the factory to use for creating header widgets for the popup.
300+func (x *ComboRow) SetHeaderFactory(FactoryVar *gtk.ListItemFactory) {
301+
302+ xComboRowSetHeaderFactory(x.GoPointer(), FactoryVar.GoPointer())
303+
304+}
305+
243306 var xComboRowSetListFactory func(uintptr, uintptr)
244307
245308 // Sets the factory for populating list items in the popup.
@@ -260,6 +323,15 @@ func (x *ComboRow) SetModel(ModelVar gio.ListModel) {
260323
261324 }
262325
326+var xComboRowSetSearchMatchMode func(uintptr, gtk.StringFilterMatchMode)
327+
328+// Sets the match mode for the search filter.
329+func (x *ComboRow) SetSearchMatchMode(SearchMatchModeVar gtk.StringFilterMatchMode) {
330+
331+ xComboRowSetSearchMatchMode(x.GoPointer(), SearchMatchModeVar)
332+
333+}
334+
263335 var xComboRowSetSelected func(uintptr, uint)
264336
265337 // Selects the item at the given position.
@@ -530,17 +602,23 @@ func init() {
530602
531603 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewComboRow, lib, "adw_combo_row_new")
532604
605+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowGetEnableSearch, lib, "adw_combo_row_get_enable_search")
533606 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowGetExpression, lib, "adw_combo_row_get_expression")
534607 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowGetFactory, lib, "adw_combo_row_get_factory")
608+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowGetHeaderFactory, lib, "adw_combo_row_get_header_factory")
535609 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowGetListFactory, lib, "adw_combo_row_get_list_factory")
536610 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowGetModel, lib, "adw_combo_row_get_model")
611+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowGetSearchMatchMode, lib, "adw_combo_row_get_search_match_mode")
537612 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowGetSelected, lib, "adw_combo_row_get_selected")
538613 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowGetSelectedItem, lib, "adw_combo_row_get_selected_item")
539614 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowGetUseSubtitle, lib, "adw_combo_row_get_use_subtitle")
615+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowSetEnableSearch, lib, "adw_combo_row_set_enable_search")
540616 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowSetExpression, lib, "adw_combo_row_set_expression")
541617 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowSetFactory, lib, "adw_combo_row_set_factory")
618+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowSetHeaderFactory, lib, "adw_combo_row_set_header_factory")
542619 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowSetListFactory, lib, "adw_combo_row_set_list_factory")
543620 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowSetModel, lib, "adw_combo_row_set_model")
621+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowSetSearchMatchMode, lib, "adw_combo_row_set_search_match_mode")
544622 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowSetSelected, lib, "adw_combo_row_set_selected")
545623 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xComboRowSetUseSubtitle, lib, "adw_combo_row_set_use_subtitle")
546624
A v4/adw/adw-dialog.go +665 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,665 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
14+)
15+
16+type DialogClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+
19+ ParentClass uintptr
20+
21+ Padding [4]uintptr
22+}
23+
24+func (x *DialogClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
25+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
26+}
27+
28+// Describes the available presentation modes for [class@Dialog].
29+//
30+// New values may be added to this enumeration over time.
31+//
32+// See [property@Dialog:presentation-mode].
33+type DialogPresentationMode int
34+
35+var xDialogPresentationModeGLibType func() types.GType
36+
37+func DialogPresentationModeGLibType() types.GType {
38+ return xDialogPresentationModeGLibType()
39+}
40+
41+const (
42+
43+ // Switch between `ADW_DIALOG_FLOATING` and
44+ // `ADW_DIALOG_BOTTOM_SHEET` depending on available size.
45+ DialogAutoValue DialogPresentationMode = 0
46+ // Present dialog as a centered floating window.
47+ DialogFloatingValue DialogPresentationMode = 1
48+ // Present dialog as a bottom sheet.
49+ DialogBottomSheetValue DialogPresentationMode = 2
50+)
51+
52+// An adaptive dialog container.
53+//
54+// <picture>
55+//
56+// <source srcset="dialog-floating-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
57+// <img src="dialog-floating.png" alt="dialog-floating">
58+//
59+// </picture>
60+// <picture>
61+//
62+// <source srcset="dialog-bottom-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
63+// <img src="dialog-bottom.png" alt="dialog-bottom">
64+//
65+// </picture>
66+//
67+// `AdwDialog` is similar to a window, but is shown within another window. It
68+// can be used with [class@Window] and [class@ApplicationWindow], use
69+// [method@Dialog.present] to show it.
70+//
71+// `AdwDialog` is not resizable. Use the [property@Dialog:content-width] and
72+// [property@Dialog:content-height] properties to set its size, or set
73+// [property@Dialog:follows-content-size] to `TRUE` to make the dialog track the
74+// content's size as it changes. `AdwDialog` can never be larger than its parent
75+// window.
76+//
77+// `AdwDialog` can be presented as a centered floating window or a bottom sheet.
78+// By default it's automatic depending on the available size.
79+// [property@Dialog:presentation-mode] can be used to change that.
80+//
81+// `AdwDialog` can be closed via [method@Dialog.close].
82+//
83+// When presented as a bottom sheet, `AdwDialog` can also be closed via swiping
84+// it down.
85+//
86+// The [property@Dialog:can-close] can be used to prevent closing. In that case,
87+// [signal@Dialog::close-attempt] gets emitted instead.
88+//
89+// Use [method@Dialog.force_close] to close the dialog even when `can-close` is set to
90+// `FALSE`.
91+//
92+// `AdwDialog` is transient and doesn't integrate with the window below it, for
93+// example it's not possible to collapse it into a bottom bar. See
94+// [class@BottomSheet] for persistent and more tightly integrated bottom sheets.
95+//
96+// ## Header Bar Integration
97+//
98+// When placed inside an `AdwDialog`, [class@HeaderBar] will display the dialog
99+// title instead of window title. It will also adjust the decoration layout to
100+// ensure it always has a close button and nothing else. Set
101+// [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] and
102+// [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] to `FALSE` to remove it if it's
103+// unwanted.
104+//
105+// ## Breakpoints
106+//
107+// `AdwDialog` can be used with [class@Breakpoint] the same way as
108+// [class@BreakpointBin]. Refer to that widget's documentation for details.
109+//
110+// Like `AdwBreakpointBin`, if breakpoints are used, `AdwDialog` doesn't have a
111+// minimum size, and [property@Gtk.Widget:width-request] and
112+// [property@Gtk.Widget:height-request] properties must be set manually.
113+type Dialog struct {
114+ gtk.Widget
115+}
116+
117+var xDialogGLibType func() types.GType
118+
119+func DialogGLibType() types.GType {
120+ return xDialogGLibType()
121+}
122+
123+func DialogNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Dialog {
124+ cls := &Dialog{}
125+ cls.Ptr = ptr
126+ return cls
127+}
128+
129+var xNewDialog func() uintptr
130+
131+// Creates a new `AdwDialog`.
132+func NewDialog() *Dialog {
133+ var cls *Dialog
134+
135+ cret := xNewDialog()
136+
137+ if cret == 0 {
138+ return nil
139+ }
140+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
141+ cls = &Dialog{}
142+ cls.Ptr = cret
143+ return cls
144+}
145+
146+var xDialogAddBreakpoint func(uintptr, uintptr)
147+
148+// Adds @breakpoint to @self.
149+func (x *Dialog) AddBreakpoint(BreakpointVar *Breakpoint) {
150+
151+ xDialogAddBreakpoint(x.GoPointer(), BreakpointVar.GoPointer())
152+
153+}
154+
155+var xDialogClose func(uintptr) bool
156+
157+// Attempts to close @self.
158+//
159+// If the [property@Dialog:can-close] property is set to `FALSE`, the
160+// [signal@Dialog::close-attempt] signal is emitted.
161+//
162+// See also: [method@Dialog.force_close].
163+func (x *Dialog) Close() bool {
164+
165+ cret := xDialogClose(x.GoPointer())
166+ return cret
167+}
168+
169+var xDialogForceClose func(uintptr)
170+
171+// Closes @self.
172+//
173+// Unlike [method@Dialog.close], it succeeds even if [property@Dialog:can-close]
174+// is set to `FALSE`.
175+func (x *Dialog) ForceClose() {
176+
177+ xDialogForceClose(x.GoPointer())
178+
179+}
180+
181+var xDialogGetCanClose func(uintptr) bool
182+
183+// Gets whether @self can be closed.
184+func (x *Dialog) GetCanClose() bool {
185+
186+ cret := xDialogGetCanClose(x.GoPointer())
187+ return cret
188+}
189+
190+var xDialogGetChild func(uintptr) uintptr
191+
192+// Gets the child widget of @self.
193+func (x *Dialog) GetChild() *gtk.Widget {
194+ var cls *gtk.Widget
195+
196+ cret := xDialogGetChild(x.GoPointer())
197+
198+ if cret == 0 {
199+ return nil
200+ }
201+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
202+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
203+ cls.Ptr = cret
204+ return cls
205+}
206+
207+var xDialogGetContentHeight func(uintptr) int
208+
209+// Gets the height of the dialog's contents.
210+func (x *Dialog) GetContentHeight() int {
211+
212+ cret := xDialogGetContentHeight(x.GoPointer())
213+ return cret
214+}
215+
216+var xDialogGetContentWidth func(uintptr) int
217+
218+// Gets the width of the dialog's contents.
219+func (x *Dialog) GetContentWidth() int {
220+
221+ cret := xDialogGetContentWidth(x.GoPointer())
222+ return cret
223+}
224+
225+var xDialogGetCurrentBreakpoint func(uintptr) uintptr
226+
227+// Gets the current breakpoint.
228+func (x *Dialog) GetCurrentBreakpoint() *Breakpoint {
229+ var cls *Breakpoint
230+
231+ cret := xDialogGetCurrentBreakpoint(x.GoPointer())
232+
233+ if cret == 0 {
234+ return nil
235+ }
236+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
237+ cls = &Breakpoint{}
238+ cls.Ptr = cret
239+ return cls
240+}
241+
242+var xDialogGetDefaultWidget func(uintptr) uintptr
243+
244+// Gets the default widget for @self.
245+func (x *Dialog) GetDefaultWidget() *gtk.Widget {
246+ var cls *gtk.Widget
247+
248+ cret := xDialogGetDefaultWidget(x.GoPointer())
249+
250+ if cret == 0 {
251+ return nil
252+ }
253+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
254+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
255+ cls.Ptr = cret
256+ return cls
257+}
258+
259+var xDialogGetFocus func(uintptr) uintptr
260+
261+// Gets the focus widget for @self.
262+func (x *Dialog) GetFocus() *gtk.Widget {
263+ var cls *gtk.Widget
264+
265+ cret := xDialogGetFocus(x.GoPointer())
266+
267+ if cret == 0 {
268+ return nil
269+ }
270+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
271+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
272+ cls.Ptr = cret
273+ return cls
274+}
275+
276+var xDialogGetFollowsContentSize func(uintptr) bool
277+
278+// Gets whether to size content of @self automatically.
279+func (x *Dialog) GetFollowsContentSize() bool {
280+
281+ cret := xDialogGetFollowsContentSize(x.GoPointer())
282+ return cret
283+}
284+
285+var xDialogGetPresentationMode func(uintptr) DialogPresentationMode
286+
287+// Gets presentation mode for @self.
288+func (x *Dialog) GetPresentationMode() DialogPresentationMode {
289+
290+ cret := xDialogGetPresentationMode(x.GoPointer())
291+ return cret
292+}
293+
294+var xDialogGetTitle func(uintptr) string
295+
296+// Gets the title of @self.
297+func (x *Dialog) GetTitle() string {
298+
299+ cret := xDialogGetTitle(x.GoPointer())
300+ return cret
301+}
302+
303+var xDialogPresent func(uintptr, uintptr)
304+
305+// Presents @self within @parent's window.
306+//
307+// If @self is already shown, raises it to the top instead.
308+//
309+// If the window is an [class@Window] or [class@ApplicationWindow], the dialog
310+// will be shown within it. Otherwise, it will be a separate window.
311+func (x *Dialog) Present(ParentVar *gtk.Widget) {
312+
313+ xDialogPresent(x.GoPointer(), ParentVar.GoPointer())
314+
315+}
316+
317+var xDialogSetCanClose func(uintptr, bool)
318+
319+// Sets whether @self can be closed.
320+//
321+// If set to `FALSE`, the close button, shortcuts and
322+// [method@Dialog.close] will result in [signal@Dialog::close-attempt] being
323+// emitted instead, and bottom sheet close swipe will be disabled.
324+// [method@Dialog.force_close] still works.
325+func (x *Dialog) SetCanClose(CanCloseVar bool) {
326+
327+ xDialogSetCanClose(x.GoPointer(), CanCloseVar)
328+
329+}
330+
331+var xDialogSetChild func(uintptr, uintptr)
332+
333+// Sets the child widget of @self.
334+func (x *Dialog) SetChild(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
335+
336+ xDialogSetChild(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
337+
338+}
339+
340+var xDialogSetContentHeight func(uintptr, int)
341+
342+// Sets the height of the dialog's contents.
343+//
344+// Set it to -1 to reset it to the content's natural height.
345+//
346+// See also: [property@Gtk.Window:default-height]
347+func (x *Dialog) SetContentHeight(ContentHeightVar int) {
348+
349+ xDialogSetContentHeight(x.GoPointer(), ContentHeightVar)
350+
351+}
352+
353+var xDialogSetContentWidth func(uintptr, int)
354+
355+// Sets the width of the dialog's contents.
356+//
357+// Set it to -1 to reset it to the content's natural width.
358+//
359+// See also: [property@Gtk.Window:default-width]
360+func (x *Dialog) SetContentWidth(ContentWidthVar int) {
361+
362+ xDialogSetContentWidth(x.GoPointer(), ContentWidthVar)
363+
364+}
365+
366+var xDialogSetDefaultWidget func(uintptr, uintptr)
367+
368+// Sets the default widget for @self.
369+//
370+// It's activated when the user presses Enter.
371+func (x *Dialog) SetDefaultWidget(DefaultWidgetVar *gtk.Widget) {
372+
373+ xDialogSetDefaultWidget(x.GoPointer(), DefaultWidgetVar.GoPointer())
374+
375+}
376+
377+var xDialogSetFocus func(uintptr, uintptr)
378+
379+// Sets the focus widget for @self.
380+//
381+// If @focus is not the current focus widget, and is focusable, sets it as the
382+// focus widget for the dialog.
383+//
384+// If focus is `NULL`, unsets the focus widget for this dialog. To set the focus
385+// to a particular widget in the dialog, it is usually more convenient to use
386+// [method@Gtk.Widget.grab_focus] instead of this function.
387+func (x *Dialog) SetFocus(FocusVar *gtk.Widget) {
388+
389+ xDialogSetFocus(x.GoPointer(), FocusVar.GoPointer())
390+
391+}
392+
393+var xDialogSetFollowsContentSize func(uintptr, bool)
394+
395+// Sets whether to size content of @self automatically.
396+//
397+// If set to `TRUE`, always use the content's natural size instead of
398+// [property@Dialog:content-width] and [property@Dialog:content-height]. If
399+// the content resizes, the dialog will immediately resize as well.
400+//
401+// See also: [property@Gtk.Window:resizable]
402+func (x *Dialog) SetFollowsContentSize(FollowsContentSizeVar bool) {
403+
404+ xDialogSetFollowsContentSize(x.GoPointer(), FollowsContentSizeVar)
405+
406+}
407+
408+var xDialogSetPresentationMode func(uintptr, DialogPresentationMode)
409+
410+// Sets presentation mode for @self.
411+//
412+// When set to `ADW_DIALOG_AUTO`, the dialog appears as a bottom sheet when the
413+// following condition is met: `max-width: 450px or max-height: 360px`, and as a
414+// floating window otherwise.
415+//
416+// Set it to `ADW_DIALOG_FLOATING` or `ADW_DIALOG_BOTTOM_SHEET` to always
417+// present it a floating window or a bottom sheet respectively, regardless of
418+// available size.
419+//
420+// Presentation mode does nothing for dialogs presented as a window.
421+func (x *Dialog) SetPresentationMode(PresentationModeVar DialogPresentationMode) {
422+
423+ xDialogSetPresentationMode(x.GoPointer(), PresentationModeVar)
424+
425+}
426+
427+var xDialogSetTitle func(uintptr, string)
428+
429+// Sets the title of @self.
430+func (x *Dialog) SetTitle(TitleVar string) {
431+
432+ xDialogSetTitle(x.GoPointer(), TitleVar)
433+
434+}
435+
436+func (c *Dialog) GoPointer() uintptr {
437+ return c.Ptr
438+}
439+
440+func (c *Dialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
441+ c.Ptr = ptr
442+}
443+
444+// Emitted when the close button or shortcut is used, or
445+// [method@Dialog.close] is called while [property@Dialog:can-close] is set to
446+// `FALSE`.
447+func (x *Dialog) ConnectCloseAttempt(cb *func(Dialog)) uint32 {
448+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
449+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
450+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "close-attempt", cbRefPtr)
451+ }
452+
453+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
454+ fa := Dialog{}
455+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
456+ cbFn := *cb
457+
458+ cbFn(fa)
459+
460+ }
461+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
462+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
463+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "close-attempt", cbRefPtr)
464+}
465+
466+// Emitted when the dialog is successfully closed.
467+func (x *Dialog) ConnectClosed(cb *func(Dialog)) uint32 {
468+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
469+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
470+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "closed", cbRefPtr)
471+ }
472+
473+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
474+ fa := Dialog{}
475+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
476+ cbFn := *cb
477+
478+ cbFn(fa)
479+
480+ }
481+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
482+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
483+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "closed", cbRefPtr)
484+}
485+
486+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
487+func (x *Dialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
488+
489+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
490+ return cret
491+}
492+
493+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
494+func (x *Dialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
495+
496+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
497+
498+}
499+
500+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
501+func (x *Dialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
502+
503+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
504+
505+}
506+
507+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
508+func (x *Dialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
509+
510+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
511+
512+}
513+
514+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
515+//
516+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
517+// value types of accessible properties.
518+//
519+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
520+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
521+// technologies.
522+//
523+// Example:
524+// ```c
525+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
526+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
527+//
528+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
529+// -1);
530+//
531+// ```
532+func (x *Dialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
533+
534+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
535+
536+}
537+
538+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
539+//
540+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
541+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
542+//
543+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
544+func (x *Dialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
545+
546+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
547+
548+}
549+
550+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
551+//
552+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
553+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
554+//
555+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
556+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
557+//
558+// ```c
559+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
560+//
561+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
562+// ref1, NULL,
563+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
564+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
565+// -1);
566+//
567+// ```
568+func (x *Dialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
569+
570+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
571+
572+}
573+
574+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
575+//
576+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
577+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
578+//
579+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
580+func (x *Dialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
581+
582+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
583+
584+}
585+
586+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
587+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
588+//
589+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
590+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
591+//
592+// Example:
593+// ```c
594+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
595+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
596+//
597+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
598+// -1);
599+//
600+// ```
601+func (x *Dialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
602+
603+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
604+
605+}
606+
607+// Updates an array of accessible states.
608+//
609+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
610+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
611+//
612+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
613+func (x *Dialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
614+
615+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
616+
617+}
618+
619+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
620+//
621+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
622+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
623+func (x *Dialog) GetBuildableId() string {
624+
625+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
626+ return cret
627+}
628+
629+func init() {
630+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
631+ if err != nil {
632+ panic(err)
633+ }
634+
635+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogPresentationModeGLibType, lib, "adw_dialog_presentation_mode_get_type")
636+
637+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGLibType, lib, "adw_dialog_get_type")
638+
639+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewDialog, lib, "adw_dialog_new")
640+
641+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogAddBreakpoint, lib, "adw_dialog_add_breakpoint")
642+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogClose, lib, "adw_dialog_close")
643+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogForceClose, lib, "adw_dialog_force_close")
644+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGetCanClose, lib, "adw_dialog_get_can_close")
645+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGetChild, lib, "adw_dialog_get_child")
646+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGetContentHeight, lib, "adw_dialog_get_content_height")
647+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGetContentWidth, lib, "adw_dialog_get_content_width")
648+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGetCurrentBreakpoint, lib, "adw_dialog_get_current_breakpoint")
649+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGetDefaultWidget, lib, "adw_dialog_get_default_widget")
650+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGetFocus, lib, "adw_dialog_get_focus")
651+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGetFollowsContentSize, lib, "adw_dialog_get_follows_content_size")
652+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGetPresentationMode, lib, "adw_dialog_get_presentation_mode")
653+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogGetTitle, lib, "adw_dialog_get_title")
654+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogPresent, lib, "adw_dialog_present")
655+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogSetCanClose, lib, "adw_dialog_set_can_close")
656+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogSetChild, lib, "adw_dialog_set_child")
657+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogSetContentHeight, lib, "adw_dialog_set_content_height")
658+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogSetContentWidth, lib, "adw_dialog_set_content_width")
659+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogSetDefaultWidget, lib, "adw_dialog_set_default_widget")
660+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogSetFocus, lib, "adw_dialog_set_focus")
661+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogSetFollowsContentSize, lib, "adw_dialog_set_follows_content_size")
662+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogSetPresentationMode, lib, "adw_dialog_set_presentation_mode")
663+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xDialogSetTitle, lib, "adw_dialog_set_title")
664+
665+}
M v4/adw/adw-entry-row.go +30 -0
@@ -156,6 +156,15 @@ func (x *EntryRow) GetInputPurpose() gtk.InputPurpose {
156156 return cret
157157 }
158158
159+var xEntryRowGetMaxLength func(uintptr) int
160+
161+// Retrieves the maximum length of the entry.
162+func (x *EntryRow) GetMaxLength() int {
163+
164+ cret := xEntryRowGetMaxLength(x.GoPointer())
165+ return cret
166+}
167+
159168 var xEntryRowGetShowApplyButton func(uintptr) bool
160169
161170 // Gets whether @self can show the apply button.
@@ -165,6 +174,15 @@ func (x *EntryRow) GetShowApplyButton() bool {
165174 return cret
166175 }
167176
177+var xEntryRowGetTextLength func(uintptr) uint
178+
179+// Retrieves the current length of the text in @self.
180+func (x *EntryRow) GetTextLength() uint {
181+
182+ cret := xEntryRowGetTextLength(x.GoPointer())
183+ return cret
184+}
185+
168186 var xEntryRowGrabFocusWithoutSelecting func(uintptr) bool
169187
170188 // Causes @self to have keyboard focus without selecting the text.
@@ -241,6 +259,15 @@ func (x *EntryRow) SetInputPurpose(PurposeVar gtk.InputPurpose) {
241259
242260 }
243261
262+var xEntryRowSetMaxLength func(uintptr, int)
263+
264+// Sets the maximum length of the entry.
265+func (x *EntryRow) SetMaxLength(MaxLengthVar int) {
266+
267+ xEntryRowSetMaxLength(x.GoPointer(), MaxLengthVar)
268+
269+}
270+
244271 var xEntryRowSetShowApplyButton func(uintptr, bool)
245272
246273 // Sets whether @self can show the apply button.
@@ -793,7 +820,9 @@ func init() {
793820 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowGetEnableEmojiCompletion, lib, "adw_entry_row_get_enable_emoji_completion")
794821 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowGetInputHints, lib, "adw_entry_row_get_input_hints")
795822 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowGetInputPurpose, lib, "adw_entry_row_get_input_purpose")
823+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowGetMaxLength, lib, "adw_entry_row_get_max_length")
796824 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowGetShowApplyButton, lib, "adw_entry_row_get_show_apply_button")
825+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowGetTextLength, lib, "adw_entry_row_get_text_length")
797826 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowGrabFocusWithoutSelecting, lib, "adw_entry_row_grab_focus_without_selecting")
798827 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowRemove, lib, "adw_entry_row_remove")
799828 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowSetActivatesDefault, lib, "adw_entry_row_set_activates_default")
@@ -801,6 +830,7 @@ func init() {
801830 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowSetEnableEmojiCompletion, lib, "adw_entry_row_set_enable_emoji_completion")
802831 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowSetInputHints, lib, "adw_entry_row_set_input_hints")
803832 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowSetInputPurpose, lib, "adw_entry_row_set_input_purpose")
833+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowSetMaxLength, lib, "adw_entry_row_set_max_length")
804834 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xEntryRowSetShowApplyButton, lib, "adw_entry_row_set_show_apply_button")
805835
806836 }
M v4/adw/adw-enum-list-model.go +2 -0
@@ -122,6 +122,8 @@ func NewEnumListModel(EnumTypeVar types.GType) *EnumListModel {
122122 var xEnumListModelFindPosition func(uintptr, int) uint
123123
124124 // Finds the position of a given enum value in @self.
125+//
126+// If the value is not found, `GTK_INVALID_LIST_POSITION` is returned.
125127 func (x *EnumListModel) FindPosition(ValueVar int) uint {
126128
127129 cret := xEnumListModelFindPosition(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
M v4/adw/adw-expander-row.go +25 -5
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ func (x *ExpanderRowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4141 // ## AdwExpanderRow as GtkBuildable
4242 //
4343 // The `AdwExpanderRow` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
44-// supports adding a child as an action widget by specifying “action” as the
44+// supports adding a child as an suffix widget by specifying “suffix” as the
4545 // “type” attribute of a <child> element.
4646 //
4747 // It also supports adding it as a prefix widget by specifying “prefix” as the
@@ -55,6 +55,15 @@ func (x *ExpanderRowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5555 // It contains the subnodes `row.header` for its main embedded row,
5656 // `list.nested` for the list it can expand, and `image.expander-row-arrow` for
5757 // its arrow.
58+//
59+// ## Style classes
60+//
61+// `AdwExpanderRow` can use the [`.`](style-classes.html#property-rows)
62+// style class to emphasize the row subtitle instead of the row title, which is
63+// useful for displaying read-only properties.
64+//
65+// When used together with the `.monospace` style class, only the subtitle
66+// becomes monospace, not the title or any extra widgets.
5867 type ExpanderRow struct {
5968 PreferencesRow
6069 }
@@ -117,6 +126,15 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) AddRow(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
117126
118127 }
119128
129+var xExpanderRowAddSuffix func(uintptr, uintptr)
130+
131+// Adds an suffix widget to @self.
132+func (x *ExpanderRow) AddSuffix(WidgetVar *gtk.Widget) {
133+
134+ xExpanderRowAddSuffix(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer())
135+
136+}
137+
120138 var xExpanderRowGetEnableExpansion func(uintptr) bool
121139
122140 // Gets whether the expansion of @self is enabled.
@@ -162,21 +180,21 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) GetSubtitle() string {
162180 return cret
163181 }
164182
165-var xExpanderRowGetSubtitleLines func(uintptr) bool
183+var xExpanderRowGetSubtitleLines func(uintptr) int
166184
167185 // Gets the number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
168186 // ellipsized.
169-func (x *ExpanderRow) GetSubtitleLines() bool {
187+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetSubtitleLines() int {
170188
171189 cret := xExpanderRowGetSubtitleLines(x.GoPointer())
172190 return cret
173191 }
174192
175-var xExpanderRowGetTitleLines func(uintptr) bool
193+var xExpanderRowGetTitleLines func(uintptr) int
176194
177195 // Gets the number of lines at the end of which the title label will be
178196 // ellipsized.
179-func (x *ExpanderRow) GetTitleLines() bool {
197+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetTitleLines() int {
180198
181199 cret := xExpanderRowGetTitleLines(x.GoPointer())
182200 return cret
@@ -184,6 +202,7 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) GetTitleLines() bool {
184202
185203 var xExpanderRowRemove func(uintptr, uintptr)
186204
205+// Removes a child from @self.
187206 func (x *ExpanderRow) Remove(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
188207
189208 xExpanderRowRemove(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
@@ -509,6 +528,7 @@ func init() {
509528 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xExpanderRowAddAction, lib, "adw_expander_row_add_action")
510529 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xExpanderRowAddPrefix, lib, "adw_expander_row_add_prefix")
511530 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xExpanderRowAddRow, lib, "adw_expander_row_add_row")
531+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xExpanderRowAddSuffix, lib, "adw_expander_row_add_suffix")
512532 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xExpanderRowGetEnableExpansion, lib, "adw_expander_row_get_enable_expansion")
513533 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xExpanderRowGetExpanded, lib, "adw_expander_row_get_expanded")
514534 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xExpanderRowGetIconName, lib, "adw_expander_row_get_icon_name")
M v4/adw/adw-flap.go +0 -2
@@ -49,8 +49,6 @@ const (
4949 // It determines the type of animation when transitioning between children in a
5050 // [class@Flap] widget, as well as which areas can be swiped via
5151 // [property@Flap:swipe-to-open] and [property@Flap:swipe-to-close].
52-//
53-// New values may be added to this enum over time.
5452 type FlapTransitionType int
5553
5654 var xFlapTransitionTypeGLibType func() types.GType
M v4/adw/adw-header-bar.go +96 -47
@@ -49,56 +49,55 @@ const (
4949 // </picture>
5050 //
5151 // `AdwHeaderBar` is similar to [class@Gtk.HeaderBar], but provides additional
52-// features compared to it. Refer to `GtkHeaderBar` for details.
52+// features compared to it. Refer to `GtkHeaderBar` for details. It is typically
53+// used as a top bar within [class@ToolbarView].
5354 //
54-// [property@HeaderBar:centering-policy] allows to enforce strict centering of
55-// the title widget, this is useful for [class@ViewSwitcherTitle].
55+// ## Dialog Integration
5656 //
57+// When placed inside an [class@Dialog], `AdwHeaderBar` will display the dialog
58+// title instead of window title. It will also adjust the decoration layout to
59+// ensure it always has a close button and nothing else. Set
5760 // [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] and
58-// [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] allow to easily create split
59-// header bar layouts using [class@Leaflet], as follows:
61+// [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] to `FALSE` to remove it if it's
62+// unwanted.
6063 //
61-// ```xml
62-// <object class="AdwLeaflet" id="leaflet">
63-//
64-// <child>
65-// <object class="GtkBox">
66-// <property name="orientation">vertical</property>
67-// <child>
68-// <object class="AdwHeaderBar">
69-// <binding name="show-end-title-buttons">
70-// <lookup name="folded">leaflet</lookup>
71-// </binding>
72-// </object>
73-// </child>
74-// <!-- ... -->
75-// </object>
76-// </child>
77-// <!-- ... -->
78-// <child>
79-// <object class="GtkBox">
80-// <property name="orientation">vertical</property>
81-// <property name="hexpand">True</property>
82-// <child>
83-// <object class="AdwHeaderBar">
84-// <binding name="show-start-title-buttons">
85-// <lookup name="folded">leaflet</lookup>
86-// </binding>
87-// </object>
88-// </child>
89-// <!-- ... -->
90-// </object>
91-// </child>
64+// ## Navigation View Integration
9265 //
93-// </object>
94-// ```
66+// When placed inside an [class@NavigationPage], `AdwHeaderBar` will display the
67+// page title instead of window title.
9568 //
96-// <picture>
69+// When used together with [class@NavigationView] or [class@NavigationSplitView],
70+// it will also display a back button that can be used to go back to the previous
71+// page. The button also has a context menu, allowing to pop multiple pages at
72+// once, potentially across multiple navigation views.
9773 //
98-// <source srcset="header-bar-split-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
99-// <img src="header-bar-split.png" alt="header-bar-split">
74+// Set [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] to `FALSE` to disable this behavior
75+// in rare scenarios where it's unwanted.
10076 //
101-// </picture>
77+// ## Split View Integration
78+//
79+// When placed inside [class@NavigationSplitView] or [class@OverlaySplitView],
80+// `AdwHeaderBar` will automatically hide the title buttons other than at the
81+// edges of the window.
82+//
83+// ## Bottom Sheet Integration
84+//
85+// When played inside [class@BottomSheet], `AdwHeaderBar` will not show the title
86+// unless [property@BottomSheet:show-drag-handle] is set to `FALSE`, regardless
87+// of [property@HeaderBar:show-title]. This only applies to the default title,
88+// titles set with [property@HeaderBar:title-widget] will still be shown.
89+//
90+// ## Centering Policy
91+//
92+// [property@HeaderBar:centering-policy] allows to enforce strict centering of
93+// the title widget. This can be useful for entries inside [class@Clamp].
94+//
95+// ## Title Buttons
96+//
97+// Unlike `GtkHeaderBar`, `AdwHeaderBar` allows to toggle title button
98+// visibility for each side individually, using the
99+// [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] and
100+// [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] properties.
102101 //
103102 // ## CSS nodes
104103 //
@@ -110,8 +109,11 @@ const (
110109 // ├── widget
111110 // │ ╰── box.start
112111 // │ ├── windowcontrols.start
112+// │ ├── widget
113+// │ │ ╰── [button.back]
113114 // │ ╰── [other children]
114-// ├── [Title Widget]
115+// ├── widget
116+// │ ╰── [Title Widget]
115117 // ╰── widget
116118 // ╰── box.end
117119 // ├── [other children]
@@ -120,14 +122,18 @@ const (
120122 // ```
121123 //
122124 // `AdwHeaderBar`'s CSS node is called `headerbar`. It contains a `windowhandle`
123-// subnode, which contains a `box` subnode, which contains two `widget` subnodes
124-// at the start and end of the header bar, each of which contains a `box`
125-// subnode with the `.start` and `.end` style classes respectively, as well as a
126-// center node that represents the title.
125+// subnode, which contains a `box` subnode, which contains three `widget`
126+// subnodes at the start, center and end of the header bar. The start and end
127+// subnodes contain a `box` subnode with the `.start` and `.end` style classes
128+// respectively, and the center node contains a node that represents the title.
127129 //
128130 // Each of the boxes contains a `windowcontrols` subnode, see
129131 // [class@Gtk.WindowControls] for details, as well as other children.
130132 //
133+// When [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] is `TRUE`, the start box also
134+// contains a node with the name `widget` that contains a node with the name
135+// `button` and `.back` style class.
136+//
131137 // ## Accessibility
132138 //
133139 // `AdwHeaderBar` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
@@ -182,6 +188,15 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) GetDecorationLayout() string {
182188 return cret
183189 }
184190
191+var xHeaderBarGetShowBackButton func(uintptr) bool
192+
193+// Gets whether @self can show the back button.
194+func (x *HeaderBar) GetShowBackButton() bool {
195+
196+ cret := xHeaderBarGetShowBackButton(x.GoPointer())
197+ return cret
198+}
199+
185200 var xHeaderBarGetShowEndTitleButtons func(uintptr) bool
186201
187202 // Gets whether to show title buttons at the end of @self.
@@ -200,6 +215,15 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) GetShowStartTitleButtons() bool {
200215 return cret
201216 }
202217
218+var xHeaderBarGetShowTitle func(uintptr) bool
219+
220+// Gets whether the title widget should be shown.
221+func (x *HeaderBar) GetShowTitle() bool {
222+
223+ cret := xHeaderBarGetShowTitle(x.GoPointer())
224+ return cret
225+}
226+
203227 var xHeaderBarGetTitleWidget func(uintptr) uintptr
204228
205229 // Gets the title widget widget of @self.
@@ -276,6 +300,18 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) SetDecorationLayout(LayoutVar string) {
276300
277301 }
278302
303+var xHeaderBarSetShowBackButton func(uintptr, bool)
304+
305+// Sets whether @self can show the back button.
306+//
307+// The back button will never be shown unless the header bar is placed inside an
308+// [class@NavigationView]. Usually, there is no reason to set it to `FALSE`.
309+func (x *HeaderBar) SetShowBackButton(ShowBackButtonVar bool) {
310+
311+ xHeaderBarSetShowBackButton(x.GoPointer(), ShowBackButtonVar)
312+
313+}
314+
279315 var xHeaderBarSetShowEndTitleButtons func(uintptr, bool)
280316
281317 // Sets whether to show title buttons at the end of @self.
@@ -306,6 +342,15 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) SetShowStartTitleButtons(SettingVar bool) {
306342
307343 }
308344
345+var xHeaderBarSetShowTitle func(uintptr, bool)
346+
347+// Sets whether the title widget should be shown.
348+func (x *HeaderBar) SetShowTitle(ShowTitleVar bool) {
349+
350+ xHeaderBarSetShowTitle(x.GoPointer(), ShowTitleVar)
351+
352+}
353+
309354 var xHeaderBarSetTitleWidget func(uintptr, uintptr)
310355
311356 // Sets the title widget for @self.
@@ -497,16 +542,20 @@ func init() {
497542
498543 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarGetCenteringPolicy, lib, "adw_header_bar_get_centering_policy")
499544 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarGetDecorationLayout, lib, "adw_header_bar_get_decoration_layout")
545+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarGetShowBackButton, lib, "adw_header_bar_get_show_back_button")
500546 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarGetShowEndTitleButtons, lib, "adw_header_bar_get_show_end_title_buttons")
501547 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarGetShowStartTitleButtons, lib, "adw_header_bar_get_show_start_title_buttons")
548+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarGetShowTitle, lib, "adw_header_bar_get_show_title")
502549 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarGetTitleWidget, lib, "adw_header_bar_get_title_widget")
503550 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarPackEnd, lib, "adw_header_bar_pack_end")
504551 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarPackStart, lib, "adw_header_bar_pack_start")
505552 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarRemove, lib, "adw_header_bar_remove")
506553 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarSetCenteringPolicy, lib, "adw_header_bar_set_centering_policy")
507554 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarSetDecorationLayout, lib, "adw_header_bar_set_decoration_layout")
555+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarSetShowBackButton, lib, "adw_header_bar_set_show_back_button")
508556 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarSetShowEndTitleButtons, lib, "adw_header_bar_set_show_end_title_buttons")
509557 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarSetShowStartTitleButtons, lib, "adw_header_bar_set_show_start_title_buttons")
558+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarSetShowTitle, lib, "adw_header_bar_set_show_title")
510559 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xHeaderBarSetTitleWidget, lib, "adw_header_bar_set_title_widget")
511560
512561 }
A v4/adw/adw-layout-slot.go +236 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type LayoutSlotClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass uintptr
19+}
20+
21+func (x *LayoutSlotClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+// A child slot within [class@Layout].
26+//
27+// While it contains a layout child, the [property@Gtk.Widget:visible] property
28+// of the slot is updated to match that of the layout child.
29+//
30+// See [class@MultiLayoutView].
31+type LayoutSlot struct {
32+ gtk.Widget
33+}
34+
35+var xLayoutSlotGLibType func() types.GType
36+
37+func LayoutSlotGLibType() types.GType {
38+ return xLayoutSlotGLibType()
39+}
40+
41+func LayoutSlotNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *LayoutSlot {
42+ cls := &LayoutSlot{}
43+ cls.Ptr = ptr
44+ return cls
45+}
46+
47+var xNewLayoutSlot func(string) uintptr
48+
49+// Creates a new `AdwLayoutSlot` with its ID set to @id.
50+func NewLayoutSlot(IdVar string) *LayoutSlot {
51+ var cls *LayoutSlot
52+
53+ cret := xNewLayoutSlot(IdVar)
54+
55+ if cret == 0 {
56+ return nil
57+ }
58+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
59+ cls = &LayoutSlot{}
60+ cls.Ptr = cret
61+ return cls
62+}
63+
64+var xLayoutSlotGetSlotId func(uintptr) string
65+
66+// Gets the slot id of @self.
67+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetSlotId() string {
68+
69+ cret := xLayoutSlotGetSlotId(x.GoPointer())
70+ return cret
71+}
72+
73+func (c *LayoutSlot) GoPointer() uintptr {
74+ return c.Ptr
75+}
76+
77+func (c *LayoutSlot) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
78+ c.Ptr = ptr
79+}
80+
81+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
82+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
83+
84+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
85+ return cret
86+}
87+
88+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
89+func (x *LayoutSlot) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
90+
91+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
92+
93+}
94+
95+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
96+func (x *LayoutSlot) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
97+
98+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
99+
100+}
101+
102+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
103+func (x *LayoutSlot) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
104+
105+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
106+
107+}
108+
109+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
110+//
111+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
112+// value types of accessible properties.
113+//
114+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
115+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
116+// technologies.
117+//
118+// Example:
119+// ```c
120+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
121+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
122+//
123+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
124+// -1);
125+//
126+// ```
127+func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
128+
129+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
130+
131+}
132+
133+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
134+//
135+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
136+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
137+//
138+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
139+func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
140+
141+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
142+
143+}
144+
145+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
146+//
147+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
148+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
149+//
150+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
151+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
152+//
153+// ```c
154+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
155+//
156+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
157+// ref1, NULL,
158+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
159+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
160+// -1);
161+//
162+// ```
163+func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
164+
165+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
166+
167+}
168+
169+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
170+//
171+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
172+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
173+//
174+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
175+func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
176+
177+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
178+
179+}
180+
181+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
182+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
183+//
184+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
185+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
186+//
187+// Example:
188+// ```c
189+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
190+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
191+//
192+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
193+// -1);
194+//
195+// ```
196+func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
197+
198+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
199+
200+}
201+
202+// Updates an array of accessible states.
203+//
204+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
205+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
206+//
207+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
208+func (x *LayoutSlot) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
209+
210+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
211+
212+}
213+
214+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
215+//
216+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
217+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
218+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetBuildableId() string {
219+
220+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
221+ return cret
222+}
223+
224+func init() {
225+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
226+ if err != nil {
227+ panic(err)
228+ }
229+
230+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xLayoutSlotGLibType, lib, "adw_layout_slot_get_type")
231+
232+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewLayoutSlot, lib, "adw_layout_slot_new")
233+
234+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xLayoutSlotGetSlotId, lib, "adw_layout_slot_get_slot_id")
235+
236+}
A v4/adw/adw-layout.go +125 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type LayoutClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass uintptr
19+}
20+
21+func (x *LayoutClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+// An individual layout in [class@MultiLayoutView].
26+type Layout struct {
27+ gobject.Object
28+}
29+
30+var xLayoutGLibType func() types.GType
31+
32+func LayoutGLibType() types.GType {
33+ return xLayoutGLibType()
34+}
35+
36+func LayoutNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Layout {
37+ cls := &Layout{}
38+ cls.Ptr = ptr
39+ return cls
40+}
41+
42+var xNewLayout func(uintptr) uintptr
43+
44+// Creates a new `AdwLayout` that contains @content.
45+func NewLayout(ContentVar *gtk.Widget) *Layout {
46+ var cls *Layout
47+
48+ cret := xNewLayout(ContentVar.GoPointer())
49+
50+ if cret == 0 {
51+ return nil
52+ }
53+ cls = &Layout{}
54+ cls.Ptr = cret
55+ return cls
56+}
57+
58+var xLayoutGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
59+
60+// Gets the content widget.
61+func (x *Layout) GetContent() *gtk.Widget {
62+ var cls *gtk.Widget
63+
64+ cret := xLayoutGetContent(x.GoPointer())
65+
66+ if cret == 0 {
67+ return nil
68+ }
69+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
70+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
71+ cls.Ptr = cret
72+ return cls
73+}
74+
75+var xLayoutGetName func(uintptr) string
76+
77+// Gets the name of the layout.
78+func (x *Layout) GetName() string {
79+
80+ cret := xLayoutGetName(x.GoPointer())
81+ return cret
82+}
83+
84+var xLayoutSetName func(uintptr, string)
85+
86+// Sets the name of the layout.
87+func (x *Layout) SetName(NameVar string) {
88+
89+ xLayoutSetName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
90+
91+}
92+
93+func (c *Layout) GoPointer() uintptr {
94+ return c.Ptr
95+}
96+
97+func (c *Layout) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
98+ c.Ptr = ptr
99+}
100+
101+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
102+//
103+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
104+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
105+func (x *Layout) GetBuildableId() string {
106+
107+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
108+ return cret
109+}
110+
111+func init() {
112+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
113+ if err != nil {
114+ panic(err)
115+ }
116+
117+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xLayoutGLibType, lib, "adw_layout_get_type")
118+
119+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewLayout, lib, "adw_layout_new")
120+
121+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xLayoutGetContent, lib, "adw_layout_get_content")
122+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xLayoutGetName, lib, "adw_layout_get_name")
123+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xLayoutSetName, lib, "adw_layout_set_name")
124+
125+}
A v4/adw/adw-length-unit.go +67 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
6+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
7+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
9+)
10+
11+// Describes length units.
12+//
13+// | Unit | Regular Text | Large Text |
14+// | ---- | ------------ | ---------- |
15+// | 1px | 1px | 1px |
16+// | 1pt | 1.333333px | 1.666667px |
17+// | 1sp | 1px | 1.25px |
18+//
19+// New values may be added to this enumeration over time.
20+type LengthUnit int
21+
22+var xLengthUnitGLibType func() types.GType
23+
24+func LengthUnitGLibType() types.GType {
25+ return xLengthUnitGLibType()
26+}
27+
28+const (
29+
30+ // pixels
31+ LengthUnitPxValue LengthUnit = 0
32+ // points, changes with text scale factor
33+ LengthUnitPtValue LengthUnit = 1
34+ // scale independent pixels, changes with text scale factor
35+ LengthUnitSpValue LengthUnit = 2
36+)
37+
38+var xLengthUnitFromPx func(LengthUnit, float64, uintptr) float64
39+
40+// Converts @value from pixels to @unit.
41+func LengthUnitFromPx(UnitVar LengthUnit, ValueVar float64, SettingsVar *gtk.Settings) float64 {
42+
43+ cret := xLengthUnitFromPx(UnitVar, ValueVar, SettingsVar.GoPointer())
44+ return cret
45+}
46+
47+var xLengthUnitToPx func(LengthUnit, float64, uintptr) float64
48+
49+// Converts @value from @unit to pixels.
50+func LengthUnitToPx(UnitVar LengthUnit, ValueVar float64, SettingsVar *gtk.Settings) float64 {
51+
52+ cret := xLengthUnitToPx(UnitVar, ValueVar, SettingsVar.GoPointer())
53+ return cret
54+}
55+
56+func init() {
57+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
58+ if err != nil {
59+ panic(err)
60+ }
61+
62+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xLengthUnitGLibType, lib, "adw_length_unit_get_type")
63+
64+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xLengthUnitFromPx, lib, "adw_length_unit_from_px")
65+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xLengthUnitToPx, lib, "adw_length_unit_to_px")
66+
67+}
M v4/adw/adw-message-dialog.go +12 -32
@@ -28,30 +28,6 @@ func (x *MessageDialogClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2929 }
3030
31-// Describes the possible styles of [class@MessageDialog] response buttons.
32-//
33-// See [method@MessageDialog.set_response_appearance].
34-type ResponseAppearance int
35-
36-var xResponseAppearanceGLibType func() types.GType
37-
38-func ResponseAppearanceGLibType() types.GType {
39- return xResponseAppearanceGLibType()
40-}
41-
42-const (
43-
44- // the default appearance.
45- ResponseDefaultValue ResponseAppearance = 0
46- // used to denote important responses such as the
47- // affirmative action.
48- ResponseSuggestedValue ResponseAppearance = 1
49- // used to draw attention to the potentially damaging
50- // consequences of using the response. This appearance acts as a warning to
51- // the user.
52- ResponseDestructiveValue ResponseAppearance = 2
53-)
54-
5531 // A dialog presenting a message or a question.
5632 //
5733 // <picture>
@@ -111,8 +87,7 @@ const (
11187 // ## Async API
11288 //
11389 // `AdwMessageDialog` can also be used via the [method@MessageDialog.choose]
114-// method. This API follows the GIO async pattern, and the result can be
115-// obtained by calling [method@MessageDialog.choose_finish], for example:
90+// method. This API follows the GIO async pattern, for example:
11691 //
11792 // ```c
11893 // static void
@@ -158,7 +133,7 @@ const (
158133 //
159134 // `AdwMessageDialog` supports adding responses in UI definitions by via the
160135 // `<responses>` element that may contain multiple `<response>` elements, each
161-// respresenting a response.
136+// representing a response.
162137 //
163138 // Each of the `<response>` elements must have the `id` attribute specifying the
164139 // response ID. The contents of the element are used as the response label.
@@ -292,9 +267,6 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) AddResponses(FirstIdVar string, varArgs ...interface{})
292267 var xMessageDialogChoose func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
293268
294269 // This function shows @self to the user.
295-//
296-// The @callback will be called when the alert is dismissed. It should call
297-// [method@MessageDialog.choose_finish] to obtain the result.
298270 func (x *MessageDialog) Choose(CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, CallbackVar *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
299271
300272 xMessageDialogChoose(x.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallback(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
@@ -479,6 +451,15 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) HasResponse(ResponseVar string) bool {
479451 return cret
480452 }
481453
454+var xMessageDialogRemoveResponse func(uintptr, string)
455+
456+// Removes a response from @self.
457+func (x *MessageDialog) RemoveResponse(IdVar string) {
458+
459+ xMessageDialogRemoveResponse(x.GoPointer(), IdVar)
460+
461+}
462+
482463 var xMessageDialogResponse func(uintptr, string)
483464
484465 // Emits the [signal@MessageDialog::response] signal with the given response ID.
@@ -919,8 +900,6 @@ func init() {
919900 panic(err)
920901 }
921902
922- core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xResponseAppearanceGLibType, lib, "adw_response_appearance_get_type")
923-
924903 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMessageDialogGLibType, lib, "adw_message_dialog_get_type")
925904
926905 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewMessageDialog, lib, "adw_message_dialog_new")
@@ -944,6 +923,7 @@ func init() {
944923 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMessageDialogGetResponseEnabled, lib, "adw_message_dialog_get_response_enabled")
945924 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMessageDialogGetResponseLabel, lib, "adw_message_dialog_get_response_label")
946925 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMessageDialogHasResponse, lib, "adw_message_dialog_has_response")
926+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMessageDialogRemoveResponse, lib, "adw_message_dialog_remove_response")
947927 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMessageDialogResponse, lib, "adw_message_dialog_response")
948928 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMessageDialogSetBody, lib, "adw_message_dialog_set_body")
949929 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMessageDialogSetBodyUseMarkup, lib, "adw_message_dialog_set_body_use_markup")
A v4/adw/adw-multi-layout-view.go +422 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type MultiLayoutViewClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass uintptr
19+}
20+
21+func (x *MultiLayoutViewClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+// A widget for switching between different layouts.
26+//
27+// `AdwMultiLayoutView` contains layouts and children. Each child has
28+// an ID, each layout has slots inside it, each slot also has an ID. When
29+// switching layouts, children are inserted into slots with matching IDs. The
30+// [property@Gtk.Widget:visible] property of each slot is updated to match
31+// that of the inserted child.
32+//
33+// This can be useful for rearranging children when it's difficult to do so
34+// otherwise, for example to move a child from a sidebar to a bottom bar.
35+//
36+// The currently used layout can be switched using the
37+// [property@MultiLayoutView:layout] or [property@MultiLayoutView:layout-name]
38+// properties. For example, it can be done via a [class@Adw.Breakpoint] setter
39+// to change layouts depending on the window size.
40+//
41+// ## AdwMultiLayoutView as GtkBuildable
42+//
43+// The `AdwMultiLayoutView` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable]
44+// interface supports adding layouts via `<child>` element with the `type`
45+// attribute omitted.
46+//
47+// It also supports setting children via `<child type="ID">`.
48+//
49+// Example of an `AdwMultiLayoutView` UI definition that can display a secondary
50+// child as either a sidebar or a bottom sheet.
51+//
52+// ```xml
53+// <object class="AdwMultiLayoutView">
54+//
55+// <child>
56+// <object class="AdwLayout">
57+// <property name="name">sidebar</property>
58+// <property name="content">
59+// <object class="AdwOverlaySplitView">
60+// <property name="sidebar">
61+// <object class="AdwLayoutSlot">
62+// <property name="id">secondary</property>
63+// </object>
64+// </property>
65+// <property name="content">
66+// <object class="AdwLayoutSlot">
67+// <property name="id">primary</property>
68+// </object>
69+// </property>
70+// </object>
71+// </property>
72+// </object>
73+// </child>
74+// <child>
75+// <object class="AdwLayout">
76+// <property name="name">bottom-sheet</property>
77+// <property name="content">
78+// <object class="AdwBottomSheet">
79+// <property name="open">True</property>
80+// <property name="content">
81+// <object class="AdwLayoutSlot">
82+// <property name="id">primary</property>
83+// </object>
84+// </property>
85+// <property name="sheet">
86+// <object class="AdwLayoutSlot">
87+// <property name="id">secondary</property>
88+// </object>
89+// </property>
90+// </object>
91+// </property>
92+// </object>
93+// </child>
94+// <child type="primary">
95+// <!-- ... -->
96+// </child>
97+// <child type="secondary">
98+// <!-- ... -->
99+// </child>
100+//
101+// </object>
102+// ```
103+//
104+// ## CSS nodes
105+//
106+// `AdwMultiLayoutView` has a single CSS node with name `multi-layout-view`.
107+type MultiLayoutView struct {
108+ gtk.Widget
109+}
110+
111+var xMultiLayoutViewGLibType func() types.GType
112+
113+func MultiLayoutViewGLibType() types.GType {
114+ return xMultiLayoutViewGLibType()
115+}
116+
117+func MultiLayoutViewNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *MultiLayoutView {
118+ cls := &MultiLayoutView{}
119+ cls.Ptr = ptr
120+ return cls
121+}
122+
123+var xNewMultiLayoutView func() uintptr
124+
125+// Creates a new `AdwMultiLayoutView`.
126+func NewMultiLayoutView() *MultiLayoutView {
127+ var cls *MultiLayoutView
128+
129+ cret := xNewMultiLayoutView()
130+
131+ if cret == 0 {
132+ return nil
133+ }
134+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
135+ cls = &MultiLayoutView{}
136+ cls.Ptr = cret
137+ return cls
138+}
139+
140+var xMultiLayoutViewAddLayout func(uintptr, uintptr)
141+
142+// Adds @layout to @self.
143+func (x *MultiLayoutView) AddLayout(LayoutVar *Layout) {
144+
145+ xMultiLayoutViewAddLayout(x.GoPointer(), LayoutVar.GoPointer())
146+
147+}
148+
149+var xMultiLayoutViewGetChild func(uintptr, string) uintptr
150+
151+// Gets the child for @id to @self.
152+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetChild(IdVar string) *gtk.Widget {
153+ var cls *gtk.Widget
154+
155+ cret := xMultiLayoutViewGetChild(x.GoPointer(), IdVar)
156+
157+ if cret == 0 {
158+ return nil
159+ }
160+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
161+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
162+ cls.Ptr = cret
163+ return cls
164+}
165+
166+var xMultiLayoutViewGetLayout func(uintptr) uintptr
167+
168+// Gets the currently used layout of @self.
169+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetLayout() *Layout {
170+ var cls *Layout
171+
172+ cret := xMultiLayoutViewGetLayout(x.GoPointer())
173+
174+ if cret == 0 {
175+ return nil
176+ }
177+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
178+ cls = &Layout{}
179+ cls.Ptr = cret
180+ return cls
181+}
182+
183+var xMultiLayoutViewGetLayoutByName func(uintptr, string) uintptr
184+
185+// Gets layout with the name @name from @self, or `NULL` if it doesn't exist.
186+//
187+// See [property@Layout:name].
188+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetLayoutByName(NameVar string) *Layout {
189+ var cls *Layout
190+
191+ cret := xMultiLayoutViewGetLayoutByName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
192+
193+ if cret == 0 {
194+ return nil
195+ }
196+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
197+ cls = &Layout{}
198+ cls.Ptr = cret
199+ return cls
200+}
201+
202+var xMultiLayoutViewGetLayoutName func(uintptr) string
203+
204+// Returns the name of the currently used layout of @self.
205+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetLayoutName() string {
206+
207+ cret := xMultiLayoutViewGetLayoutName(x.GoPointer())
208+ return cret
209+}
210+
211+var xMultiLayoutViewRemoveLayout func(uintptr, uintptr)
212+
213+// Removes @layout from @self.
214+func (x *MultiLayoutView) RemoveLayout(LayoutVar *Layout) {
215+
216+ xMultiLayoutViewRemoveLayout(x.GoPointer(), LayoutVar.GoPointer())
217+
218+}
219+
220+var xMultiLayoutViewSetChild func(uintptr, string, uintptr)
221+
222+// Sets @child as the child for @id in @self.
223+//
224+// When changing layouts, it will be inserted into the slot with @id.
225+func (x *MultiLayoutView) SetChild(IdVar string, ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
226+
227+ xMultiLayoutViewSetChild(x.GoPointer(), IdVar, ChildVar.GoPointer())
228+
229+}
230+
231+var xMultiLayoutViewSetLayout func(uintptr, uintptr)
232+
233+// Makes @layout the current layout of @self.
234+func (x *MultiLayoutView) SetLayout(LayoutVar *Layout) {
235+
236+ xMultiLayoutViewSetLayout(x.GoPointer(), LayoutVar.GoPointer())
237+
238+}
239+
240+var xMultiLayoutViewSetLayoutName func(uintptr, string)
241+
242+// Makes the layout with @name the current layout of @self.
243+//
244+// See [property@Layout:name].
245+func (x *MultiLayoutView) SetLayoutName(NameVar string) {
246+
247+ xMultiLayoutViewSetLayoutName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
248+
249+}
250+
251+func (c *MultiLayoutView) GoPointer() uintptr {
252+ return c.Ptr
253+}
254+
255+func (c *MultiLayoutView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
256+ c.Ptr = ptr
257+}
258+
259+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
260+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
261+
262+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
263+ return cret
264+}
265+
266+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
267+func (x *MultiLayoutView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
268+
269+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
270+
271+}
272+
273+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
274+func (x *MultiLayoutView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
275+
276+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
277+
278+}
279+
280+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
281+func (x *MultiLayoutView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
282+
283+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
284+
285+}
286+
287+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
288+//
289+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
290+// value types of accessible properties.
291+//
292+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
293+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
294+// technologies.
295+//
296+// Example:
297+// ```c
298+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
299+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
300+//
301+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
302+// -1);
303+//
304+// ```
305+func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
306+
307+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
308+
309+}
310+
311+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
312+//
313+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
314+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
315+//
316+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
317+func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
318+
319+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
320+
321+}
322+
323+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
324+//
325+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
326+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
327+//
328+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
329+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
330+//
331+// ```c
332+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
333+//
334+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
335+// ref1, NULL,
336+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
337+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
338+// -1);
339+//
340+// ```
341+func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
342+
343+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
344+
345+}
346+
347+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
348+//
349+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
350+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
351+//
352+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
353+func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
354+
355+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
356+
357+}
358+
359+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
360+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
361+//
362+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
363+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
364+//
365+// Example:
366+// ```c
367+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
368+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
369+//
370+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
371+// -1);
372+//
373+// ```
374+func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
375+
376+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
377+
378+}
379+
380+// Updates an array of accessible states.
381+//
382+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
383+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
384+//
385+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
386+func (x *MultiLayoutView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
387+
388+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
389+
390+}
391+
392+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
393+//
394+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
395+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
396+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetBuildableId() string {
397+
398+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
399+ return cret
400+}
401+
402+func init() {
403+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
404+ if err != nil {
405+ panic(err)
406+ }
407+
408+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMultiLayoutViewGLibType, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_get_type")
409+
410+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewMultiLayoutView, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_new")
411+
412+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMultiLayoutViewAddLayout, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_add_layout")
413+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMultiLayoutViewGetChild, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_get_child")
414+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMultiLayoutViewGetLayout, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_get_layout")
415+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMultiLayoutViewGetLayoutByName, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_get_layout_by_name")
416+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMultiLayoutViewGetLayoutName, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_get_layout_name")
417+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMultiLayoutViewRemoveLayout, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_remove_layout")
418+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMultiLayoutViewSetChild, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_set_child")
419+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMultiLayoutViewSetLayout, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_set_layout")
420+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xMultiLayoutViewSetLayoutName, lib, "adw_multi_layout_view_set_layout_name")
421+
422+}
A v4/adw/adw-navigation-split-view.go +574 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type NavigationSplitViewClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass uintptr
19+}
20+
21+func (x *NavigationSplitViewClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+// A widget presenting sidebar and content side by side or as a navigation view.
26+//
27+// <picture>
28+//
29+// <source srcset="navigation-split-view-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
30+// <img src="navigation-split-view.png" alt="navigation-split-view">
31+//
32+// </picture>
33+// <picture>
34+//
35+// <source srcset="navigation-split-view-collapsed-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
36+// <img src="navigation-split-view-collapsed.png" alt="navigation-split-view-collapsed">
37+//
38+// </picture>
39+//
40+// `AdwNavigationSplitView` has two [class@NavigationPage] children: sidebar and
41+// content, and displays them side by side.
42+//
43+// When [property@NavigationSplitView:collapsed] is set to `TRUE`, it instead
44+// puts both children inside an [class@NavigationView]. The
45+// [property@NavigationSplitView:show-content] controls which child is visible
46+// while collapsed.
47+//
48+// See also [class@OverlaySplitView].
49+//
50+// `AdwNavigationSplitView` is typically used together with an [class@Breakpoint]
51+// setting the `collapsed` property to `TRUE` on small widths, as follows:
52+//
53+// ```xml
54+// <object class="AdwWindow">
55+//
56+// <property name="width-request">280</property>
57+// <property name="height-request">200</property>
58+// <property name="default-width">800</property>
59+// <property name="default-height">800</property>
60+// <child>
61+// <object class="AdwBreakpoint">
62+// <condition>max-width: 400sp</condition>
63+// <setter object="split_view" property="collapsed">True</setter>
64+// </object>
65+// </child>
66+// <property name="content">
67+// <object class="AdwNavigationSplitView" id="split_view">
68+// <property name="sidebar">
69+// <object class="AdwNavigationPage">
70+// <property name="title" translatable="yes">Sidebar</property>
71+// <property name="child">
72+// <!-- ... -->
73+// </property>
74+// </object>
75+// </property>
76+// <property name="content">
77+// <object class="AdwNavigationPage">
78+// <property name="title" translatable="yes">Content</property>
79+// <property name="child">
80+// <!-- ... -->
81+// </property>
82+// </object>
83+// </property>
84+// </object>
85+// </property>
86+//
87+// </object>
88+// ```
89+//
90+// ## Sizing
91+//
92+// When not collapsed, `AdwNavigationSplitView` changes the sidebar width
93+// depending on its own width.
94+//
95+// If possible, it tries to allocate a fraction of the total width, controlled
96+// with the [property@NavigationSplitView:sidebar-width-fraction] property.
97+//
98+// The sidebar also has minimum and maximum sizes, controlled with the
99+// [property@NavigationSplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
100+// [property@NavigationSplitView:max-sidebar-width] properties.
101+//
102+// The minimum and maximum sizes are using the length unit specified with the
103+// [property@NavigationSplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
104+//
105+// By default, sidebar is using 25% of the total width, with 180sp as the
106+// minimum size and 280sp as the maximum size.
107+//
108+// ## Header Bar Integration
109+//
110+// When used inside `AdwNavigationSplitView`, [class@HeaderBar] will
111+// automatically hide the window buttons in the middle.
112+//
113+// When collapsed, it also displays a back button for the content widget, as
114+// well as the page titles. See [class@NavigationView] documentation for details.
115+//
116+// ## Actions
117+//
118+// `AdwNavigationSplitView` defines the same actions as `AdwNavigationView`, but
119+// they can be used even when the split view is not collapsed:
120+//
121+// - `navigation.push` takes a string parameter specifying the tag of the page
122+// to push. If it matches the tag of the content widget, it sets
123+// [property@NavigationSplitView:show-content] to `TRUE`.
124+//
125+// - `navigation.pop` doesn't take any parameters and sets
126+// [property@NavigationSplitView:show-content] to `FALSE`.
127+//
128+// ## `AdwNavigationSplitView` as `GtkBuildable`
129+//
130+// The `AdwNavigationSplitView` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable]
131+// interface supports setting the sidebar widget by specifying “sidebar” as the
132+// “type” attribute of a `<child>` element, Specifying “content” child type or
133+// omitting it results in setting the content widget.
134+//
135+// ## CSS nodes
136+//
137+// `AdwNavigationSplitView` has a single CSS node with the name
138+// `navigation-split-view`.
139+//
140+// When collapsed, it contains a child node with the name `navigation-view`
141+// containing both children.
142+//
143+// ```
144+// navigation-split-view
145+// ╰── navigation-view
146+//
147+// ├── [sidebar child]
148+// ╰── [content child]
149+//
150+// ```
151+//
152+// When not collapsed, it contains two nodes with the name `widget`, one with
153+// the `.sidebar-pane` style class, the other one with `.content-view` style
154+// class, containing the sidebar and content children respectively.
155+//
156+// ```
157+// navigation-split-view
158+// ├── widget.sidebar-pane
159+// │ ╰── [sidebar child]
160+// ╰── widget.content-pane
161+//
162+// ╰── [content child]
163+//
164+// ```
165+//
166+// ## Accessibility
167+//
168+// `AdwNavigationSplitView` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
169+type NavigationSplitView struct {
170+ gtk.Widget
171+}
172+
173+var xNavigationSplitViewGLibType func() types.GType
174+
175+func NavigationSplitViewGLibType() types.GType {
176+ return xNavigationSplitViewGLibType()
177+}
178+
179+func NavigationSplitViewNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *NavigationSplitView {
180+ cls := &NavigationSplitView{}
181+ cls.Ptr = ptr
182+ return cls
183+}
184+
185+var xNewNavigationSplitView func() uintptr
186+
187+// Creates a new `AdwNavigationSplitView`.
188+func NewNavigationSplitView() *NavigationSplitView {
189+ var cls *NavigationSplitView
190+
191+ cret := xNewNavigationSplitView()
192+
193+ if cret == 0 {
194+ return nil
195+ }
196+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
197+ cls = &NavigationSplitView{}
198+ cls.Ptr = cret
199+ return cls
200+}
201+
202+var xNavigationSplitViewGetCollapsed func(uintptr) bool
203+
204+// Gets whether @self is collapsed.
205+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetCollapsed() bool {
206+
207+ cret := xNavigationSplitViewGetCollapsed(x.GoPointer())
208+ return cret
209+}
210+
211+var xNavigationSplitViewGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
212+
213+// Sets the content widget for @self.
214+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetContent() *NavigationPage {
215+ var cls *NavigationPage
216+
217+ cret := xNavigationSplitViewGetContent(x.GoPointer())
218+
219+ if cret == 0 {
220+ return nil
221+ }
222+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
223+ cls = &NavigationPage{}
224+ cls.Ptr = cret
225+ return cls
226+}
227+
228+var xNavigationSplitViewGetMaxSidebarWidth func(uintptr) float64
229+
230+// Gets the maximum sidebar width for @self.
231+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetMaxSidebarWidth() float64 {
232+
233+ cret := xNavigationSplitViewGetMaxSidebarWidth(x.GoPointer())
234+ return cret
235+}
236+
237+var xNavigationSplitViewGetMinSidebarWidth func(uintptr) float64
238+
239+// Gets the minimum sidebar width for @self.
240+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetMinSidebarWidth() float64 {
241+
242+ cret := xNavigationSplitViewGetMinSidebarWidth(x.GoPointer())
243+ return cret
244+}
245+
246+var xNavigationSplitViewGetShowContent func(uintptr) bool
247+
248+// Gets which page is visible when @self is collapsed.
249+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetShowContent() bool {
250+
251+ cret := xNavigationSplitViewGetShowContent(x.GoPointer())
252+ return cret
253+}
254+
255+var xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebar func(uintptr) uintptr
256+
257+// Gets the sidebar widget for @self.
258+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetSidebar() *NavigationPage {
259+ var cls *NavigationPage
260+
261+ cret := xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebar(x.GoPointer())
262+
263+ if cret == 0 {
264+ return nil
265+ }
266+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
267+ cls = &NavigationPage{}
268+ cls.Ptr = cret
269+ return cls
270+}
271+
272+var xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthFraction func(uintptr) float64
273+
274+// Gets the preferred sidebar width fraction for @self.
275+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetSidebarWidthFraction() float64 {
276+
277+ cret := xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthFraction(x.GoPointer())
278+ return cret
279+}
280+
281+var xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
282+
283+// Gets the length unit for minimum and maximum sidebar widths.
284+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetSidebarWidthUnit() LengthUnit {
285+
286+ cret := xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthUnit(x.GoPointer())
287+ return cret
288+}
289+
290+var xNavigationSplitViewSetCollapsed func(uintptr, bool)
291+
292+// Sets whether @self is collapsed.
293+//
294+// When collapsed, the children are put inside an [class@NavigationView],
295+// otherwise they are displayed side by side.
296+//
297+// The [property@NavigationSplitView:show-content] controls which child is
298+// visible while collapsed.
299+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetCollapsed(CollapsedVar bool) {
300+
301+ xNavigationSplitViewSetCollapsed(x.GoPointer(), CollapsedVar)
302+
303+}
304+
305+var xNavigationSplitViewSetContent func(uintptr, uintptr)
306+
307+// Sets the content widget for @self.
308+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetContent(ContentVar *NavigationPage) {
309+
310+ xNavigationSplitViewSetContent(x.GoPointer(), ContentVar.GoPointer())
311+
312+}
313+
314+var xNavigationSplitViewSetMaxSidebarWidth func(uintptr, float64)
315+
316+// Sets the maximum sidebar width for @self.
317+//
318+// Maximum width is affected by
319+// [property@NavigationSplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
320+//
321+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
322+// minimum width exceeds it.
323+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetMaxSidebarWidth(WidthVar float64) {
324+
325+ xNavigationSplitViewSetMaxSidebarWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar)
326+
327+}
328+
329+var xNavigationSplitViewSetMinSidebarWidth func(uintptr, float64)
330+
331+// Sets the minimum sidebar width for @self.
332+//
333+// Minimum width is affected by
334+// [property@NavigationSplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
335+//
336+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
337+// minimum width exceeds it.
338+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetMinSidebarWidth(WidthVar float64) {
339+
340+ xNavigationSplitViewSetMinSidebarWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar)
341+
342+}
343+
344+var xNavigationSplitViewSetShowContent func(uintptr, bool)
345+
346+// Sets which page is visible when @self is collapsed.
347+//
348+// If set to `TRUE`, the content widget will be the visible page when
349+// [property@NavigationSplitView:collapsed] is `TRUE`; otherwise the sidebar
350+// widget will be visible.
351+//
352+// If the split view is already collapsed, the visible page changes immediately.
353+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetShowContent(ShowContentVar bool) {
354+
355+ xNavigationSplitViewSetShowContent(x.GoPointer(), ShowContentVar)
356+
357+}
358+
359+var xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebar func(uintptr, uintptr)
360+
361+// Sets the sidebar widget for @self.
362+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetSidebar(SidebarVar *NavigationPage) {
363+
364+ xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebar(x.GoPointer(), SidebarVar.GoPointer())
365+
366+}
367+
368+var xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthFraction func(uintptr, float64)
369+
370+// Sets the preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width of @self.
371+//
372+// The preferred width is additionally limited by
373+// [property@NavigationSplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
374+// [property@NavigationSplitView:max-sidebar-width].
375+//
376+// The sidebar widget can be allocated with larger width if its own minimum
377+// width exceeds the preferred width.
378+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetSidebarWidthFraction(FractionVar float64) {
379+
380+ xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthFraction(x.GoPointer(), FractionVar)
381+
382+}
383+
384+var xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
385+
386+// Sets the length unit for minimum and maximum sidebar widths.
387+//
388+// See [property@NavigationSplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
389+// [property@NavigationSplitView:max-sidebar-width].
390+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetSidebarWidthUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
391+
392+ xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
393+
394+}
395+
396+func (c *NavigationSplitView) GoPointer() uintptr {
397+ return c.Ptr
398+}
399+
400+func (c *NavigationSplitView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
401+ c.Ptr = ptr
402+}
403+
404+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
405+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
406+
407+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
408+ return cret
409+}
410+
411+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
412+func (x *NavigationSplitView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
413+
414+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
415+
416+}
417+
418+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
419+func (x *NavigationSplitView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
420+
421+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
422+
423+}
424+
425+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
426+func (x *NavigationSplitView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
427+
428+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
429+
430+}
431+
432+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
433+//
434+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
435+// value types of accessible properties.
436+//
437+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
438+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
439+// technologies.
440+//
441+// Example:
442+// ```c
443+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
444+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
445+//
446+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
447+// -1);
448+//
449+// ```
450+func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
451+
452+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
453+
454+}
455+
456+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
457+//
458+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
459+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
460+//
461+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
462+func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
463+
464+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
465+
466+}
467+
468+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
469+//
470+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
471+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
472+//
473+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
474+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
475+//
476+// ```c
477+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
478+//
479+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
480+// ref1, NULL,
481+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
482+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
483+// -1);
484+//
485+// ```
486+func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
487+
488+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
489+
490+}
491+
492+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
493+//
494+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
495+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
496+//
497+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
498+func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
499+
500+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
501+
502+}
503+
504+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
505+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
506+//
507+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
508+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
509+//
510+// Example:
511+// ```c
512+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
513+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
514+//
515+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
516+// -1);
517+//
518+// ```
519+func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
520+
521+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
522+
523+}
524+
525+// Updates an array of accessible states.
526+//
527+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
528+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
529+//
530+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
531+func (x *NavigationSplitView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
532+
533+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
534+
535+}
536+
537+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
538+//
539+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
540+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
541+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetBuildableId() string {
542+
543+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
544+ return cret
545+}
546+
547+func init() {
548+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
549+ if err != nil {
550+ panic(err)
551+ }
552+
553+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGLibType, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_type")
554+
555+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewNavigationSplitView, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_new")
556+
557+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetCollapsed, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_collapsed")
558+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetContent, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_content")
559+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetMaxSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_max_sidebar_width")
560+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetMinSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_min_sidebar_width")
561+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetShowContent, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_show_content")
562+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebar, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar")
563+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthFraction, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar_width_fraction")
564+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewGetSidebarWidthUnit, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_get_sidebar_width_unit")
565+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetCollapsed, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_collapsed")
566+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetContent, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_content")
567+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetMaxSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_max_sidebar_width")
568+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetMinSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_min_sidebar_width")
569+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetShowContent, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_show_content")
570+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebar, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar")
571+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthFraction, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar_width_fraction")
572+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationSplitViewSetSidebarWidthUnit, lib, "adw_navigation_split_view_set_sidebar_width_unit")
573+
574+}
A v4/adw/adw-navigation-view.go +1286 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,1286 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gdk"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gio"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
14+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
15+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
16+)
17+
18+type NavigationPageClass struct {
19+ _ structs.HostLayout
20+
21+ ParentClass uintptr
22+
23+ Padding [8]uintptr
24+}
25+
26+func (x *NavigationPageClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
27+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
28+}
29+
30+type NavigationViewClass struct {
31+ _ structs.HostLayout
32+
33+ ParentClass uintptr
34+}
35+
36+func (x *NavigationViewClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
37+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
38+}
39+
40+// A page within [class@NavigationView] or [class@NavigationSplitView].
41+//
42+// Each page has a child widget, a title and optionally a tag.
43+//
44+// The [signal@NavigationPage::showing], [signal@NavigationPage::shown],
45+// [signal@NavigationPage::hiding] and [signal@NavigationPage::hidden] signals
46+// can be used to track the page's visibility within its `AdwNavigationView`.
47+//
48+// ## Header Bar Integration
49+//
50+// When placed inside `AdwNavigationPage`, [class@HeaderBar] will display the
51+// page title instead of window title.
52+//
53+// When used together with [class@NavigationView], it will also display a back
54+// button that can be used to go back to the previous page. Set
55+// [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] to `FALSE` to disable that behavior if
56+// it's unwanted.
57+//
58+// ## CSS Nodes
59+//
60+// `AdwNavigationPage` has a single CSS node with name
61+// `navigation-view-page`.
62+//
63+// ## Accessibility
64+//
65+// `AdwNavigationPage` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
66+type NavigationPage struct {
67+ gtk.Widget
68+}
69+
70+var xNavigationPageGLibType func() types.GType
71+
72+func NavigationPageGLibType() types.GType {
73+ return xNavigationPageGLibType()
74+}
75+
76+func NavigationPageNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *NavigationPage {
77+ cls := &NavigationPage{}
78+ cls.Ptr = ptr
79+ return cls
80+}
81+
82+var xNewNavigationPage func(uintptr, string) uintptr
83+
84+// Creates a new `AdwNavigationPage`.
85+func NewNavigationPage(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, TitleVar string) *NavigationPage {
86+ var cls *NavigationPage
87+
88+ cret := xNewNavigationPage(ChildVar.GoPointer(), TitleVar)
89+
90+ if cret == 0 {
91+ return nil
92+ }
93+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
94+ cls = &NavigationPage{}
95+ cls.Ptr = cret
96+ return cls
97+}
98+
99+var xNewNavigationPageWithTag func(uintptr, string, string) uintptr
100+
101+// Creates a new `AdwNavigationPage` with provided tag.
102+func NewNavigationPageWithTag(ChildVar *gtk.Widget, TitleVar string, TagVar string) *NavigationPage {
103+ var cls *NavigationPage
104+
105+ cret := xNewNavigationPageWithTag(ChildVar.GoPointer(), TitleVar, TagVar)
106+
107+ if cret == 0 {
108+ return nil
109+ }
110+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
111+ cls = &NavigationPage{}
112+ cls.Ptr = cret
113+ return cls
114+}
115+
116+var xNavigationPageGetCanPop func(uintptr) bool
117+
118+// Gets whether @self can be popped from navigation stack.
119+func (x *NavigationPage) GetCanPop() bool {
120+
121+ cret := xNavigationPageGetCanPop(x.GoPointer())
122+ return cret
123+}
124+
125+var xNavigationPageGetChild func(uintptr) uintptr
126+
127+// Gets the child widget of @self.
128+func (x *NavigationPage) GetChild() *gtk.Widget {
129+ var cls *gtk.Widget
130+
131+ cret := xNavigationPageGetChild(x.GoPointer())
132+
133+ if cret == 0 {
134+ return nil
135+ }
136+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
137+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
138+ cls.Ptr = cret
139+ return cls
140+}
141+
142+var xNavigationPageGetTag func(uintptr) string
143+
144+// Gets the tag of @self.
145+func (x *NavigationPage) GetTag() string {
146+
147+ cret := xNavigationPageGetTag(x.GoPointer())
148+ return cret
149+}
150+
151+var xNavigationPageGetTitle func(uintptr) string
152+
153+// Gets the title of @self.
154+func (x *NavigationPage) GetTitle() string {
155+
156+ cret := xNavigationPageGetTitle(x.GoPointer())
157+ return cret
158+}
159+
160+var xNavigationPageSetCanPop func(uintptr, bool)
161+
162+// Sets whether @self can be popped from navigation stack.
163+//
164+// Set it to `FALSE` to disable shortcuts and gestures, as well as remove the
165+// back button from [class@HeaderBar].
166+//
167+// Manually calling [method@NavigationView.pop] or using the `navigation.pop`
168+// action will still work.
169+//
170+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] for removing only the back button,
171+// but not shortcuts.
172+func (x *NavigationPage) SetCanPop(CanPopVar bool) {
173+
174+ xNavigationPageSetCanPop(x.GoPointer(), CanPopVar)
175+
176+}
177+
178+var xNavigationPageSetChild func(uintptr, uintptr)
179+
180+// Sets the child widget of @self.
181+func (x *NavigationPage) SetChild(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
182+
183+ xNavigationPageSetChild(x.GoPointer(), ChildVar.GoPointer())
184+
185+}
186+
187+var xNavigationPageSetTag func(uintptr, string)
188+
189+// Sets the tag for @self.
190+//
191+// The tag can be used to retrieve the page with
192+// [method@NavigationView.find_page], as well as with
193+// [method@NavigationView.push_by_tag], [method@NavigationView.pop_to_tag] or
194+// [method@NavigationView.replace_with_tags].
195+//
196+// Tags must be unique within each [class@NavigationView].
197+//
198+// The tag also must be set to use the `navigation.push` action.
199+func (x *NavigationPage) SetTag(TagVar string) {
200+
201+ xNavigationPageSetTag(x.GoPointer(), TagVar)
202+
203+}
204+
205+var xNavigationPageSetTitle func(uintptr, string)
206+
207+// Sets the title of @self.
208+//
209+// It's displayed in [class@HeaderBar] instead of the window title, and used as
210+// the tooltip on the next page's back button, as well as by screen reader.
211+func (x *NavigationPage) SetTitle(TitleVar string) {
212+
213+ xNavigationPageSetTitle(x.GoPointer(), TitleVar)
214+
215+}
216+
217+func (c *NavigationPage) GoPointer() uintptr {
218+ return c.Ptr
219+}
220+
221+func (c *NavigationPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
222+ c.Ptr = ptr
223+}
224+
225+// Emitted when the navigation view transition has been completed and the page
226+// is fully hidden.
227+//
228+// It will always be preceded by [signal@NavigationPage::hiding] or
229+// [signal@NavigationPage::showing].
230+func (x *NavigationPage) ConnectHidden(cb *func(NavigationPage)) uint32 {
231+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
232+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
233+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "hidden", cbRefPtr)
234+ }
235+
236+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
237+ fa := NavigationPage{}
238+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
239+ cbFn := *cb
240+
241+ cbFn(fa)
242+
243+ }
244+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
245+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
246+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "hidden", cbRefPtr)
247+}
248+
249+// Emitted when the page starts hiding at the beginning of the navigation view
250+// transition.
251+//
252+// It will always be followed by [signal@NavigationPage::hidden] or
253+// [signal@NavigationPage::shown].
254+func (x *NavigationPage) ConnectHiding(cb *func(NavigationPage)) uint32 {
255+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
256+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
257+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "hiding", cbRefPtr)
258+ }
259+
260+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
261+ fa := NavigationPage{}
262+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
263+ cbFn := *cb
264+
265+ cbFn(fa)
266+
267+ }
268+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
269+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
270+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "hiding", cbRefPtr)
271+}
272+
273+// Emitted when the page shows at the beginning of the navigation view
274+// transition.
275+//
276+// It will always be followed by [signal@NavigationPage::shown] or
277+// [signal@NavigationPage::hidden].
278+func (x *NavigationPage) ConnectShowing(cb *func(NavigationPage)) uint32 {
279+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
280+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
281+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "showing", cbRefPtr)
282+ }
283+
284+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
285+ fa := NavigationPage{}
286+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
287+ cbFn := *cb
288+
289+ cbFn(fa)
290+
291+ }
292+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
293+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
294+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "showing", cbRefPtr)
295+}
296+
297+// Emitted when the navigation view transition has been completed and the page
298+// is fully shown.
299+//
300+// It will always be preceded by [signal@NavigationPage::showing] or
301+// [signal@NavigationPage::hiding].
302+func (x *NavigationPage) ConnectShown(cb *func(NavigationPage)) uint32 {
303+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
304+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
305+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "shown", cbRefPtr)
306+ }
307+
308+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
309+ fa := NavigationPage{}
310+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
311+ cbFn := *cb
312+
313+ cbFn(fa)
314+
315+ }
316+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
317+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
318+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "shown", cbRefPtr)
319+}
320+
321+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
322+func (x *NavigationPage) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
323+
324+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
325+ return cret
326+}
327+
328+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
329+func (x *NavigationPage) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
330+
331+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
332+
333+}
334+
335+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
336+func (x *NavigationPage) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
337+
338+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
339+
340+}
341+
342+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
343+func (x *NavigationPage) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
344+
345+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
346+
347+}
348+
349+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
350+//
351+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
352+// value types of accessible properties.
353+//
354+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
355+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
356+// technologies.
357+//
358+// Example:
359+// ```c
360+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
361+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
362+//
363+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
364+// -1);
365+//
366+// ```
367+func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
368+
369+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
370+
371+}
372+
373+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
374+//
375+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
376+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
377+//
378+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
379+func (x *NavigationPage) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
380+
381+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
382+
383+}
384+
385+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
386+//
387+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
388+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
389+//
390+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
391+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
392+//
393+// ```c
394+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
395+//
396+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
397+// ref1, NULL,
398+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
399+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
400+// -1);
401+//
402+// ```
403+func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
404+
405+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
406+
407+}
408+
409+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
410+//
411+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
412+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
413+//
414+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
415+func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
416+
417+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
418+
419+}
420+
421+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
422+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
423+//
424+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
425+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
426+//
427+// Example:
428+// ```c
429+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
430+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
431+//
432+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
433+// -1);
434+//
435+// ```
436+func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
437+
438+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
439+
440+}
441+
442+// Updates an array of accessible states.
443+//
444+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
445+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
446+//
447+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
448+func (x *NavigationPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
449+
450+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
451+
452+}
453+
454+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
455+//
456+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
457+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
458+func (x *NavigationPage) GetBuildableId() string {
459+
460+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
461+ return cret
462+}
463+
464+// A page-based navigation container.
465+//
466+// <picture>
467+//
468+// <source srcset="navigation-view-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
469+// <img src="navigation-view.png" alt="navigation-view">
470+//
471+// </picture>
472+//
473+// `AdwNavigationView` presents one child at a time, similar to
474+// [class@Gtk.Stack].
475+//
476+// `AdwNavigationView` can only contain [class@NavigationPage] children.
477+//
478+// It maintains a navigation stack that can be controlled with
479+// [method@NavigationView.push] and [method@NavigationView.pop]. The whole
480+// navigation stack can also be replaced using [method@NavigationView.replace].
481+//
482+// `AdwNavigationView` allows to manage pages statically or dynamically.
483+//
484+// Static pages can be added using the [method@NavigationView.add] method. The
485+// `AdwNavigationView` will keep a reference to these pages, but they aren't
486+// accessible to the user until [method@NavigationView.push] is called (except
487+// for the first page, which is pushed automatically). Use the
488+// [method@NavigationView.remove] method to remove them. This is useful for
489+// applications that have a small number of unique pages and just need
490+// navigation between them.
491+//
492+// Dynamic pages are automatically destroyed once they are popped off the
493+// navigation stack. To add a page like this, push it using the
494+// [method@NavigationView.push] method without calling
495+// [method@NavigationView.add] first.
496+//
497+// ## Tags
498+//
499+// Static pages, as well as any pages in the navigation stack, can be accessed
500+// by their [property@NavigationPage:tag]. For example,
501+// [method@NavigationView.push_by_tag] can be used to push a static page that's
502+// not in the navigation stack without having to keep a reference to it manually.
503+//
504+// ## Header Bar Integration
505+//
506+// When used inside `AdwNavigationView`, [class@HeaderBar] will automatically
507+// display a back button that can be used to go back to the previous page when
508+// possible. The button also has a context menu, allowing to pop multiple pages
509+// at once, potentially across multiple navigation views.
510+//
511+// Set [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] to `FALSE` to disable this behavior
512+// in rare scenarios where it's unwanted.
513+//
514+// `AdwHeaderBar` will also display the title of the `AdwNavigationPage` it's
515+// placed into, so most applications shouldn't need to customize it at all.
516+//
517+// ## Shortcuts and Gestures
518+//
519+// `AdwNavigationView` supports the following shortcuts for going to the
520+// previous page:
521+//
522+// - <kbd>Escape</kbd> (unless [property@NavigationView:pop-on-escape] is set to
523+// `FALSE`)
524+// - <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>←</kbd>
525+// - Back mouse button
526+//
527+// Additionally, it supports interactive gestures:
528+//
529+// - One-finger swipe towards the right on touchscreens
530+// - Scrolling towards the right on touchpads (usually two-finger swipe)
531+//
532+// These gestures have transitions enabled regardless of the
533+// [property@NavigationView:animate-transitions] value.
534+//
535+// Applications can also enable shortcuts for pushing another page onto the
536+// navigation stack via connecting to the [signal@NavigationView::get-next-page]
537+// signal, in that case the following shortcuts are supported:
538+//
539+// - <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>→</kbd>
540+// - Forward mouse button
541+// - Swipe/scrolling towards the left
542+//
543+// For right-to-left locales, the gestures and shortcuts are reversed.
544+//
545+// [property@NavigationPage:can-pop] can be used to disable them, along with the
546+// header bar back buttons.
547+//
548+// ## Actions
549+//
550+// `AdwNavigationView` defines actions for controlling the navigation stack.
551+// actions for controlling the navigation stack:
552+//
553+// - `navigation.push` takes a string parameter specifying the tag of the page to
554+// push, and is equivalent to calling [method@NavigationView.push_by_tag].
555+//
556+// - `navigation.pop` doesn't take any parameters and pops the current page from
557+// the navigation stack, equivalent to calling [method@NavigationView.pop].
558+//
559+// ## `AdwNavigationView` as `GtkBuildable`
560+//
561+// `AdwNavigationView` allows to add pages as children, equivalent to using the
562+// [method@NavigationView.add] method.
563+//
564+// Example of an `AdwNavigationView` UI definition:
565+//
566+// ```xml
567+// <object class="AdwNavigationView">
568+//
569+// <child>
570+// <object class="AdwNavigationPage">
571+// <property name="title" translatable="yes">Page 1</property>
572+// <property name="child">
573+// <object class="AdwToolbarView">
574+// <child type="top">
575+// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"/>
576+// </child>
577+// <property name="content">
578+// <object class="GtkButton">
579+// <property name="label" translatable="yes">Open Page 2</property>
580+// <property name="halign">center</property>
581+// <property name="valign">center</property>
582+// <property name="action-name">navigation.push</property>
583+// <property name="action-target">'page-2'</property>
584+// <style>
585+// <class name="pill"/>
586+// </style>
587+// </object>
588+// </property>
589+// </object>
590+// </property>
591+// </object>
592+// </child>
593+// <child>
594+// <object class="AdwNavigationPage">
595+// <property name="title" translatable="yes">Page 2</property>
596+// <property name="tag">page-2</property>
597+// <property name="child">
598+// <object class="AdwToolbarView">
599+// <child type="top">
600+// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"/>
601+// </child>
602+// <property name="content">
603+// <!-- ... -->
604+// </property>
605+// </object>
606+// </property>
607+// </object>
608+// </child>
609+//
610+// </object>
611+// ```
612+//
613+// <picture>
614+//
615+// <source srcset="navigation-view-example-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
616+// <img src="navigation-view-example.png" alt="navigation-view-example">
617+//
618+// </picture>
619+//
620+// ## CSS nodes
621+//
622+// `AdwNavigationView` has a single CSS node with the name `navigation-view`.
623+//
624+// ## Accessibility
625+//
626+// `AdwNavigationView` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
627+type NavigationView struct {
628+ gtk.Widget
629+}
630+
631+var xNavigationViewGLibType func() types.GType
632+
633+func NavigationViewGLibType() types.GType {
634+ return xNavigationViewGLibType()
635+}
636+
637+func NavigationViewNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *NavigationView {
638+ cls := &NavigationView{}
639+ cls.Ptr = ptr
640+ return cls
641+}
642+
643+var xNewNavigationView func() uintptr
644+
645+// Creates a new `AdwNavigationView`.
646+func NewNavigationView() *NavigationView {
647+ var cls *NavigationView
648+
649+ cret := xNewNavigationView()
650+
651+ if cret == 0 {
652+ return nil
653+ }
654+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
655+ cls = &NavigationView{}
656+ cls.Ptr = cret
657+ return cls
658+}
659+
660+var xNavigationViewAdd func(uintptr, uintptr)
661+
662+// Permanently adds @page to @self.
663+//
664+// Any page that has been added will stay in @self even after being popped from
665+// the navigation stack.
666+//
667+// Adding a page while no page is visible will automatically push it to the
668+// navigation stack.
669+//
670+// See [method@NavigationView.remove].
671+func (x *NavigationView) Add(PageVar *NavigationPage) {
672+
673+ xNavigationViewAdd(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
674+
675+}
676+
677+var xNavigationViewFindPage func(uintptr, string) uintptr
678+
679+// Finds a page in @self by its tag.
680+//
681+// See [property@NavigationPage:tag].
682+func (x *NavigationView) FindPage(TagVar string) *NavigationPage {
683+ var cls *NavigationPage
684+
685+ cret := xNavigationViewFindPage(x.GoPointer(), TagVar)
686+
687+ if cret == 0 {
688+ return nil
689+ }
690+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
691+ cls = &NavigationPage{}
692+ cls.Ptr = cret
693+ return cls
694+}
695+
696+var xNavigationViewGetAnimateTransitions func(uintptr) bool
697+
698+// Gets whether @self animates page transitions.
699+func (x *NavigationView) GetAnimateTransitions() bool {
700+
701+ cret := xNavigationViewGetAnimateTransitions(x.GoPointer())
702+ return cret
703+}
704+
705+var xNavigationViewGetNavigationStack func(uintptr) uintptr
706+
707+// Returns a [iface@Gio.ListModel] that contains the pages in navigation stack.
708+//
709+// The pages are sorted from root page to visible page.
710+//
711+// This can be used to keep an up-to-date view.
712+func (x *NavigationView) GetNavigationStack() *gio.ListModelBase {
713+ var cls *gio.ListModelBase
714+
715+ cret := xNavigationViewGetNavigationStack(x.GoPointer())
716+
717+ if cret == 0 {
718+ return nil
719+ }
720+ cls = &gio.ListModelBase{}
721+ cls.Ptr = cret
722+ return cls
723+}
724+
725+var xNavigationViewGetPopOnEscape func(uintptr) bool
726+
727+// Gets whether pressing Escape pops the current page on @self.
728+func (x *NavigationView) GetPopOnEscape() bool {
729+
730+ cret := xNavigationViewGetPopOnEscape(x.GoPointer())
731+ return cret
732+}
733+
734+var xNavigationViewGetPreviousPage func(uintptr, uintptr) uintptr
735+
736+// Gets the previous page for @page.
737+//
738+// If @page is in the navigation stack, returns the page popping @page will
739+// reveal.
740+//
741+// If @page is the root page or is not in the navigation stack, returns `NULL`.
742+func (x *NavigationView) GetPreviousPage(PageVar *NavigationPage) *NavigationPage {
743+ var cls *NavigationPage
744+
745+ cret := xNavigationViewGetPreviousPage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
746+
747+ if cret == 0 {
748+ return nil
749+ }
750+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
751+ cls = &NavigationPage{}
752+ cls.Ptr = cret
753+ return cls
754+}
755+
756+var xNavigationViewGetVisiblePage func(uintptr) uintptr
757+
758+// Gets the currently visible page in @self.
759+func (x *NavigationView) GetVisiblePage() *NavigationPage {
760+ var cls *NavigationPage
761+
762+ cret := xNavigationViewGetVisiblePage(x.GoPointer())
763+
764+ if cret == 0 {
765+ return nil
766+ }
767+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
768+ cls = &NavigationPage{}
769+ cls.Ptr = cret
770+ return cls
771+}
772+
773+var xNavigationViewPop func(uintptr) bool
774+
775+// Pops the visible page from the navigation stack.
776+//
777+// Does nothing if the navigation stack contains less than two pages.
778+//
779+// If [method@NavigationView.add] hasn't been called, the page is automatically
780+// removed.
781+//
782+// [signal@NavigationView::popped] will be emitted for the current visible page.
783+//
784+// See [method@NavigationView.pop_to_page] and
785+// [method@NavigationView.pop_to_tag].
786+func (x *NavigationView) Pop() bool {
787+
788+ cret := xNavigationViewPop(x.GoPointer())
789+ return cret
790+}
791+
792+var xNavigationViewPopToPage func(uintptr, uintptr) bool
793+
794+// Pops pages from the navigation stack until @page is visible.
795+//
796+// @page must be in the navigation stack.
797+//
798+// If [method@NavigationView.add] hasn't been called for any of the popped pages,
799+// they are automatically removed.
800+//
801+// [signal@NavigationView::popped] will be be emitted for each of the popped
802+// pages.
803+//
804+// See [method@NavigationView.pop] and [method@NavigationView.pop_to_tag].
805+func (x *NavigationView) PopToPage(PageVar *NavigationPage) bool {
806+
807+ cret := xNavigationViewPopToPage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
808+ return cret
809+}
810+
811+var xNavigationViewPopToTag func(uintptr, string) bool
812+
813+// Pops pages from the navigation stack until page with the tag @tag is visible.
814+//
815+// The page must be in the navigation stack.
816+//
817+// If [method@NavigationView.add] hasn't been called for any of the popped pages,
818+// they are automatically removed.
819+//
820+// [signal@NavigationView::popped] will be emitted for each of the popped pages.
821+//
822+// See [method@NavigationView.pop_to_page] and [property@NavigationPage:tag].
823+func (x *NavigationView) PopToTag(TagVar string) bool {
824+
825+ cret := xNavigationViewPopToTag(x.GoPointer(), TagVar)
826+ return cret
827+}
828+
829+var xNavigationViewPush func(uintptr, uintptr)
830+
831+// Pushes @page onto the navigation stack.
832+//
833+// If [method@NavigationView.add] hasn't been called, the page is automatically
834+// removed once it's popped.
835+//
836+// [signal@NavigationView::pushed] will be emitted for @page.
837+//
838+// See [method@NavigationView.push_by_tag].
839+func (x *NavigationView) Push(PageVar *NavigationPage) {
840+
841+ xNavigationViewPush(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
842+
843+}
844+
845+var xNavigationViewPushByTag func(uintptr, string)
846+
847+// Pushes the page with the tag @tag onto the navigation stack.
848+//
849+// If [method@NavigationView.add] hasn't been called, the page is automatically
850+// removed once it's popped.
851+//
852+// [signal@NavigationView::pushed] will be emitted for the page.
853+//
854+// See [method@NavigationView.push] and [property@NavigationPage:tag].
855+func (x *NavigationView) PushByTag(TagVar string) {
856+
857+ xNavigationViewPushByTag(x.GoPointer(), TagVar)
858+
859+}
860+
861+var xNavigationViewRemove func(uintptr, uintptr)
862+
863+// Removes @page from @self.
864+//
865+// If @page is currently in the navigation stack, it will be removed once it's
866+// popped. Otherwise, it's removed immediately.
867+//
868+// See [method@NavigationView.add].
869+func (x *NavigationView) Remove(PageVar *NavigationPage) {
870+
871+ xNavigationViewRemove(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
872+
873+}
874+
875+var xNavigationViewReplace func(uintptr, uintptr, int)
876+
877+// Replaces the current navigation stack with @pages.
878+//
879+// The last page becomes the visible page.
880+//
881+// Replacing the navigation stack has no animation.
882+//
883+// If [method@NavigationView.add] hasn't been called for any pages that are no
884+// longer in the navigation stack, they are automatically removed.
885+//
886+// @n_pages can be 0, in that case no page will be visible after calling this
887+// method. This can be useful for removing all pages from @self.
888+//
889+// The [signal@NavigationView::replaced] signal will be emitted.
890+//
891+// See [method@NavigationView.replace_with_tags].
892+func (x *NavigationView) Replace(PagesVar uintptr, NPagesVar int) {
893+
894+ xNavigationViewReplace(x.GoPointer(), PagesVar, NPagesVar)
895+
896+}
897+
898+var xNavigationViewReplaceWithTags func(uintptr, []string, int)
899+
900+// Replaces the current navigation stack with pages with the tags @tags.
901+//
902+// The last page becomes the visible page.
903+//
904+// Replacing the navigation stack has no animation.
905+//
906+// If [method@NavigationView.add] hasn't been called for any pages that are no
907+// longer in the navigation stack, they are automatically removed.
908+//
909+// @n_tags can be 0, in that case no page will be visible after calling this
910+// method. This can be useful for removing all pages from @self.
911+//
912+// The [signal@NavigationView::replaced] signal will be emitted.
913+//
914+// See [method@NavigationView.replace] and [property@NavigationPage:tag].
915+func (x *NavigationView) ReplaceWithTags(TagsVar []string, NTagsVar int) {
916+
917+ xNavigationViewReplaceWithTags(x.GoPointer(), TagsVar, NTagsVar)
918+
919+}
920+
921+var xNavigationViewSetAnimateTransitions func(uintptr, bool)
922+
923+// Sets whether @self should animate page transitions.
924+//
925+// Gesture-based transitions are always animated.
926+func (x *NavigationView) SetAnimateTransitions(AnimateTransitionsVar bool) {
927+
928+ xNavigationViewSetAnimateTransitions(x.GoPointer(), AnimateTransitionsVar)
929+
930+}
931+
932+var xNavigationViewSetPopOnEscape func(uintptr, bool)
933+
934+// Sets whether pressing Escape pops the current page on @self.
935+//
936+// Applications using `AdwNavigationView` to implement a browser may want to
937+// disable it.
938+func (x *NavigationView) SetPopOnEscape(PopOnEscapeVar bool) {
939+
940+ xNavigationViewSetPopOnEscape(x.GoPointer(), PopOnEscapeVar)
941+
942+}
943+
944+func (c *NavigationView) GoPointer() uintptr {
945+ return c.Ptr
946+}
947+
948+func (c *NavigationView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
949+ c.Ptr = ptr
950+}
951+
952+// Emitted when a push shortcut or a gesture is triggered.
953+//
954+// To support the push shortcuts and gestures, the application is expected to
955+// return the page to push in the handler.
956+//
957+// This signal can be emitted multiple times for the gestures, for example
958+// when the gesture is cancelled by the user. As such, the application must
959+// not make any irreversible changes in the handler, such as removing the page
960+// from a forward stack.
961+//
962+// Instead, it should be done in the [signal@NavigationView::pushed] handler.
963+func (x *NavigationView) ConnectGetNextPage(cb *func(NavigationView) NavigationPage) uint32 {
964+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
965+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
966+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "get-next-page", cbRefPtr)
967+ }
968+
969+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) uintptr {
970+ fa := NavigationView{}
971+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
972+ cbFn := *cb
973+
974+ GetNextPageCls := cbFn(fa)
975+ return GetNextPageCls.Ptr
976+
977+ }
978+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
979+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
980+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "get-next-page", cbRefPtr)
981+}
982+
983+// Emitted after @page has been popped from the navigation stack.
984+//
985+// See [method@NavigationView.pop].
986+//
987+// When using [method@NavigationView.pop_to_page] or
988+// [method@NavigationView.pop_to_tag], this signal is emitted for each of the
989+// popped pages.
990+func (x *NavigationView) ConnectPopped(cb *func(NavigationView, uintptr)) uint32 {
991+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
992+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
993+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "popped", cbRefPtr)
994+ }
995+
996+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, PageVarp uintptr) {
997+ fa := NavigationView{}
998+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
999+ cbFn := *cb
1000+
1001+ cbFn(fa, PageVarp)
1002+
1003+ }
1004+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
1005+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
1006+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "popped", cbRefPtr)
1007+}
1008+
1009+// Emitted after a page has been pushed to the navigation stack.
1010+//
1011+// See [method@NavigationView.push].
1012+func (x *NavigationView) ConnectPushed(cb *func(NavigationView)) uint32 {
1013+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
1014+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
1015+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "pushed", cbRefPtr)
1016+ }
1017+
1018+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
1019+ fa := NavigationView{}
1020+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
1021+ cbFn := *cb
1022+
1023+ cbFn(fa)
1024+
1025+ }
1026+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
1027+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
1028+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "pushed", cbRefPtr)
1029+}
1030+
1031+// Emitted after the navigation stack has been replaced.
1032+//
1033+// See [method@NavigationView.replace].
1034+func (x *NavigationView) ConnectReplaced(cb *func(NavigationView)) uint32 {
1035+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
1036+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
1037+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "replaced", cbRefPtr)
1038+ }
1039+
1040+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
1041+ fa := NavigationView{}
1042+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
1043+ cbFn := *cb
1044+
1045+ cbFn(fa)
1046+
1047+ }
1048+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
1049+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
1050+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "replaced", cbRefPtr)
1051+}
1052+
1053+// Gets the progress @self will snap back to after the gesture is canceled.
1054+func (x *NavigationView) GetCancelProgress() float64 {
1055+
1056+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetCancelProgress(x.GoPointer())
1057+ return cret
1058+}
1059+
1060+// Gets the swipe distance of @self.
1061+//
1062+// This corresponds to how many pixels 1 unit represents.
1063+func (x *NavigationView) GetDistance() float64 {
1064+
1065+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetDistance(x.GoPointer())
1066+ return cret
1067+}
1068+
1069+// Gets the current progress of @self.
1070+func (x *NavigationView) GetProgress() float64 {
1071+
1072+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetProgress(x.GoPointer())
1073+ return cret
1074+}
1075+
1076+// Gets the snap points of @self.
1077+//
1078+// Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to
1079+// end the swipe on.
1080+func (x *NavigationView) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) []float64 {
1081+
1082+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
1083+ return cret
1084+}
1085+
1086+// Gets the area @self can start a swipe from for the given direction and
1087+// gesture type.
1088+//
1089+// This can be used to restrict swipes to only be possible from a certain area,
1090+// for example, to only allow edge swipes, or to have a draggable element and
1091+// ignore swipes elsewhere.
1092+//
1093+// If not implemented, the default implementation returns the allocation of
1094+// @self, allowing swipes from anywhere.
1095+func (x *NavigationView) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDragVar bool, RectVar *gdk.Rectangle) {
1096+
1097+ XAdwSwipeableGetSwipeArea(x.GoPointer(), NavigationDirectionVar, IsDragVar, RectVar)
1098+
1099+}
1100+
1101+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
1102+func (x *NavigationView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
1103+
1104+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
1105+ return cret
1106+}
1107+
1108+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
1109+func (x *NavigationView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
1110+
1111+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
1112+
1113+}
1114+
1115+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
1116+func (x *NavigationView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
1117+
1118+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
1119+
1120+}
1121+
1122+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
1123+func (x *NavigationView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
1124+
1125+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
1126+
1127+}
1128+
1129+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
1130+//
1131+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
1132+// value types of accessible properties.
1133+//
1134+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
1135+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
1136+// technologies.
1137+//
1138+// Example:
1139+// ```c
1140+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
1141+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
1142+//
1143+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
1144+// -1);
1145+//
1146+// ```
1147+func (x *NavigationView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
1148+
1149+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
1150+
1151+}
1152+
1153+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
1154+//
1155+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1156+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1157+//
1158+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
1159+func (x *NavigationView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
1160+
1161+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
1162+
1163+}
1164+
1165+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
1166+//
1167+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1168+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1169+//
1170+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
1171+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
1172+//
1173+// ```c
1174+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
1175+//
1176+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
1177+// ref1, NULL,
1178+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
1179+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
1180+// -1);
1181+//
1182+// ```
1183+func (x *NavigationView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
1184+
1185+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
1186+
1187+}
1188+
1189+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
1190+//
1191+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1192+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1193+//
1194+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
1195+func (x *NavigationView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
1196+
1197+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
1198+
1199+}
1200+
1201+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
1202+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
1203+//
1204+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1205+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1206+//
1207+// Example:
1208+// ```c
1209+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
1210+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
1211+//
1212+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
1213+// -1);
1214+//
1215+// ```
1216+func (x *NavigationView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
1217+
1218+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
1219+
1220+}
1221+
1222+// Updates an array of accessible states.
1223+//
1224+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
1225+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
1226+//
1227+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
1228+func (x *NavigationView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
1229+
1230+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
1231+
1232+}
1233+
1234+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
1235+//
1236+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
1237+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
1238+func (x *NavigationView) GetBuildableId() string {
1239+
1240+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
1241+ return cret
1242+}
1243+
1244+func init() {
1245+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
1246+ if err != nil {
1247+ panic(err)
1248+ }
1249+
1250+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationPageGLibType, lib, "adw_navigation_page_get_type")
1251+
1252+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewNavigationPage, lib, "adw_navigation_page_new")
1253+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewNavigationPageWithTag, lib, "adw_navigation_page_new_with_tag")
1254+
1255+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationPageGetCanPop, lib, "adw_navigation_page_get_can_pop")
1256+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationPageGetChild, lib, "adw_navigation_page_get_child")
1257+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationPageGetTag, lib, "adw_navigation_page_get_tag")
1258+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationPageGetTitle, lib, "adw_navigation_page_get_title")
1259+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationPageSetCanPop, lib, "adw_navigation_page_set_can_pop")
1260+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationPageSetChild, lib, "adw_navigation_page_set_child")
1261+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationPageSetTag, lib, "adw_navigation_page_set_tag")
1262+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationPageSetTitle, lib, "adw_navigation_page_set_title")
1263+
1264+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGLibType, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_type")
1265+
1266+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewNavigationView, lib, "adw_navigation_view_new")
1267+
1268+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewAdd, lib, "adw_navigation_view_add")
1269+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewFindPage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_find_page")
1270+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetAnimateTransitions, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_animate_transitions")
1271+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetNavigationStack, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_navigation_stack")
1272+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetPopOnEscape, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_pop_on_escape")
1273+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetPreviousPage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_previous_page")
1274+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewGetVisiblePage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_get_visible_page")
1275+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPop, lib, "adw_navigation_view_pop")
1276+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPopToPage, lib, "adw_navigation_view_pop_to_page")
1277+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPopToTag, lib, "adw_navigation_view_pop_to_tag")
1278+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPush, lib, "adw_navigation_view_push")
1279+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewPushByTag, lib, "adw_navigation_view_push_by_tag")
1280+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewRemove, lib, "adw_navigation_view_remove")
1281+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewReplace, lib, "adw_navigation_view_replace")
1282+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewReplaceWithTags, lib, "adw_navigation_view_replace_with_tags")
1283+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewSetAnimateTransitions, lib, "adw_navigation_view_set_animate_transitions")
1284+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNavigationViewSetPopOnEscape, lib, "adw_navigation_view_set_pop_on_escape")
1285+
1286+}
A v4/adw/adw-overlay-split-view.go +700 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gdk"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
14+)
15+
16+type OverlaySplitViewClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+
19+ ParentClass uintptr
20+}
21+
22+func (x *OverlaySplitViewClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
23+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
24+}
25+
26+// A widget presenting sidebar and content side by side or as an overlay.
27+//
28+// <picture>
29+//
30+// <source srcset="overlay-split-view-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
31+// <img src="overlay-split-view.png" alt="overlay-split-view">
32+//
33+// </picture>
34+// <picture>
35+//
36+// <source srcset="overlay-split-view-collapsed-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
37+// <img src="overlay-split-view-collapsed.png" alt="overlay-split-view-collapsed">
38+//
39+// </picture>
40+//
41+// `AdwOverlaySplitView` has two children: sidebar and content, and displays
42+// them side by side.
43+//
44+// When [property@OverlaySplitView:collapsed] is set to `TRUE`, the sidebar is
45+// instead shown as an overlay above the content widget.
46+//
47+// The sidebar can be hidden or shown using the
48+// [property@OverlaySplitView:show-sidebar] property.
49+//
50+// Sidebar can be displayed before or after the content, this can be controlled
51+// with the [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-position] property.
52+//
53+// Collapsing the split view automatically hides the sidebar widget, and
54+// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If this behavior is not desired, the
55+// [property@OverlaySplitView:pin-sidebar] property can be used to override it.
56+//
57+// `AdwOverlaySplitView` supports an edge swipe gesture for showing the sidebar,
58+// and a swipe from the sidebar for hiding it. Gestures are only supported on
59+// touchscreen, but not touchpad. Gestures can be controlled with the
60+// [property@OverlaySplitView:enable-show-gesture] and
61+// [property@OverlaySplitView:enable-hide-gesture] properties.
62+//
63+// See also [class@NavigationSplitView].
64+//
65+// `AdwOverlaySplitView` is typically used together with an [class@Breakpoint]
66+// setting the `collapsed` property to `TRUE` on small widths, as follows:
67+//
68+// ```xml
69+// <object class="AdwWindow">
70+//
71+// <property name="default-width">800</property>
72+// <property name="default-height">800</property>
73+// <child>
74+// <object class="AdwBreakpoint">
75+// <condition>max-width: 400sp</condition>
76+// <setter object="split_view" property="collapsed">True</setter>
77+// </object>
78+// </child>
79+// <property name="content">
80+// <object class="AdwOverlaySplitView" id="split_view">
81+// <property name="sidebar">
82+// <!-- ... -->
83+// </property>
84+// <property name="content">
85+// <!-- ... -->
86+// </property>
87+// </object>
88+// </property>
89+//
90+// </object>
91+// ```
92+//
93+// `AdwOverlaySplitView` is often used for implementing the
94+// [utility pane](https://developer.gnome.org/hig/patterns/containers/utility-panes.html)
95+// pattern.
96+//
97+// ## Sizing
98+//
99+// When not collapsed, `AdwOverlaySplitView` changes the sidebar width
100+// depending on its own width.
101+//
102+// If possible, it tries to allocate a fraction of the total width, controlled
103+// with the [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-fraction] property.
104+//
105+// The sidebar also has minimum and maximum sizes, controlled with the
106+// [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
107+// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width] properties.
108+//
109+// The minimum and maximum sizes are using the length unit specified with the
110+// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
111+//
112+// By default, sidebar is using 25% of the total width, with 180sp as the
113+// minimum size and 280sp as the maximum size.
114+//
115+// When collapsed, the preferred width fraction is ignored and the sidebar uses
116+// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width] when possible.
117+//
118+// ## Header Bar Integration
119+//
120+// When used inside `AdwOverlaySplitView`, [class@HeaderBar] will automatically
121+// hide the window buttons in the middle.
122+//
123+// ## `AdwOverlaySplitView` as `GtkBuildable`
124+//
125+// The `AdwOverlaySplitView` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable]
126+// interface supports setting the sidebar widget by specifying “sidebar” as the
127+// “type” attribute of a `<child>` element, Specifying “content” child type or
128+// omitting it results in setting the content widget.
129+//
130+// ## CSS nodes
131+//
132+// `AdwOverlaySplitView` has a single CSS node with the name
133+// `overlay-split-view`.
134+//
135+// It contains two nodes with the name `widget`, containing the sidebar and
136+// content children.
137+//
138+// When not collapsed, they have the `.sidebar-view` and `.content-view` style
139+// classes respectively.
140+//
141+// ```
142+// overlay-split-view
143+// ├── widget.sidebar-pane
144+// │ ╰── [sidebar child]
145+// ╰── widget.content-pane
146+//
147+// ╰── [content child]
148+//
149+// ```
150+//
151+// When collapsed, the one containing the sidebar child has the `.background`
152+// style class and the other one has no style classes.
153+//
154+// ```
155+// overlay-split-view
156+// ├── widget.background
157+// │ ╰── [sidebar child]
158+// ╰── widget
159+//
160+// ╰── [content child]
161+//
162+// ```
163+//
164+// ## Accessibility
165+//
166+// `AdwOverlaySplitView` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
167+type OverlaySplitView struct {
168+ gtk.Widget
169+}
170+
171+var xOverlaySplitViewGLibType func() types.GType
172+
173+func OverlaySplitViewGLibType() types.GType {
174+ return xOverlaySplitViewGLibType()
175+}
176+
177+func OverlaySplitViewNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *OverlaySplitView {
178+ cls := &OverlaySplitView{}
179+ cls.Ptr = ptr
180+ return cls
181+}
182+
183+var xNewOverlaySplitView func() uintptr
184+
185+// Creates a new `AdwOverlaySplitView`.
186+func NewOverlaySplitView() *OverlaySplitView {
187+ var cls *OverlaySplitView
188+
189+ cret := xNewOverlaySplitView()
190+
191+ if cret == 0 {
192+ return nil
193+ }
194+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
195+ cls = &OverlaySplitView{}
196+ cls.Ptr = cret
197+ return cls
198+}
199+
200+var xOverlaySplitViewGetCollapsed func(uintptr) bool
201+
202+// Gets whether @self is collapsed.
203+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetCollapsed() bool {
204+
205+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetCollapsed(x.GoPointer())
206+ return cret
207+}
208+
209+var xOverlaySplitViewGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
210+
211+// Gets the content widget for @self.
212+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetContent() *gtk.Widget {
213+ var cls *gtk.Widget
214+
215+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetContent(x.GoPointer())
216+
217+ if cret == 0 {
218+ return nil
219+ }
220+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
221+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
222+ cls.Ptr = cret
223+ return cls
224+}
225+
226+var xOverlaySplitViewGetEnableHideGesture func(uintptr) bool
227+
228+// Gets whether @self can be closed with a swipe gesture.
229+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetEnableHideGesture() bool {
230+
231+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetEnableHideGesture(x.GoPointer())
232+ return cret
233+}
234+
235+var xOverlaySplitViewGetEnableShowGesture func(uintptr) bool
236+
237+// Gets whether @self can be opened with an edge swipe gesture.
238+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetEnableShowGesture() bool {
239+
240+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetEnableShowGesture(x.GoPointer())
241+ return cret
242+}
243+
244+var xOverlaySplitViewGetMaxSidebarWidth func(uintptr) float64
245+
246+// Gets the maximum sidebar width for @self.
247+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetMaxSidebarWidth() float64 {
248+
249+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetMaxSidebarWidth(x.GoPointer())
250+ return cret
251+}
252+
253+var xOverlaySplitViewGetMinSidebarWidth func(uintptr) float64
254+
255+// Gets the minimum sidebar width for @self.
256+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetMinSidebarWidth() float64 {
257+
258+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetMinSidebarWidth(x.GoPointer())
259+ return cret
260+}
261+
262+var xOverlaySplitViewGetPinSidebar func(uintptr) bool
263+
264+// Gets whether the sidebar widget is pinned for @self.
265+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPinSidebar() bool {
266+
267+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetPinSidebar(x.GoPointer())
268+ return cret
269+}
270+
271+var xOverlaySplitViewGetShowSidebar func(uintptr) bool
272+
273+// Gets whether the sidebar widget is shown for @self.
274+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetShowSidebar() bool {
275+
276+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetShowSidebar(x.GoPointer())
277+ return cret
278+}
279+
280+var xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebar func(uintptr) uintptr
281+
282+// Gets the sidebar widget for @self.
283+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetSidebar() *gtk.Widget {
284+ var cls *gtk.Widget
285+
286+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebar(x.GoPointer())
287+
288+ if cret == 0 {
289+ return nil
290+ }
291+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
292+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
293+ cls.Ptr = cret
294+ return cls
295+}
296+
297+var xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebarPosition func(uintptr) gtk.PackType
298+
299+// Gets the sidebar position for @self.
300+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetSidebarPosition() gtk.PackType {
301+
302+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebarPosition(x.GoPointer())
303+ return cret
304+}
305+
306+var xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebarWidthFraction func(uintptr) float64
307+
308+// Gets the preferred sidebar width fraction for @self.
309+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetSidebarWidthFraction() float64 {
310+
311+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebarWidthFraction(x.GoPointer())
312+ return cret
313+}
314+
315+var xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebarWidthUnit func(uintptr) LengthUnit
316+
317+// Gets the length unit for minimum and maximum sidebar widths.
318+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetSidebarWidthUnit() LengthUnit {
319+
320+ cret := xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebarWidthUnit(x.GoPointer())
321+ return cret
322+}
323+
324+var xOverlaySplitViewSetCollapsed func(uintptr, bool)
325+
326+// Sets whether @self view is collapsed.
327+//
328+// When collapsed, the sidebar widget is presented as an overlay above the
329+// content widget, otherwise they are displayed side by side.
330+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetCollapsed(CollapsedVar bool) {
331+
332+ xOverlaySplitViewSetCollapsed(x.GoPointer(), CollapsedVar)
333+
334+}
335+
336+var xOverlaySplitViewSetContent func(uintptr, uintptr)
337+
338+// Sets the content widget for @self.
339+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetContent(ContentVar *gtk.Widget) {
340+
341+ xOverlaySplitViewSetContent(x.GoPointer(), ContentVar.GoPointer())
342+
343+}
344+
345+var xOverlaySplitViewSetEnableHideGesture func(uintptr, bool)
346+
347+// Sets whether @self can be closed with a swipe gesture.
348+//
349+// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
350+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetEnableHideGesture(EnableHideGestureVar bool) {
351+
352+ xOverlaySplitViewSetEnableHideGesture(x.GoPointer(), EnableHideGestureVar)
353+
354+}
355+
356+var xOverlaySplitViewSetEnableShowGesture func(uintptr, bool)
357+
358+// Sets whether @self can be opened with an edge swipe gesture.
359+//
360+// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
361+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetEnableShowGesture(EnableShowGestureVar bool) {
362+
363+ xOverlaySplitViewSetEnableShowGesture(x.GoPointer(), EnableShowGestureVar)
364+
365+}
366+
367+var xOverlaySplitViewSetMaxSidebarWidth func(uintptr, float64)
368+
369+// Sets the maximum sidebar width for @self.
370+//
371+// Maximum width is affected by [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
372+//
373+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
374+// minimum width exceeds it.
375+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetMaxSidebarWidth(WidthVar float64) {
376+
377+ xOverlaySplitViewSetMaxSidebarWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar)
378+
379+}
380+
381+var xOverlaySplitViewSetMinSidebarWidth func(uintptr, float64)
382+
383+// Sets the minimum sidebar width for @self.
384+//
385+// Minimum width is affected by [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
386+//
387+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
388+// minimum width exceeds it.
389+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetMinSidebarWidth(WidthVar float64) {
390+
391+ xOverlaySplitViewSetMinSidebarWidth(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar)
392+
393+}
394+
395+var xOverlaySplitViewSetPinSidebar func(uintptr, bool)
396+
397+// Sets whether the sidebar widget is pinned for @self.
398+//
399+// By default, collapsing @self automatically hides the sidebar widget, and
400+// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If set to `TRUE`, sidebar visibility never
401+// changes on its own.
402+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetPinSidebar(PinSidebarVar bool) {
403+
404+ xOverlaySplitViewSetPinSidebar(x.GoPointer(), PinSidebarVar)
405+
406+}
407+
408+var xOverlaySplitViewSetShowSidebar func(uintptr, bool)
409+
410+// Sets whether the sidebar widget is shown for @self.
411+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetShowSidebar(ShowSidebarVar bool) {
412+
413+ xOverlaySplitViewSetShowSidebar(x.GoPointer(), ShowSidebarVar)
414+
415+}
416+
417+var xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebar func(uintptr, uintptr)
418+
419+// Sets the sidebar widget for @self.
420+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetSidebar(SidebarVar *gtk.Widget) {
421+
422+ xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebar(x.GoPointer(), SidebarVar.GoPointer())
423+
424+}
425+
426+var xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebarPosition func(uintptr, gtk.PackType)
427+
428+// Sets the sidebar position for @self.
429+//
430+// If it's set to `GTK_PACK_START`, the sidebar is displayed before the content,
431+// if `GTK_PACK_END`, it's displayed after the content.
432+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetSidebarPosition(PositionVar gtk.PackType) {
433+
434+ xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebarPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar)
435+
436+}
437+
438+var xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebarWidthFraction func(uintptr, float64)
439+
440+// Sets the preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width of @self.
441+//
442+// The preferred width is additionally limited by
443+// [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
444+// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width].
445+//
446+// The sidebar widget can be allocated with larger width if its own minimum
447+// width exceeds the preferred width.
448+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetSidebarWidthFraction(FractionVar float64) {
449+
450+ xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebarWidthFraction(x.GoPointer(), FractionVar)
451+
452+}
453+
454+var xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebarWidthUnit func(uintptr, LengthUnit)
455+
456+// Sets the length unit for minimum and maximum sidebar widths.
457+//
458+// See [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
459+// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width].
460+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetSidebarWidthUnit(UnitVar LengthUnit) {
461+
462+ xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebarWidthUnit(x.GoPointer(), UnitVar)
463+
464+}
465+
466+func (c *OverlaySplitView) GoPointer() uintptr {
467+ return c.Ptr
468+}
469+
470+func (c *OverlaySplitView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
471+ c.Ptr = ptr
472+}
473+
474+// Gets the progress @self will snap back to after the gesture is canceled.
475+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetCancelProgress() float64 {
476+
477+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetCancelProgress(x.GoPointer())
478+ return cret
479+}
480+
481+// Gets the swipe distance of @self.
482+//
483+// This corresponds to how many pixels 1 unit represents.
484+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetDistance() float64 {
485+
486+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetDistance(x.GoPointer())
487+ return cret
488+}
489+
490+// Gets the current progress of @self.
491+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetProgress() float64 {
492+
493+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetProgress(x.GoPointer())
494+ return cret
495+}
496+
497+// Gets the snap points of @self.
498+//
499+// Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to
500+// end the swipe on.
501+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) []float64 {
502+
503+ cret := XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
504+ return cret
505+}
506+
507+// Gets the area @self can start a swipe from for the given direction and
508+// gesture type.
509+//
510+// This can be used to restrict swipes to only be possible from a certain area,
511+// for example, to only allow edge swipes, or to have a draggable element and
512+// ignore swipes elsewhere.
513+//
514+// If not implemented, the default implementation returns the allocation of
515+// @self, allowing swipes from anywhere.
516+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDragVar bool, RectVar *gdk.Rectangle) {
517+
518+ XAdwSwipeableGetSwipeArea(x.GoPointer(), NavigationDirectionVar, IsDragVar, RectVar)
519+
520+}
521+
522+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
523+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
524+
525+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
526+ return cret
527+}
528+
529+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
530+func (x *OverlaySplitView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
531+
532+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
533+
534+}
535+
536+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
537+func (x *OverlaySplitView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
538+
539+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
540+
541+}
542+
543+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
544+func (x *OverlaySplitView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
545+
546+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
547+
548+}
549+
550+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
551+//
552+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
553+// value types of accessible properties.
554+//
555+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
556+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
557+// technologies.
558+//
559+// Example:
560+// ```c
561+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
562+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
563+//
564+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
565+// -1);
566+//
567+// ```
568+func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
569+
570+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
571+
572+}
573+
574+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
575+//
576+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
577+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
578+//
579+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
580+func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
581+
582+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
583+
584+}
585+
586+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
587+//
588+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
589+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
590+//
591+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
592+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
593+//
594+// ```c
595+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
596+//
597+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
598+// ref1, NULL,
599+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
600+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
601+// -1);
602+//
603+// ```
604+func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
605+
606+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
607+
608+}
609+
610+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
611+//
612+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
613+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
614+//
615+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
616+func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
617+
618+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
619+
620+}
621+
622+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
623+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
624+//
625+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
626+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
627+//
628+// Example:
629+// ```c
630+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
631+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
632+//
633+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
634+// -1);
635+//
636+// ```
637+func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
638+
639+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
640+
641+}
642+
643+// Updates an array of accessible states.
644+//
645+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
646+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
647+//
648+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
649+func (x *OverlaySplitView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
650+
651+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
652+
653+}
654+
655+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
656+//
657+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
658+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
659+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetBuildableId() string {
660+
661+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
662+ return cret
663+}
664+
665+func init() {
666+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
667+ if err != nil {
668+ panic(err)
669+ }
670+
671+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGLibType, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_type")
672+
673+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewOverlaySplitView, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_new")
674+
675+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetCollapsed, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_collapsed")
676+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetContent, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_content")
677+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetEnableHideGesture, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_enable_hide_gesture")
678+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetEnableShowGesture, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_enable_show_gesture")
679+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetMaxSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_max_sidebar_width")
680+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetMinSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_min_sidebar_width")
681+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetPinSidebar, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_pin_sidebar")
682+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetShowSidebar, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_show_sidebar")
683+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebar, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_sidebar")
684+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebarPosition, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_sidebar_position")
685+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebarWidthFraction, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_sidebar_width_fraction")
686+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewGetSidebarWidthUnit, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_get_sidebar_width_unit")
687+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetCollapsed, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_collapsed")
688+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetContent, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_content")
689+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetEnableHideGesture, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_enable_hide_gesture")
690+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetEnableShowGesture, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_enable_show_gesture")
691+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetMaxSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_max_sidebar_width")
692+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetMinSidebarWidth, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_min_sidebar_width")
693+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetPinSidebar, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_pin_sidebar")
694+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetShowSidebar, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_show_sidebar")
695+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebar, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_sidebar")
696+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebarPosition, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_sidebar_position")
697+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebarWidthFraction, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_sidebar_width_fraction")
698+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xOverlaySplitViewSetSidebarWidthUnit, lib, "adw_overlay_split_view_set_sidebar_width_unit")
699+
700+}
A v4/adw/adw-preferences-dialog.go +368 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type PreferencesDialogClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass uintptr
19+
20+ Padding [4]uintptr
21+}
22+
23+func (x *PreferencesDialogClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
24+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
25+}
26+
27+// A dialog showing application's preferences.
28+//
29+// <picture>
30+//
31+// <source srcset="preferences-dialog-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
32+// <img src="preferences-dialog.png" alt="preferences-dialog">
33+//
34+// </picture>
35+//
36+// The `AdwPreferencesDialog` widget presents an application's preferences
37+// gathered into pages and groups. The preferences are searchable by the user.
38+//
39+// ## Actions
40+//
41+// `AdwPrefencesDialog` defines the `navigation.pop` action, it doesn't take any
42+// parameters and pops the current subpage from the navigation stack, equivalent
43+// to calling [method@PreferencesDialog.pop_subpage].
44+//
45+// ## CSS nodes
46+//
47+// `AdwPreferencesDialog` has a main CSS node with the name `dialog` and the
48+// style class `.preferences`.
49+type PreferencesDialog struct {
50+ Dialog
51+}
52+
53+var xPreferencesDialogGLibType func() types.GType
54+
55+func PreferencesDialogGLibType() types.GType {
56+ return xPreferencesDialogGLibType()
57+}
58+
59+func PreferencesDialogNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *PreferencesDialog {
60+ cls := &PreferencesDialog{}
61+ cls.Ptr = ptr
62+ return cls
63+}
64+
65+var xNewPreferencesDialog func() uintptr
66+
67+// Creates a new `AdwPreferencesDialog`.
68+func NewPreferencesDialog() *PreferencesDialog {
69+ var cls *PreferencesDialog
70+
71+ cret := xNewPreferencesDialog()
72+
73+ if cret == 0 {
74+ return nil
75+ }
76+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
77+ cls = &PreferencesDialog{}
78+ cls.Ptr = cret
79+ return cls
80+}
81+
82+var xPreferencesDialogAdd func(uintptr, uintptr)
83+
84+// Adds a preferences page to @self.
85+func (x *PreferencesDialog) Add(PageVar *PreferencesPage) {
86+
87+ xPreferencesDialogAdd(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
88+
89+}
90+
91+var xPreferencesDialogAddToast func(uintptr, uintptr)
92+
93+// Displays @toast.
94+//
95+// See [method@ToastOverlay.add_toast].
96+func (x *PreferencesDialog) AddToast(ToastVar *Toast) {
97+
98+ xPreferencesDialogAddToast(x.GoPointer(), ToastVar.GoPointer())
99+
100+}
101+
102+var xPreferencesDialogGetSearchEnabled func(uintptr) bool
103+
104+// Gets whether search is enabled for @self.
105+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetSearchEnabled() bool {
106+
107+ cret := xPreferencesDialogGetSearchEnabled(x.GoPointer())
108+ return cret
109+}
110+
111+var xPreferencesDialogGetVisiblePage func(uintptr) uintptr
112+
113+// Gets the currently visible page of @self.
114+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetVisiblePage() *PreferencesPage {
115+ var cls *PreferencesPage
116+
117+ cret := xPreferencesDialogGetVisiblePage(x.GoPointer())
118+
119+ if cret == 0 {
120+ return nil
121+ }
122+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
123+ cls = &PreferencesPage{}
124+ cls.Ptr = cret
125+ return cls
126+}
127+
128+var xPreferencesDialogGetVisiblePageName func(uintptr) string
129+
130+// Gets the name of currently visible page of @self.
131+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetVisiblePageName() string {
132+
133+ cret := xPreferencesDialogGetVisiblePageName(x.GoPointer())
134+ return cret
135+}
136+
137+var xPreferencesDialogPopSubpage func(uintptr) bool
138+
139+// Pop the visible page from the subpage stack of @self.
140+func (x *PreferencesDialog) PopSubpage() bool {
141+
142+ cret := xPreferencesDialogPopSubpage(x.GoPointer())
143+ return cret
144+}
145+
146+var xPreferencesDialogPushSubpage func(uintptr, uintptr)
147+
148+// Pushes @page onto the subpage stack of @self.
149+//
150+// The page will be automatically removed when popped.
151+func (x *PreferencesDialog) PushSubpage(PageVar *NavigationPage) {
152+
153+ xPreferencesDialogPushSubpage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
154+
155+}
156+
157+var xPreferencesDialogRemove func(uintptr, uintptr)
158+
159+// Removes a page from @self.
160+func (x *PreferencesDialog) Remove(PageVar *PreferencesPage) {
161+
162+ xPreferencesDialogRemove(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
163+
164+}
165+
166+var xPreferencesDialogSetSearchEnabled func(uintptr, bool)
167+
168+// Sets whether search is enabled for @self.
169+func (x *PreferencesDialog) SetSearchEnabled(SearchEnabledVar bool) {
170+
171+ xPreferencesDialogSetSearchEnabled(x.GoPointer(), SearchEnabledVar)
172+
173+}
174+
175+var xPreferencesDialogSetVisiblePage func(uintptr, uintptr)
176+
177+// Makes @page the visible page of @self.
178+func (x *PreferencesDialog) SetVisiblePage(PageVar *PreferencesPage) {
179+
180+ xPreferencesDialogSetVisiblePage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
181+
182+}
183+
184+var xPreferencesDialogSetVisiblePageName func(uintptr, string)
185+
186+// Makes the page with the given name visible.
187+//
188+// See [property@PreferencesDialog:visible-page].
189+func (x *PreferencesDialog) SetVisiblePageName(NameVar string) {
190+
191+ xPreferencesDialogSetVisiblePageName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
192+
193+}
194+
195+func (c *PreferencesDialog) GoPointer() uintptr {
196+ return c.Ptr
197+}
198+
199+func (c *PreferencesDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
200+ c.Ptr = ptr
201+}
202+
203+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
204+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
205+
206+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
207+ return cret
208+}
209+
210+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
211+func (x *PreferencesDialog) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
212+
213+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
214+
215+}
216+
217+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
218+func (x *PreferencesDialog) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
219+
220+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
221+
222+}
223+
224+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
225+func (x *PreferencesDialog) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
226+
227+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
228+
229+}
230+
231+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
232+//
233+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
234+// value types of accessible properties.
235+//
236+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
237+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
238+// technologies.
239+//
240+// Example:
241+// ```c
242+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
243+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
244+//
245+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
246+// -1);
247+//
248+// ```
249+func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
250+
251+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
252+
253+}
254+
255+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
256+//
257+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
258+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
259+//
260+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
261+func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
262+
263+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
264+
265+}
266+
267+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
268+//
269+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
270+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
271+//
272+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
273+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
274+//
275+// ```c
276+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
277+//
278+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
279+// ref1, NULL,
280+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
281+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
282+// -1);
283+//
284+// ```
285+func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
286+
287+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
288+
289+}
290+
291+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
292+//
293+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
294+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
295+//
296+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
297+func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
298+
299+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
300+
301+}
302+
303+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
304+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
305+//
306+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
307+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
308+//
309+// Example:
310+// ```c
311+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
312+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
313+//
314+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
315+// -1);
316+//
317+// ```
318+func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
319+
320+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
321+
322+}
323+
324+// Updates an array of accessible states.
325+//
326+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
327+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
328+//
329+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
330+func (x *PreferencesDialog) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
331+
332+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
333+
334+}
335+
336+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
337+//
338+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
339+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
340+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetBuildableId() string {
341+
342+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
343+ return cret
344+}
345+
346+func init() {
347+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
348+ if err != nil {
349+ panic(err)
350+ }
351+
352+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogGLibType, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_get_type")
353+
354+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewPreferencesDialog, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_new")
355+
356+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogAdd, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_add")
357+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogAddToast, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_add_toast")
358+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogGetSearchEnabled, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_get_search_enabled")
359+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogGetVisiblePage, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_get_visible_page")
360+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogGetVisiblePageName, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_get_visible_page_name")
361+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogPopSubpage, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_pop_subpage")
362+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogPushSubpage, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_push_subpage")
363+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogRemove, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_remove")
364+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogSetSearchEnabled, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_set_search_enabled")
365+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogSetVisiblePage, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_set_visible_page")
366+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesDialogSetVisiblePageName, lib, "adw_preferences_dialog_set_visible_page_name")
367+
368+}
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-group.go +30 -1
@@ -37,9 +37,14 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroupClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3737 // which in turn are represented by [class@PreferencesRow].
3838 //
3939 // To summarize the role of the preferences it gathers, a group can have both a
40-// title and a description. The title will be used by [class@PreferencesWindow]
40+// title and a description. The title will be used by [class@PreferencesDialog]
4141 // to let the user look for a preference.
4242 //
43+// The [property@PreferencesGroup:separate-rows] property can be used to
44+// separate the rows within the group, same as when using the
45+// [`.boxed-list-separate`](style-classes.html#boxed-lists-cards) style class
46+// instead of `.boxed-list`.
47+//
4348 // ## AdwPreferencesGroup as GtkBuildable
4449 //
4550 // The `AdwPreferencesGroup` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
@@ -125,6 +130,15 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetHeaderSuffix() *gtk.Widget {
125130 return cls
126131 }
127132
133+var xPreferencesGroupGetSeparateRows func(uintptr) bool
134+
135+// Gets whether @self's rows are separated.
136+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetSeparateRows() bool {
137+
138+ cret := xPreferencesGroupGetSeparateRows(x.GoPointer())
139+ return cret
140+}
141+
128142 var xPreferencesGroupGetTitle func(uintptr) string
129143
130144 // Gets the title of @self.
@@ -165,6 +179,19 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) SetHeaderSuffix(SuffixVar *gtk.Widget) {
165179
166180 }
167181
182+var xPreferencesGroupSetSeparateRows func(uintptr, bool)
183+
184+// Sets whether @self's rows are separated.
185+//
186+// Equivalent to using the
187+// [`.boxed-list-separate`](style-classes.html#boxed-lists-cards) style class
188+// on a [class@Gtk.ListBox] instead of `.boxed-list`.
189+func (x *PreferencesGroup) SetSeparateRows(SeparateRowsVar bool) {
190+
191+ xPreferencesGroupSetSeparateRows(x.GoPointer(), SeparateRowsVar)
192+
193+}
194+
168195 var xPreferencesGroupSetTitle func(uintptr, string)
169196
170197 // Sets the title for @self.
@@ -338,10 +365,12 @@ func init() {
338365 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesGroupAdd, lib, "adw_preferences_group_add")
339366 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesGroupGetDescription, lib, "adw_preferences_group_get_description")
340367 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesGroupGetHeaderSuffix, lib, "adw_preferences_group_get_header_suffix")
368+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesGroupGetSeparateRows, lib, "adw_preferences_group_get_separate_rows")
341369 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesGroupGetTitle, lib, "adw_preferences_group_get_title")
342370 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesGroupRemove, lib, "adw_preferences_group_remove")
343371 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesGroupSetDescription, lib, "adw_preferences_group_set_description")
344372 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesGroupSetHeaderSuffix, lib, "adw_preferences_group_set_header_suffix")
373+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesGroupSetSeparateRows, lib, "adw_preferences_group_set_separate_rows")
345374 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesGroupSetTitle, lib, "adw_preferences_group_set_title")
346375
347376 }
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-page.go +43 -1
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesPageClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2424 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2525 }
2626
27-// A page from [class@PreferencesWindow].
27+// A page from [class@PreferencesDialog].
2828 //
2929 // <picture>
3030 //
@@ -85,6 +85,24 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) Add(GroupVar *PreferencesGroup) {
8585
8686 }
8787
88+var xPreferencesPageGetDescription func(uintptr) string
89+
90+// Gets the description of @self.
91+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetDescription() string {
92+
93+ cret := xPreferencesPageGetDescription(x.GoPointer())
94+ return cret
95+}
96+
97+var xPreferencesPageGetDescriptionCentered func(uintptr) bool
98+
99+// Gets whether the description is centered.
100+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetDescriptionCentered() bool {
101+
102+ cret := xPreferencesPageGetDescriptionCentered(x.GoPointer())
103+ return cret
104+}
105+
88106 var xPreferencesPageGetIconName func(uintptr) string
89107
90108 // Gets the icon name for @self.
@@ -139,6 +157,26 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) ScrollToTop() {
139157
140158 }
141159
160+var xPreferencesPageSetDescription func(uintptr, string)
161+
162+// Sets the description of @self.
163+//
164+// The description is displayed at the top of the page.
165+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetDescription(DescriptionVar string) {
166+
167+ xPreferencesPageSetDescription(x.GoPointer(), DescriptionVar)
168+
169+}
170+
171+var xPreferencesPageSetDescriptionCentered func(uintptr, bool)
172+
173+// Sets whether the description should be centered.
174+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetDescriptionCentered(CenteredVar bool) {
175+
176+ xPreferencesPageSetDescriptionCentered(x.GoPointer(), CenteredVar)
177+
178+}
179+
142180 var xPreferencesPageSetIconName func(uintptr, string)
143181
144182 // Sets the icon name for @self.
@@ -337,12 +375,16 @@ func init() {
337375 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewPreferencesPage, lib, "adw_preferences_page_new")
338376
339377 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageAdd, lib, "adw_preferences_page_add")
378+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetDescription, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_description")
379+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetDescriptionCentered, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_description_centered")
340380 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetIconName, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_icon_name")
341381 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetName, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_name")
342382 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetTitle, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_title")
343383 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageGetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_preferences_page_get_use_underline")
344384 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageRemove, lib, "adw_preferences_page_remove")
345385 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageScrollToTop, lib, "adw_preferences_page_scroll_to_top")
386+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetDescription, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_description")
387+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetDescriptionCentered, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_description_centered")
346388 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetIconName, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_icon_name")
347389 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetName, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_name")
348390 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesPageSetTitle, lib, "adw_preferences_page_set_title")
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-row.go +1 -1
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesRowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2727
2828 // A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to present preferences.
2929 //
30-// The `AdwPreferencesRow` widget has a title that [class@PreferencesWindow]
30+// The `AdwPreferencesRow` widget has a title that [class@PreferencesDialog]
3131 // will use to let the user look for a preference. It doesn't present the title
3232 // in any way and lets you present the preference as you please.
3333 //
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-window.go +25 -1
@@ -150,6 +150,15 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetVisiblePageName() string {
150150 return cret
151151 }
152152
153+var xPreferencesWindowPopSubpage func(uintptr) bool
154+
155+// Pop the visible page from the subpage stack of @self.
156+func (x *PreferencesWindow) PopSubpage() bool {
157+
158+ cret := xPreferencesWindowPopSubpage(x.GoPointer())
159+ return cret
160+}
161+
153162 var xPreferencesWindowPresentSubpage func(uintptr, uintptr)
154163
155164 // Sets @subpage as the window's subpage and opens it.
@@ -162,6 +171,17 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) PresentSubpage(SubpageVar *gtk.Widget) {
162171
163172 }
164173
174+var xPreferencesWindowPushSubpage func(uintptr, uintptr)
175+
176+// Pushes @page onto the subpage stack of @self.
177+//
178+// The page will be automatically removed when popped.
179+func (x *PreferencesWindow) PushSubpage(PageVar *NavigationPage) {
180+
181+ xPreferencesWindowPushSubpage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
182+
183+}
184+
165185 var xPreferencesWindowRemove func(uintptr, uintptr)
166186
167187 // Removes a page from @self.
@@ -185,6 +205,8 @@ var xPreferencesWindowSetCanNavigateBack func(uintptr, bool)
185205 // <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>←</kbd> shortcut.
186206 //
187207 // For right-to-left locales, gestures and shortcuts are reversed.
208+//
209+// Has no effect for subpages added with [method@PreferencesWindow.push_subpage].
188210 func (x *PreferencesWindow) SetCanNavigateBack(CanNavigateBackVar bool) {
189211
190212 xPreferencesWindowSetCanNavigateBack(x.GoPointer(), CanNavigateBackVar)
@@ -213,7 +235,7 @@ var xPreferencesWindowSetVisiblePageName func(uintptr, string)
213235
214236 // Makes the page with the given name visible.
215237 //
216-// See [property@ViewStack:visible-child].
238+// See [property@PreferencesWindow:visible-page].
217239 func (x *PreferencesWindow) SetVisiblePageName(NameVar string) {
218240
219241 xPreferencesWindowSetVisiblePageName(x.GoPointer(), NameVar)
@@ -495,7 +517,9 @@ func init() {
495517 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesWindowGetSearchEnabled, lib, "adw_preferences_window_get_search_enabled")
496518 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesWindowGetVisiblePage, lib, "adw_preferences_window_get_visible_page")
497519 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesWindowGetVisiblePageName, lib, "adw_preferences_window_get_visible_page_name")
520+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesWindowPopSubpage, lib, "adw_preferences_window_pop_subpage")
498521 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesWindowPresentSubpage, lib, "adw_preferences_window_present_subpage")
522+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesWindowPushSubpage, lib, "adw_preferences_window_push_subpage")
499523 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesWindowRemove, lib, "adw_preferences_window_remove")
500524 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesWindowSetCanNavigateBack, lib, "adw_preferences_window_set_can_navigate_back")
501525 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xPreferencesWindowSetSearchEnabled, lib, "adw_preferences_window_set_search_enabled")
A v4/adw/adw-spin-row.go +891 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,891 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
14+)
15+
16+type SpinRowClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+
19+ ParentClass uintptr
20+}
21+
22+func (x *SpinRowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
23+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
24+}
25+
26+// An [class@ActionRow] with an embedded spin button.
27+//
28+// <picture>
29+//
30+// <source srcset="spin-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
31+// <img src="spin-row.png" alt="spin-row">
32+//
33+// </picture>
34+//
35+// Example of an `AdwSpinRow` UI definition:
36+//
37+// ```xml
38+// <object class="AdwSpinRow">
39+//
40+// <property name="title" translatable="yes">Spin Row</property>
41+// <property name="adjustment">
42+// <object class="GtkAdjustment">
43+// <property name="lower">0</property>
44+// <property name="upper">100</property>
45+// <property name="value">50</property>
46+// <property name="page-increment">10</property>
47+// <property name="step-increment">1</property>
48+// </object>
49+// </property>
50+//
51+// </object>
52+// ```
53+//
54+// See [class@Gtk.SpinButton] for details.
55+//
56+// ## CSS nodes
57+//
58+// `AdwSpinRow` has the same structure as [class@ActionRow], as well as the
59+// `.spin` style class on the main node.
60+//
61+// ## Accessibility
62+//
63+// `AdwSpinRow` uses an internal `GtkSpinButton` with the
64+// `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_SPIN_BUTTON` role.
65+type SpinRow struct {
66+ ActionRow
67+}
68+
69+var xSpinRowGLibType func() types.GType
70+
71+func SpinRowGLibType() types.GType {
72+ return xSpinRowGLibType()
73+}
74+
75+func SpinRowNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *SpinRow {
76+ cls := &SpinRow{}
77+ cls.Ptr = ptr
78+ return cls
79+}
80+
81+var xNewSpinRow func(uintptr, float64, uint) uintptr
82+
83+// Creates a new `AdwSpinRow`.
84+func NewSpinRow(AdjustmentVar *gtk.Adjustment, ClimbRateVar float64, DigitsVar uint) *SpinRow {
85+ var cls *SpinRow
86+
87+ cret := xNewSpinRow(AdjustmentVar.GoPointer(), ClimbRateVar, DigitsVar)
88+
89+ if cret == 0 {
90+ return nil
91+ }
92+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
93+ cls = &SpinRow{}
94+ cls.Ptr = cret
95+ return cls
96+}
97+
98+var xNewSpinRowWithRange func(float64, float64, float64) uintptr
99+
100+// Creates a new `AdwSpinRow` with the given properties.
101+//
102+// This is a convenience constructor that allows creation of a numeric
103+// `AdwSpinRow` without manually creating an adjustment. The value is initially
104+// set to the minimum value and a page increment of 10 * @step is the default.
105+// The precision of the spin row is equivalent to the precisions of @step.
106+//
107+// ::: note
108+//
109+// The way in which the precision is derived works best if @step is a power
110+// of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your needs, use
111+// [method@SpinRow.set_digits] to correct it.
112+func NewSpinRowWithRange(MinVar float64, MaxVar float64, StepVar float64) *SpinRow {
113+ var cls *SpinRow
114+
115+ cret := xNewSpinRowWithRange(MinVar, MaxVar, StepVar)
116+
117+ if cret == 0 {
118+ return nil
119+ }
120+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
121+ cls = &SpinRow{}
122+ cls.Ptr = cret
123+ return cls
124+}
125+
126+var xSpinRowConfigure func(uintptr, uintptr, float64, uint)
127+
128+// Changes the properties of an existing spin row.
129+//
130+// The adjustment, climb rate, and number of decimal places are updated
131+// accordingly.
132+func (x *SpinRow) Configure(AdjustmentVar *gtk.Adjustment, ClimbRateVar float64, DigitsVar uint) {
133+
134+ xSpinRowConfigure(x.GoPointer(), AdjustmentVar.GoPointer(), ClimbRateVar, DigitsVar)
135+
136+}
137+
138+var xSpinRowGetAdjustment func(uintptr) uintptr
139+
140+// Gets the adjustment that holds the value for the spin row.
141+func (x *SpinRow) GetAdjustment() *gtk.Adjustment {
142+ var cls *gtk.Adjustment
143+
144+ cret := xSpinRowGetAdjustment(x.GoPointer())
145+
146+ if cret == 0 {
147+ return nil
148+ }
149+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
150+ cls = &gtk.Adjustment{}
151+ cls.Ptr = cret
152+ return cls
153+}
154+
155+var xSpinRowGetClimbRate func(uintptr) float64
156+
157+// Gets the acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key.
158+func (x *SpinRow) GetClimbRate() float64 {
159+
160+ cret := xSpinRowGetClimbRate(x.GoPointer())
161+ return cret
162+}
163+
164+var xSpinRowGetDigits func(uintptr) uint
165+
166+// Gets the number of decimal places to display.
167+func (x *SpinRow) GetDigits() uint {
168+
169+ cret := xSpinRowGetDigits(x.GoPointer())
170+ return cret
171+}
172+
173+var xSpinRowGetNumeric func(uintptr) bool
174+
175+// Gets whether non-numeric characters should be ignored.
176+func (x *SpinRow) GetNumeric() bool {
177+
178+ cret := xSpinRowGetNumeric(x.GoPointer())
179+ return cret
180+}
181+
182+var xSpinRowGetSnapToTicks func(uintptr) bool
183+
184+// Gets whether invalid values are snapped to nearest step increment.
185+func (x *SpinRow) GetSnapToTicks() bool {
186+
187+ cret := xSpinRowGetSnapToTicks(x.GoPointer())
188+ return cret
189+}
190+
191+var xSpinRowGetUpdatePolicy func(uintptr) gtk.SpinButtonUpdatePolicy
192+
193+// Gets the policy for updating the spin row.
194+func (x *SpinRow) GetUpdatePolicy() gtk.SpinButtonUpdatePolicy {
195+
196+ cret := xSpinRowGetUpdatePolicy(x.GoPointer())
197+ return cret
198+}
199+
200+var xSpinRowGetValue func(uintptr) float64
201+
202+// Gets the current value.
203+func (x *SpinRow) GetValue() float64 {
204+
205+ cret := xSpinRowGetValue(x.GoPointer())
206+ return cret
207+}
208+
209+var xSpinRowGetWrap func(uintptr) bool
210+
211+// Gets whether the spin row should wrap upon reaching its limits.
212+func (x *SpinRow) GetWrap() bool {
213+
214+ cret := xSpinRowGetWrap(x.GoPointer())
215+ return cret
216+}
217+
218+var xSpinRowSetAdjustment func(uintptr, uintptr)
219+
220+// Sets the adjustment that holds the value for the spin row.
221+func (x *SpinRow) SetAdjustment(AdjustmentVar *gtk.Adjustment) {
222+
223+ xSpinRowSetAdjustment(x.GoPointer(), AdjustmentVar.GoPointer())
224+
225+}
226+
227+var xSpinRowSetClimbRate func(uintptr, float64)
228+
229+// Sets the acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key.
230+func (x *SpinRow) SetClimbRate(ClimbRateVar float64) {
231+
232+ xSpinRowSetClimbRate(x.GoPointer(), ClimbRateVar)
233+
234+}
235+
236+var xSpinRowSetDigits func(uintptr, uint)
237+
238+// Sets the number of decimal places to display.
239+func (x *SpinRow) SetDigits(DigitsVar uint) {
240+
241+ xSpinRowSetDigits(x.GoPointer(), DigitsVar)
242+
243+}
244+
245+var xSpinRowSetNumeric func(uintptr, bool)
246+
247+// Sets whether non-numeric characters should be ignored.
248+func (x *SpinRow) SetNumeric(NumericVar bool) {
249+
250+ xSpinRowSetNumeric(x.GoPointer(), NumericVar)
251+
252+}
253+
254+var xSpinRowSetRange func(uintptr, float64, float64)
255+
256+// Sets the minimum and maximum allowable values for @self.
257+//
258+// If the current value is outside this range, it will be adjusted
259+// to fit within the range, otherwise it will remain unchanged.
260+func (x *SpinRow) SetRange(MinVar float64, MaxVar float64) {
261+
262+ xSpinRowSetRange(x.GoPointer(), MinVar, MaxVar)
263+
264+}
265+
266+var xSpinRowSetSnapToTicks func(uintptr, bool)
267+
268+// Sets whether invalid values are snapped to the nearest step increment.
269+func (x *SpinRow) SetSnapToTicks(SnapToTicksVar bool) {
270+
271+ xSpinRowSetSnapToTicks(x.GoPointer(), SnapToTicksVar)
272+
273+}
274+
275+var xSpinRowSetUpdatePolicy func(uintptr, gtk.SpinButtonUpdatePolicy)
276+
277+// Sets the policy for updating the spin row.
278+//
279+// The options are always, or only when the value is invalid.
280+func (x *SpinRow) SetUpdatePolicy(PolicyVar gtk.SpinButtonUpdatePolicy) {
281+
282+ xSpinRowSetUpdatePolicy(x.GoPointer(), PolicyVar)
283+
284+}
285+
286+var xSpinRowSetValue func(uintptr, float64)
287+
288+// Sets the current value.
289+func (x *SpinRow) SetValue(ValueVar float64) {
290+
291+ xSpinRowSetValue(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
292+
293+}
294+
295+var xSpinRowSetWrap func(uintptr, bool)
296+
297+// Sets whether the spin row should wrap upon reaching its limits.
298+func (x *SpinRow) SetWrap(WrapVar bool) {
299+
300+ xSpinRowSetWrap(x.GoPointer(), WrapVar)
301+
302+}
303+
304+var xSpinRowUpdate func(uintptr)
305+
306+// Manually force an update of the spin row.
307+func (x *SpinRow) Update() {
308+
309+ xSpinRowUpdate(x.GoPointer())
310+
311+}
312+
313+func (c *SpinRow) GoPointer() uintptr {
314+ return c.Ptr
315+}
316+
317+func (c *SpinRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
318+ c.Ptr = ptr
319+}
320+
321+// Emitted to convert the user's input into a double value.
322+//
323+// The signal handler is expected to use [method@Gtk.Editable.get_text] to
324+// retrieve the text of the spinbutton and set new_value to the new value.
325+//
326+// The default conversion uses [func@GLib.strtod].
327+//
328+// See [signal@Gtk.SpinButton::input].
329+func (x *SpinRow) ConnectInput(cb *func(SpinRow, float64) int) uint32 {
330+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
331+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
332+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "input", cbRefPtr)
333+ }
334+
335+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, NewValueVarp float64) int {
336+ fa := SpinRow{}
337+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
338+ cbFn := *cb
339+
340+ return cbFn(fa, NewValueVarp)
341+
342+ }
343+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
344+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
345+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "input", cbRefPtr)
346+}
347+
348+// Emitted to tweak the formatting of the value for display.
349+//
350+// See [signal@Gtk.SpinButton::output].
351+func (x *SpinRow) ConnectOutput(cb *func(SpinRow) bool) uint32 {
352+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
353+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
354+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "output", cbRefPtr)
355+ }
356+
357+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) bool {
358+ fa := SpinRow{}
359+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
360+ cbFn := *cb
361+
362+ return cbFn(fa)
363+
364+ }
365+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
366+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
367+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "output", cbRefPtr)
368+}
369+
370+// Emitted right after the spinbutton wraps.
371+//
372+// See [signal@Gtk.SpinButton::wrapped].
373+func (x *SpinRow) ConnectWrapped(cb *func(SpinRow)) uint32 {
374+ cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
375+ if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
376+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "wrapped", cbRefPtr)
377+ }
378+
379+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr) {
380+ fa := SpinRow{}
381+ fa.Ptr = clsPtr
382+ cbFn := *cb
383+
384+ cbFn(fa)
385+
386+ }
387+ cbRefPtr := purego.NewCallback(fcb)
388+ glib.SaveCallback(cbPtr, cbRefPtr)
389+ return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "wrapped", cbRefPtr)
390+}
391+
392+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
393+func (x *SpinRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
394+
395+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
396+ return cret
397+}
398+
399+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
400+func (x *SpinRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
401+
402+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
403+
404+}
405+
406+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
407+func (x *SpinRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
408+
409+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
410+
411+}
412+
413+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
414+func (x *SpinRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
415+
416+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
417+
418+}
419+
420+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
421+//
422+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
423+// value types of accessible properties.
424+//
425+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
426+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
427+// technologies.
428+//
429+// Example:
430+// ```c
431+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
432+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
433+//
434+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
435+// -1);
436+//
437+// ```
438+func (x *SpinRow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
439+
440+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
441+
442+}
443+
444+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
445+//
446+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
447+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
448+//
449+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
450+func (x *SpinRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
451+
452+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
453+
454+}
455+
456+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
457+//
458+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
459+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
460+//
461+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
462+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
463+//
464+// ```c
465+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
466+//
467+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
468+// ref1, NULL,
469+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
470+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
471+// -1);
472+//
473+// ```
474+func (x *SpinRow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
475+
476+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
477+
478+}
479+
480+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
481+//
482+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
483+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
484+//
485+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
486+func (x *SpinRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
487+
488+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
489+
490+}
491+
492+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
493+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
494+//
495+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
496+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
497+//
498+// Example:
499+// ```c
500+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
501+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
502+//
503+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
504+// -1);
505+//
506+// ```
507+func (x *SpinRow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
508+
509+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
510+
511+}
512+
513+// Updates an array of accessible states.
514+//
515+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
516+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
517+//
518+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
519+func (x *SpinRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
520+
521+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
522+
523+}
524+
525+// Gets the action name for @actionable.
526+func (x *SpinRow) GetActionName() string {
527+
528+ cret := gtk.XGtkActionableGetActionName(x.GoPointer())
529+ return cret
530+}
531+
532+// Gets the current target value of @actionable.
533+func (x *SpinRow) GetActionTargetValue() *glib.Variant {
534+
535+ cret := gtk.XGtkActionableGetActionTargetValue(x.GoPointer())
536+ return cret
537+}
538+
539+// Specifies the name of the action with which this widget should be
540+// associated.
541+//
542+// If @action_name is %NULL then the widget will be unassociated from
543+// any previous action.
544+//
545+// Usually this function is used when the widget is located (or will be
546+// located) within the hierarchy of a `GtkApplicationWindow`.
547+//
548+// Names are of the form “win.save” or “app.quit” for actions on the
549+// containing [class@ApplicationWindow] or its associated [class@Application],
550+// respectively. This is the same form used for actions in the [class@Gio.Menu]
551+// associated with the window.
552+func (x *SpinRow) SetActionName(ActionNameVar string) {
553+
554+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetActionName(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
555+
556+}
557+
558+// Sets the target of an actionable widget.
559+//
560+// This is a convenience function that calls [ctor@GLib.Variant.new] for
561+// @format_string and uses the result to call
562+// [method@Gtk.Actionable.set_action_target_value].
563+//
564+// If you are setting a string-valued target and want to set
565+// the action name at the same time, you can use
566+// [method@Gtk.Actionable.set_detailed_action_name].
567+func (x *SpinRow) SetActionTarget(FormatStringVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
568+
569+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetActionTarget(x.GoPointer(), FormatStringVar, varArgs...)
570+
571+}
572+
573+// Sets the target value of an actionable widget.
574+//
575+// If @target_value is %NULL then the target value is unset.
576+//
577+// The target value has two purposes. First, it is used as the parameter
578+// to activation of the action associated with the `GtkActionable` widget.
579+// Second, it is used to determine if the widget should be rendered as
580+// “active” — the widget is active if the state is equal to the given target.
581+//
582+// Consider the example of associating a set of buttons with a [iface@Gio.Action]
583+// with string state in a typical “radio button” situation. Each button
584+// will be associated with the same action, but with a different target
585+// value for that action. Clicking on a particular button will activate
586+// the action with the target of that button, which will typically cause
587+// the action’s state to change to that value. Since the action’s state
588+// is now equal to the target value of the button, the button will now
589+// be rendered as active (and the other buttons, with different targets,
590+// rendered inactive).
591+func (x *SpinRow) SetActionTargetValue(TargetValueVar *glib.Variant) {
592+
593+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetActionTargetValue(x.GoPointer(), TargetValueVar)
594+
595+}
596+
597+// Sets the action-name and associated string target value of an
598+// actionable widget.
599+//
600+// @detailed_action_name is a string in the format accepted by
601+// [func@Gio.Action.parse_detailed_name].
602+func (x *SpinRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
603+
604+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetDetailedActionName(x.GoPointer(), DetailedActionNameVar)
605+
606+}
607+
608+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
609+//
610+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
611+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
612+func (x *SpinRow) GetBuildableId() string {
613+
614+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
615+ return cret
616+}
617+
618+// Deletes the currently selected text of the editable.
619+//
620+// This call doesn’t do anything if there is no selected text.
621+func (x *SpinRow) DeleteSelection() {
622+
623+ gtk.XGtkEditableDeleteSelection(x.GoPointer())
624+
625+}
626+
627+// Deletes a sequence of characters.
628+//
629+// The characters that are deleted are those characters at positions
630+// from @start_pos up to, but not including @end_pos. If @end_pos is
631+// negative, then the characters deleted are those from @start_pos to
632+// the end of the text.
633+//
634+// Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
635+func (x *SpinRow) DeleteText(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) {
636+
637+ gtk.XGtkEditableDeleteText(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar)
638+
639+}
640+
641+// Undoes the setup done by [method@Gtk.Editable.init_delegate].
642+//
643+// This is a helper function that should be called from dispose,
644+// before removing the delegate object.
645+func (x *SpinRow) FinishDelegate() {
646+
647+ gtk.XGtkEditableFinishDelegate(x.GoPointer())
648+
649+}
650+
651+// Gets the alignment of the editable.
652+func (x *SpinRow) GetAlignment() float32 {
653+
654+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetAlignment(x.GoPointer())
655+ return cret
656+}
657+
658+// Retrieves a sequence of characters.
659+//
660+// The characters that are retrieved are those characters at positions
661+// from @start_pos up to, but not including @end_pos. If @end_pos is negative,
662+// then the characters retrieved are those characters from @start_pos to
663+// the end of the text.
664+//
665+// Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
666+func (x *SpinRow) GetChars(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) string {
667+
668+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetChars(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar)
669+ return cret
670+}
671+
672+// Gets the `GtkEditable` that @editable is delegating its
673+// implementation to.
674+//
675+// Typically, the delegate is a [class@Gtk.Text] widget.
676+func (x *SpinRow) GetDelegate() *gtk.EditableBase {
677+ var cls *gtk.EditableBase
678+
679+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetDelegate(x.GoPointer())
680+
681+ if cret == 0 {
682+ return nil
683+ }
684+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
685+ cls = &gtk.EditableBase{}
686+ cls.Ptr = cret
687+ return cls
688+}
689+
690+// Retrieves whether @editable is editable.
691+func (x *SpinRow) GetEditable() bool {
692+
693+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetEditable(x.GoPointer())
694+ return cret
695+}
696+
697+// Gets if undo/redo actions are enabled for @editable
698+func (x *SpinRow) GetEnableUndo() bool {
699+
700+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetEnableUndo(x.GoPointer())
701+ return cret
702+}
703+
704+// Retrieves the desired maximum width of @editable, in characters.
705+func (x *SpinRow) GetMaxWidthChars() int {
706+
707+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer())
708+ return cret
709+}
710+
711+// Retrieves the current position of the cursor relative
712+// to the start of the content of the editable.
713+//
714+// Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes.
715+func (x *SpinRow) GetPosition() int {
716+
717+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetPosition(x.GoPointer())
718+ return cret
719+}
720+
721+// Retrieves the selection bound of the editable.
722+//
723+// @start_pos will be filled with the start of the selection and
724+// @end_pos with end. If no text was selected both will be identical
725+// and %FALSE will be returned.
726+//
727+// Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
728+func (x *SpinRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool {
729+
730+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar)
731+ return cret
732+}
733+
734+// Retrieves the contents of @editable.
735+//
736+// The returned string is owned by GTK and must not be modified or freed.
737+func (x *SpinRow) GetText() string {
738+
739+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetText(x.GoPointer())
740+ return cret
741+}
742+
743+// Gets the number of characters of space reserved
744+// for the contents of the editable.
745+func (x *SpinRow) GetWidthChars() int {
746+
747+ cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetWidthChars(x.GoPointer())
748+ return cret
749+}
750+
751+// Sets up a delegate for `GtkEditable`.
752+//
753+// This is assuming that the get_delegate vfunc in the `GtkEditable`
754+// interface has been set up for the @editable's type.
755+//
756+// This is a helper function that should be called in instance init,
757+// after creating the delegate object.
758+func (x *SpinRow) InitDelegate() {
759+
760+ gtk.XGtkEditableInitDelegate(x.GoPointer())
761+
762+}
763+
764+// Inserts @length bytes of @text into the contents of the
765+// widget, at position @position.
766+//
767+// Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes.
768+// The function updates @position to point after the newly
769+// inserted text.
770+func (x *SpinRow) InsertText(TextVar string, LengthVar int, PositionVar int) {
771+
772+ gtk.XGtkEditableInsertText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar, LengthVar, PositionVar)
773+
774+}
775+
776+// Selects a region of text.
777+//
778+// The characters that are selected are those characters at positions
779+// from @start_pos up to, but not including @end_pos. If @end_pos is
780+// negative, then the characters selected are those characters from
781+// @start_pos to the end of the text.
782+//
783+// Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
784+func (x *SpinRow) SelectRegion(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) {
785+
786+ gtk.XGtkEditableSelectRegion(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar)
787+
788+}
789+
790+// Sets the alignment for the contents of the editable.
791+//
792+// This controls the horizontal positioning of the contents when
793+// the displayed text is shorter than the width of the editable.
794+func (x *SpinRow) SetAlignment(XalignVar float32) {
795+
796+ gtk.XGtkEditableSetAlignment(x.GoPointer(), XalignVar)
797+
798+}
799+
800+// Determines if the user can edit the text in the editable widget.
801+func (x *SpinRow) SetEditable(IsEditableVar bool) {
802+
803+ gtk.XGtkEditableSetEditable(x.GoPointer(), IsEditableVar)
804+
805+}
806+
807+// If enabled, changes to @editable will be saved for undo/redo
808+// actions.
809+//
810+// This results in an additional copy of text changes and are not
811+// stored in secure memory. As such, undo is forcefully disabled
812+// when [property@Gtk.Text:visibility] is set to %FALSE.
813+func (x *SpinRow) SetEnableUndo(EnableUndoVar bool) {
814+
815+ gtk.XGtkEditableSetEnableUndo(x.GoPointer(), EnableUndoVar)
816+
817+}
818+
819+// Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @editable.
820+func (x *SpinRow) SetMaxWidthChars(NCharsVar int) {
821+
822+ gtk.XGtkEditableSetMaxWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar)
823+
824+}
825+
826+// Sets the cursor position in the editable to the given value.
827+//
828+// The cursor is displayed before the character with the given (base 0)
829+// index in the contents of the editable. The value must be less than
830+// or equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1
831+// indicates that the position should be set after the last character
832+// of the editable. Note that @position is in characters, not in bytes.
833+func (x *SpinRow) SetPosition(PositionVar int) {
834+
835+ gtk.XGtkEditableSetPosition(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar)
836+
837+}
838+
839+// Sets the text in the editable to the given value.
840+//
841+// This is replacing the current contents.
842+func (x *SpinRow) SetText(TextVar string) {
843+
844+ gtk.XGtkEditableSetText(x.GoPointer(), TextVar)
845+
846+}
847+
848+// Changes the size request of the editable to be about the
849+// right size for @n_chars characters.
850+//
851+// Note that it changes the size request, the size can still
852+// be affected by how you pack the widget into containers.
853+// If @n_chars is -1, the size reverts to the default size.
854+func (x *SpinRow) SetWidthChars(NCharsVar int) {
855+
856+ gtk.XGtkEditableSetWidthChars(x.GoPointer(), NCharsVar)
857+
858+}
859+
860+func init() {
861+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
862+ if err != nil {
863+ panic(err)
864+ }
865+
866+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowGLibType, lib, "adw_spin_row_get_type")
867+
868+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewSpinRow, lib, "adw_spin_row_new")
869+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewSpinRowWithRange, lib, "adw_spin_row_new_with_range")
870+
871+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowConfigure, lib, "adw_spin_row_configure")
872+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowGetAdjustment, lib, "adw_spin_row_get_adjustment")
873+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowGetClimbRate, lib, "adw_spin_row_get_climb_rate")
874+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowGetDigits, lib, "adw_spin_row_get_digits")
875+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowGetNumeric, lib, "adw_spin_row_get_numeric")
876+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowGetSnapToTicks, lib, "adw_spin_row_get_snap_to_ticks")
877+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowGetUpdatePolicy, lib, "adw_spin_row_get_update_policy")
878+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowGetValue, lib, "adw_spin_row_get_value")
879+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowGetWrap, lib, "adw_spin_row_get_wrap")
880+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowSetAdjustment, lib, "adw_spin_row_set_adjustment")
881+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowSetClimbRate, lib, "adw_spin_row_set_climb_rate")
882+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowSetDigits, lib, "adw_spin_row_set_digits")
883+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowSetNumeric, lib, "adw_spin_row_set_numeric")
884+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowSetRange, lib, "adw_spin_row_set_range")
885+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowSetSnapToTicks, lib, "adw_spin_row_set_snap_to_ticks")
886+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowSetUpdatePolicy, lib, "adw_spin_row_set_update_policy")
887+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowSetValue, lib, "adw_spin_row_set_value")
888+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowSetWrap, lib, "adw_spin_row_set_wrap")
889+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinRowUpdate, lib, "adw_spin_row_update")
890+
891+}
A v4/adw/adw-spinner-paintable.go +292 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gdk"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
14+)
15+
16+type SpinnerPaintableClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+
19+ ParentClass uintptr
20+}
21+
22+func (x *SpinnerPaintableClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
23+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
24+}
25+
26+// A paintable showing a loading spinner.
27+//
28+// <picture>
29+//
30+// <source srcset="spinner-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
31+// <img src="spinner.png" alt="spinner">
32+//
33+// </picture>
34+//
35+// `AdwSpinnerPaintable` size varies depending on the available space, but is
36+// capped at 64×64 pixels.
37+//
38+// To be able to animate, `AdwSpinnerPaintable` needs a widget. It will be
39+// animated according to that widget's frame clock, and only if that widget is
40+// mapped. Ideally it should be the same widget the paintable is displayed in,
41+// but that's not a requirement.
42+//
43+// Most applications should be using [class@Spinner] instead.
44+// `AdwSpinnerPaintable` is provided for the cases where using a widget is
45+// impractical or impossible, such as [property@StatusPage:paintable]:
46+//
47+// ```xml
48+// <object class="AdwStatusPage" id="status_page">
49+//
50+// <property name="paintable">
51+// <object class="AdwSpinnerPaintable">
52+// <property name="widget">status_page</property>
53+// </object>
54+// </property>
55+// <!-- ... -->
56+//
57+// </object>
58+// ```
59+type SpinnerPaintable struct {
60+ gobject.Object
61+}
62+
63+var xSpinnerPaintableGLibType func() types.GType
64+
65+func SpinnerPaintableGLibType() types.GType {
66+ return xSpinnerPaintableGLibType()
67+}
68+
69+func SpinnerPaintableNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *SpinnerPaintable {
70+ cls := &SpinnerPaintable{}
71+ cls.Ptr = ptr
72+ return cls
73+}
74+
75+var xNewSpinnerPaintable func(uintptr) uintptr
76+
77+// Creates a new `AdwSpinnerPaintable` for @widget.
78+func NewSpinnerPaintable(WidgetVar *gtk.Widget) *SpinnerPaintable {
79+ var cls *SpinnerPaintable
80+
81+ cret := xNewSpinnerPaintable(WidgetVar.GoPointer())
82+
83+ if cret == 0 {
84+ return nil
85+ }
86+ cls = &SpinnerPaintable{}
87+ cls.Ptr = cret
88+ return cls
89+}
90+
91+var xSpinnerPaintableGetWidget func(uintptr) uintptr
92+
93+// Gets the widget used for frame clock.
94+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) GetWidget() *gtk.Widget {
95+ var cls *gtk.Widget
96+
97+ cret := xSpinnerPaintableGetWidget(x.GoPointer())
98+
99+ if cret == 0 {
100+ return nil
101+ }
102+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
103+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
104+ cls.Ptr = cret
105+ return cls
106+}
107+
108+var xSpinnerPaintableSetWidget func(uintptr, uintptr)
109+
110+// Sets the widget used for frame clock.
111+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) SetWidget(WidgetVar *gtk.Widget) {
112+
113+ xSpinnerPaintableSetWidget(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer())
114+
115+}
116+
117+func (c *SpinnerPaintable) GoPointer() uintptr {
118+ return c.Ptr
119+}
120+
121+func (c *SpinnerPaintable) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
122+ c.Ptr = ptr
123+}
124+
125+// Compute a concrete size for the `GdkPaintable`.
126+//
127+// Applies the sizing algorithm outlined in the
128+// [CSS Image spec](https://drafts.csswg.org/css-images-3/#default-sizing)
129+// to the given @paintable. See that link for more details.
130+//
131+// It is not necessary to call this function when both @specified_width
132+// and @specified_height are known, but it is useful to call this
133+// function in GtkWidget:measure implementations to compute the
134+// other dimension when only one dimension is given.
135+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar float64, ConcreteHeightVar float64) {
136+
137+ gdk.XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize(x.GoPointer(), SpecifiedWidthVar, SpecifiedHeightVar, DefaultWidthVar, DefaultHeightVar, ConcreteWidthVar, ConcreteHeightVar)
138+
139+}
140+
141+// Gets an immutable paintable for the current contents displayed by @paintable.
142+//
143+// This is useful when you want to retain the current state of an animation,
144+// for example to take a screenshot of a running animation.
145+//
146+// If the @paintable is already immutable, it will return itself.
147+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) GetCurrentImage() *gdk.PaintableBase {
148+ var cls *gdk.PaintableBase
149+
150+ cret := gdk.XGdkPaintableGetCurrentImage(x.GoPointer())
151+
152+ if cret == 0 {
153+ return nil
154+ }
155+ cls = &gdk.PaintableBase{}
156+ cls.Ptr = cret
157+ return cls
158+}
159+
160+// Get flags for the paintable.
161+//
162+// This is oftentimes useful for optimizations.
163+//
164+// See [flags@Gdk.PaintableFlags] for the flags and what they mean.
165+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) GetFlags() gdk.PaintableFlags {
166+
167+ cret := gdk.XGdkPaintableGetFlags(x.GoPointer())
168+ return cret
169+}
170+
171+// Gets the preferred aspect ratio the @paintable would like to be displayed at.
172+//
173+// The aspect ratio is the width divided by the height, so a value of 0.5
174+// means that the @paintable prefers to be displayed twice as high as it
175+// is wide. Consumers of this interface can use this to preserve aspect
176+// ratio when displaying the paintable.
177+//
178+// This is a purely informational value and does not in any way limit the
179+// values that may be passed to [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot].
180+//
181+// Usually when a @paintable returns nonzero values from
182+// [method@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_width] and
183+// [method@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_height] the aspect ratio
184+// should conform to those values, though that is not required.
185+//
186+// If the @paintable does not have a preferred aspect ratio,
187+// it returns 0. Negative values are never returned.
188+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64 {
189+
190+ cret := gdk.XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicAspectRatio(x.GoPointer())
191+ return cret
192+}
193+
194+// Gets the preferred height the @paintable would like to be displayed at.
195+//
196+// Consumers of this interface can use this to reserve enough space to draw
197+// the paintable.
198+//
199+// This is a purely informational value and does not in any way limit the
200+// values that may be passed to [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot].
201+//
202+// If the @paintable does not have a preferred height, it returns 0.
203+// Negative values are never returned.
204+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) GetIntrinsicHeight() int {
205+
206+ cret := gdk.XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicHeight(x.GoPointer())
207+ return cret
208+}
209+
210+// Gets the preferred width the @paintable would like to be displayed at.
211+//
212+// Consumers of this interface can use this to reserve enough space to draw
213+// the paintable.
214+//
215+// This is a purely informational value and does not in any way limit the
216+// values that may be passed to [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot].
217+//
218+// If the @paintable does not have a preferred width, it returns 0.
219+// Negative values are never returned.
220+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) GetIntrinsicWidth() int {
221+
222+ cret := gdk.XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicWidth(x.GoPointer())
223+ return cret
224+}
225+
226+// Called by implementations of `GdkPaintable` to invalidate their contents.
227+//
228+// Unless the contents are invalidated, implementations must guarantee that
229+// multiple calls of [method@Gdk.Paintable.snapshot] produce the same output.
230+//
231+// This function will emit the [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-contents]
232+// signal.
233+//
234+// If a @paintable reports the %GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_CONTENTS flag,
235+// it must not call this function.
236+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) InvalidateContents() {
237+
238+ gdk.XGdkPaintableInvalidateContents(x.GoPointer())
239+
240+}
241+
242+// Called by implementations of `GdkPaintable` to invalidate their size.
243+//
244+// As long as the size is not invalidated, @paintable must return the same
245+// values for its intrinsic width, height and aspect ratio.
246+//
247+// This function will emit the [signal@Gdk.Paintable::invalidate-size]
248+// signal.
249+//
250+// If a @paintable reports the %GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE flag,
251+// it must not call this function.
252+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) InvalidateSize() {
253+
254+ gdk.XGdkPaintableInvalidateSize(x.GoPointer())
255+
256+}
257+
258+// Snapshots the given paintable with the given @width and @height.
259+//
260+// The paintable is drawn at the current (0,0) offset of the @snapshot.
261+// If @width and @height are not larger than zero, this function will
262+// do nothing.
263+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) Snapshot(SnapshotVar *gdk.Snapshot, WidthVar float64, HeightVar float64) {
264+
265+ gdk.XGdkPaintableSnapshot(x.GoPointer(), SnapshotVar.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar)
266+
267+}
268+
269+// Snapshots the paintable with the given colors.
270+//
271+// If less than 4 colors are provided, GTK will pad the array with default
272+// colors.
273+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) SnapshotSymbolic(SnapshotVar *gdk.Snapshot, WidthVar float64, HeightVar float64, ColorsVar []gdk.RGBA, NColorsVar uint) {
274+
275+ gtk.XGtkSymbolicPaintableSnapshotSymbolic(x.GoPointer(), SnapshotVar.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar, ColorsVar, NColorsVar)
276+
277+}
278+
279+func init() {
280+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
281+ if err != nil {
282+ panic(err)
283+ }
284+
285+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinnerPaintableGLibType, lib, "adw_spinner_paintable_get_type")
286+
287+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewSpinnerPaintable, lib, "adw_spinner_paintable_new")
288+
289+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinnerPaintableGetWidget, lib, "adw_spinner_paintable_get_widget")
290+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinnerPaintableSetWidget, lib, "adw_spinner_paintable_set_widget")
291+
292+}
A v4/adw/adw-spinner.go +255 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type SpinnerClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass uintptr
19+}
20+
21+func (x *SpinnerClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+// A widget showing a loading spinner.
26+//
27+// <picture>
28+//
29+// <source srcset="spinner-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
30+// <img src="spinner.png" alt="spinner">
31+//
32+// </picture>
33+//
34+// The size of the spinner depends on the available size, never smaller than
35+// 16×16 pixels and never larger than 64×64 pixels.
36+//
37+// Use the [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and [property@Gtk.Widget:valign]
38+// properties in combination with [property@Gtk.Widget:width-request] and
39+// [property@Gtk.Widget:height-request] for fine sizing control.
40+//
41+// For example, the following snippet shows the spinner at 48×48 pixels:
42+//
43+// ```xml
44+// <object class="AdwSpinner">
45+//
46+// <property name="halign">center</property>
47+// <property name="valign">center</property>
48+// <property name="width-request">48</property>
49+// <property name="height-request">48</property>
50+//
51+// </object>
52+// ```
53+//
54+// See [class@SpinnerPaintable] for cases where using a widget is impractical or
55+// impossible, such as [property@StatusPage:paintable].
56+//
57+// ## CSS nodes
58+//
59+// `AdwSpinner` has a single node with the name `image` and the style class
60+// `.spinner`.
61+type Spinner struct {
62+ gtk.Widget
63+}
64+
65+var xSpinnerGLibType func() types.GType
66+
67+func SpinnerGLibType() types.GType {
68+ return xSpinnerGLibType()
69+}
70+
71+func SpinnerNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Spinner {
72+ cls := &Spinner{}
73+ cls.Ptr = ptr
74+ return cls
75+}
76+
77+var xNewSpinner func() uintptr
78+
79+// Creates a new `AdwSpinner`.
80+func NewSpinner() *Spinner {
81+ var cls *Spinner
82+
83+ cret := xNewSpinner()
84+
85+ if cret == 0 {
86+ return nil
87+ }
88+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
89+ cls = &Spinner{}
90+ cls.Ptr = cret
91+ return cls
92+}
93+
94+func (c *Spinner) GoPointer() uintptr {
95+ return c.Ptr
96+}
97+
98+func (c *Spinner) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
99+ c.Ptr = ptr
100+}
101+
102+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
103+func (x *Spinner) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
104+
105+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
106+ return cret
107+}
108+
109+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
110+func (x *Spinner) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
111+
112+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
113+
114+}
115+
116+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
117+func (x *Spinner) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
118+
119+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
120+
121+}
122+
123+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
124+func (x *Spinner) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
125+
126+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
127+
128+}
129+
130+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
131+//
132+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
133+// value types of accessible properties.
134+//
135+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
136+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
137+// technologies.
138+//
139+// Example:
140+// ```c
141+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
142+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
143+//
144+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
145+// -1);
146+//
147+// ```
148+func (x *Spinner) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
149+
150+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
151+
152+}
153+
154+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
155+//
156+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
157+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
158+//
159+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
160+func (x *Spinner) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
161+
162+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
163+
164+}
165+
166+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
167+//
168+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
169+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
170+//
171+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
172+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
173+//
174+// ```c
175+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
176+//
177+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
178+// ref1, NULL,
179+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
180+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
181+// -1);
182+//
183+// ```
184+func (x *Spinner) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
185+
186+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
187+
188+}
189+
190+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
191+//
192+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
193+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
194+//
195+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
196+func (x *Spinner) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
197+
198+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
199+
200+}
201+
202+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
203+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
204+//
205+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
206+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
207+//
208+// Example:
209+// ```c
210+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
211+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
212+//
213+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
214+// -1);
215+//
216+// ```
217+func (x *Spinner) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
218+
219+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
220+
221+}
222+
223+// Updates an array of accessible states.
224+//
225+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
226+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
227+//
228+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
229+func (x *Spinner) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
230+
231+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
232+
233+}
234+
235+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
236+//
237+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
238+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
239+func (x *Spinner) GetBuildableId() string {
240+
241+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
242+ return cret
243+}
244+
245+func init() {
246+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
247+ if err != nil {
248+ panic(err)
249+ }
250+
251+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSpinnerGLibType, lib, "adw_spinner_get_type")
252+
253+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewSpinner, lib, "adw_spinner_new")
254+
255+}
M v4/adw/adw-split-button.go +36 -0
@@ -61,6 +61,17 @@ func (x *SplitButtonClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
6161 // classes matching the button contents. The nested button nodes will never
6262 // contain them.
6363 //
64+// ## Style classes
65+//
66+// `AdwSplitButton` can use some of the same style classes as [class@Gtk.Button]:
67+//
68+// - [`.suggested-action`](style-classes.html#suggested-action)
69+// - [`.destructive-action`](style-classes.html#destructive-action)
70+// - [`.flat`](style-classes.html#flat)
71+// - [`.raised`](style-classes.html#raised)
72+//
73+// Other style classes, like `.pill`, cannot be used.
74+//
6475 // ## Accessibility
6576 //
6677 // `AdwSplitButton` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
@@ -97,6 +108,15 @@ func NewSplitButton() *SplitButton {
97108 return cls
98109 }
99110
111+var xSplitButtonGetCanShrink func(uintptr) bool
112+
113+// gets whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
114+func (x *SplitButton) GetCanShrink() bool {
115+
116+ cret := xSplitButtonGetCanShrink(x.GoPointer())
117+ return cret
118+}
119+
100120 var xSplitButtonGetChild func(uintptr) uintptr
101121
102122 // Gets the child widget.
@@ -211,6 +231,20 @@ func (x *SplitButton) Popup() {
211231
212232 }
213233
234+var xSplitButtonSetCanShrink func(uintptr, bool)
235+
236+// Sets whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
237+//
238+// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
239+//
240+// See [method@Gtk.Button.set_can_shrink] and
241+// [method@Gtk.MenuButton.set_can_shrink].
242+func (x *SplitButton) SetCanShrink(CanShrinkVar bool) {
243+
244+ xSplitButtonSetCanShrink(x.GoPointer(), CanShrinkVar)
245+
246+}
247+
214248 var xSplitButtonSetChild func(uintptr, uintptr)
215249
216250 // Sets the child widget.
@@ -604,6 +638,7 @@ func init() {
604638
605639 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewSplitButton, lib, "adw_split_button_new")
606640
641+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonGetCanShrink, lib, "adw_split_button_get_can_shrink")
607642 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonGetChild, lib, "adw_split_button_get_child")
608643 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonGetDirection, lib, "adw_split_button_get_direction")
609644 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonGetDropdownTooltip, lib, "adw_split_button_get_dropdown_tooltip")
@@ -614,6 +649,7 @@ func init() {
614649 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonGetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_split_button_get_use_underline")
615650 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonPopdown, lib, "adw_split_button_popdown")
616651 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonPopup, lib, "adw_split_button_popup")
652+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonSetCanShrink, lib, "adw_split_button_set_can_shrink")
617653 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonSetChild, lib, "adw_split_button_set_child")
618654 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonSetDirection, lib, "adw_split_button_set_direction")
619655 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSplitButtonSetDropdownTooltip, lib, "adw_split_button_set_dropdown_tooltip")
M v4/adw/adw-status-page.go +19 -5
@@ -39,9 +39,23 @@ func (x *StatusPageClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3939 //
4040 // `AdwStatusPage` has a main CSS node with name `statuspage`.
4141 //
42+// When setting an [class@SpinnerPaintable] as [property@StatusPage:paintable],
43+// the main nodes gains the `.spinner` style class for a more compact
44+// appearance.
45+//
46+// ## Style classes
47+//
4248 // `AdwStatusPage` can use the
4349 // [`.compact`](style-classes.html#compact-status-page) style class for when it
44-// needs to fit into a small space such a sidebar or a popover.
50+// needs to fit into a small space such a sidebar or a popover, similar to when
51+// using a spinner as the paintable.
52+//
53+// <picture>
54+//
55+// <source srcset="status-page-compact-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
56+// <img src="status-page-compact.png" alt="status-page-compact">
57+//
58+// </picture>
4559 type StatusPage struct {
4660 gtk.Widget
4761 }
@@ -94,7 +108,7 @@ func (x *StatusPage) GetChild() *gtk.Widget {
94108
95109 var xStatusPageGetDescription func(uintptr) string
96110
97-// Gets the description for @self.
111+// Gets the description markup for @self.
98112 func (x *StatusPage) GetDescription() string {
99113
100114 cret := xStatusPageGetDescription(x.GoPointer())
@@ -147,9 +161,9 @@ func (x *StatusPage) SetChild(ChildVar *gtk.Widget) {
147161
148162 var xStatusPageSetDescription func(uintptr, string)
149163
150-// Sets the description for @self.
164+// Sets the description markup for @self.
151165 //
152-// The description is displayed below the title.
166+// The description is displayed below the title. It is parsed as Pango markup.
153167 func (x *StatusPage) SetDescription(DescriptionVar string) {
154168
155169 xStatusPageSetDescription(x.GoPointer(), DescriptionVar)
@@ -182,7 +196,7 @@ var xStatusPageSetTitle func(uintptr, string)
182196
183197 // Sets the title for @self.
184198 //
185-// The title is displayed below the icon.
199+// The title is displayed below the icon. It is not parsed as Pango markup.
186200 func (x *StatusPage) SetTitle(TitleVar string) {
187201
188202 xStatusPageSetTitle(x.GoPointer(), TitleVar)
M v4/adw/adw-style-manager.go +47 -2
@@ -52,11 +52,13 @@ const (
5252 // A class for managing application-wide styling.
5353 //
5454 // `AdwStyleManager` provides a way to query and influence the application
55-// styles, such as whether to use dark or high contrast appearance.
55+// styles, such as whether to use dark style, the system accent color or high
56+// contrast appearance.
5657 //
5758 // It allows to set the color scheme via the
5859 // [property@StyleManager:color-scheme] property, and to query the current
59-// appearance, as well as whether a system-wide color scheme preference exists.
60+// appearance, as well as whether a system-wide color scheme and accent color
61+// preferences exists.
6062 type StyleManager struct {
6163 gobject.Object
6264 }
@@ -73,6 +75,31 @@ func StyleManagerNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *StyleManager {
7375 return cls
7476 }
7577
78+var xStyleManagerGetAccentColor func(uintptr) AccentColor
79+
80+// Gets the current system accent color.
81+//
82+// See also [property@StyleManager:accent-color-rgba].
83+func (x *StyleManager) GetAccentColor() AccentColor {
84+
85+ cret := xStyleManagerGetAccentColor(x.GoPointer())
86+ return cret
87+}
88+
89+var xStyleManagerGetAccentColorRgba func(uintptr) *gdk.RGBA
90+
91+// Gets the current system accent color as a `GdkRGBA`.
92+//
93+// Equivalent to calling [func@AccentColor.to_rgba] on the value of
94+// [property@StyleManager:accent-color].
95+//
96+// This is a background color. The matching foreground color is white.
97+func (x *StyleManager) GetAccentColorRgba() *gdk.RGBA {
98+
99+ cret := xStyleManagerGetAccentColorRgba(x.GoPointer())
100+ return cret
101+}
102+
76103 var xStyleManagerGetColorScheme func(uintptr) ColorScheme
77104
78105 // Gets the requested application color scheme.
@@ -125,6 +152,21 @@ func (x *StyleManager) GetHighContrast() bool {
125152 return cret
126153 }
127154
155+var xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsAccentColors func(uintptr) bool
156+
157+// Gets whether the system supports accent colors.
158+//
159+// This can be used to check if the current environment provides an accent color
160+// preference. For example, applications might want to show a preference for
161+// choosing accent color if it's set to `FALSE`.
162+//
163+// See [property@StyleManager:accent-color].
164+func (x *StyleManager) GetSystemSupportsAccentColors() bool {
165+
166+ cret := xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsAccentColors(x.GoPointer())
167+ return cret
168+}
169+
128170 var xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsColorSchemes func(uintptr) bool
129171
130172 // Gets whether the system supports color schemes.
@@ -239,10 +281,13 @@ func init() {
239281
240282 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGLibType, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_type")
241283
284+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetAccentColor, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_accent_color")
285+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetAccentColorRgba, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_accent_color_rgba")
242286 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetColorScheme, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_color_scheme")
243287 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetDark, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_dark")
244288 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetDisplay, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_display")
245289 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetHighContrast, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_high_contrast")
290+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsAccentColors, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_system_supports_accent_colors")
246291 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerGetSystemSupportsColorSchemes, lib, "adw_style_manager_get_system_supports_color_schemes")
247292 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xStyleManagerSetColorScheme, lib, "adw_style_manager_set_color_scheme")
248293
M v4/adw/adw-swipe-tracker.go +64 -1
@@ -23,7 +23,8 @@ func (x *SwipeTrackerClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2323 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2424 }
2525
26-// A swipe tracker used in [class@Carousel], [class@Flap] and [class@Leaflet].
26+// A swipe tracker used in [class@Carousel], [class@NavigationView] and
27+// [class@OverlaySplitView].
2728 //
2829 // The `AdwSwipeTracker` object can be used for implementing widgets with swipe
2930 // gestures. It supports touch-based swipes, pointer dragging, and touchpad
@@ -83,6 +84,15 @@ func (x *SwipeTracker) GetAllowMouseDrag() bool {
8384 return cret
8485 }
8586
87+var xSwipeTrackerGetAllowWindowHandle func(uintptr) bool
88+
89+// Gets whether to allow touchscreen swiping from `GtkWindowHandle`.
90+func (x *SwipeTracker) GetAllowWindowHandle() bool {
91+
92+ cret := xSwipeTrackerGetAllowWindowHandle(x.GoPointer())
93+ return cret
94+}
95+
8696 var xSwipeTrackerGetEnabled func(uintptr) bool
8797
8898 // Gets whether @self is enabled.
@@ -92,6 +102,15 @@ func (x *SwipeTracker) GetEnabled() bool {
92102 return cret
93103 }
94104
105+var xSwipeTrackerGetLowerOvershoot func(uintptr) bool
106+
107+// Gets whether to allow swiping past the first available snap point.
108+func (x *SwipeTracker) GetLowerOvershoot() bool {
109+
110+ cret := xSwipeTrackerGetLowerOvershoot(x.GoPointer())
111+ return cret
112+}
113+
95114 var xSwipeTrackerGetReversed func(uintptr) bool
96115
97116 // Gets whether @self is reversing the swipe direction.
@@ -118,6 +137,15 @@ func (x *SwipeTracker) GetSwipeable() *SwipeableBase {
118137 return cls
119138 }
120139
140+var xSwipeTrackerGetUpperOvershoot func(uintptr) bool
141+
142+// Gets whether to allow swiping past the last available snap point.
143+func (x *SwipeTracker) GetUpperOvershoot() bool {
144+
145+ cret := xSwipeTrackerGetUpperOvershoot(x.GoPointer())
146+ return cret
147+}
148+
121149 var xSwipeTrackerSetAllowLongSwipes func(uintptr, bool)
122150
123151 // Sets whether to allow swiping for more than one snap point at a time.
@@ -139,6 +167,17 @@ func (x *SwipeTracker) SetAllowMouseDrag(AllowMouseDragVar bool) {
139167
140168 }
141169
170+var xSwipeTrackerSetAllowWindowHandle func(uintptr, bool)
171+
172+// Sets whether to allow touchscreen swiping from `GtkWindowHandle`.
173+//
174+// Setting it to `TRUE` will make dragging the window impossible.
175+func (x *SwipeTracker) SetAllowWindowHandle(AllowWindowHandleVar bool) {
176+
177+ xSwipeTrackerSetAllowWindowHandle(x.GoPointer(), AllowWindowHandleVar)
178+
179+}
180+
142181 var xSwipeTrackerSetEnabled func(uintptr, bool)
143182
144183 // Sets whether @self is enabled.
@@ -151,6 +190,15 @@ func (x *SwipeTracker) SetEnabled(EnabledVar bool) {
151190
152191 }
153192
193+var xSwipeTrackerSetLowerOvershoot func(uintptr, bool)
194+
195+// Sets whether to allow swiping past the first available snap point.
196+func (x *SwipeTracker) SetLowerOvershoot(OvershootVar bool) {
197+
198+ xSwipeTrackerSetLowerOvershoot(x.GoPointer(), OvershootVar)
199+
200+}
201+
154202 var xSwipeTrackerSetReversed func(uintptr, bool)
155203
156204 // Sets whether to reverse the swipe direction.
@@ -163,6 +211,15 @@ func (x *SwipeTracker) SetReversed(ReversedVar bool) {
163211
164212 }
165213
214+var xSwipeTrackerSetUpperOvershoot func(uintptr, bool)
215+
216+// Sets whether to allow swiping past the last available snap point.
217+func (x *SwipeTracker) SetUpperOvershoot(OvershootVar bool) {
218+
219+ xSwipeTrackerSetUpperOvershoot(x.GoPointer(), OvershootVar)
220+
221+}
222+
166223 var xSwipeTrackerShiftPosition func(uintptr, float64)
167224
168225 // Moves the current progress value by @delta.
@@ -298,13 +355,19 @@ func init() {
298355
299356 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerGetAllowLongSwipes, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_get_allow_long_swipes")
300357 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerGetAllowMouseDrag, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_get_allow_mouse_drag")
358+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerGetAllowWindowHandle, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_get_allow_window_handle")
301359 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerGetEnabled, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_get_enabled")
360+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerGetLowerOvershoot, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_get_lower_overshoot")
302361 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerGetReversed, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_get_reversed")
303362 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerGetSwipeable, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_get_swipeable")
363+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerGetUpperOvershoot, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_get_upper_overshoot")
304364 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerSetAllowLongSwipes, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_set_allow_long_swipes")
305365 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerSetAllowMouseDrag, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_set_allow_mouse_drag")
366+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerSetAllowWindowHandle, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_set_allow_window_handle")
306367 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerSetEnabled, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_set_enabled")
368+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerSetLowerOvershoot, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_set_lower_overshoot")
307369 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerSetReversed, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_set_reversed")
370+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerSetUpperOvershoot, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_set_upper_overshoot")
308371 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwipeTrackerShiftPosition, lib, "adw_swipe_tracker_shift_position")
309372
310373 }
A v4/adw/adw-switch-row.go +358 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
13+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
14+)
15+
16+type SwitchRowClass struct {
17+ _ structs.HostLayout
18+
19+ ParentClass uintptr
20+}
21+
22+func (x *SwitchRowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
23+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
24+}
25+
26+// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to represent two states.
27+//
28+// <picture>
29+//
30+// <source srcset="switch-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
31+// <img src="switch-row.png" alt="switch-row">
32+//
33+// </picture>
34+//
35+// The `AdwSwitchRow` widget contains a [class@Gtk.Switch] that allows the user
36+// to select between two states: "on" or "off". When activated, the row will
37+// invert its active state.
38+//
39+// The user can control the switch by activating the row or by dragging on the
40+// switch handle.
41+//
42+// See [class@Gtk.Switch] for details.
43+//
44+// Example of an `AdwSwitchRow` UI definition:
45+// ```xml
46+// <object class="AdwSwitchRow">
47+//
48+// <property name="title" translatable="yes">Switch Row</property>
49+// <signal name="notify::active" handler="switch_row_notify_active_cb"/>
50+//
51+// </object>
52+// ```
53+//
54+// The [property@SwitchRow:active] property should be connected to in order to
55+// monitor changes to the active state.
56+//
57+// ## Accessibility
58+//
59+// `AdwSwitchRow` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_SWITCH` role.
60+type SwitchRow struct {
61+ ActionRow
62+}
63+
64+var xSwitchRowGLibType func() types.GType
65+
66+func SwitchRowGLibType() types.GType {
67+ return xSwitchRowGLibType()
68+}
69+
70+func SwitchRowNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *SwitchRow {
71+ cls := &SwitchRow{}
72+ cls.Ptr = ptr
73+ return cls
74+}
75+
76+var xNewSwitchRow func() uintptr
77+
78+// Creates a new `AdwSwitchRow`.
79+func NewSwitchRow() *SwitchRow {
80+ var cls *SwitchRow
81+
82+ cret := xNewSwitchRow()
83+
84+ if cret == 0 {
85+ return nil
86+ }
87+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
88+ cls = &SwitchRow{}
89+ cls.Ptr = cret
90+ return cls
91+}
92+
93+var xSwitchRowGetActive func(uintptr) bool
94+
95+// Gets whether @self is in its "on" or "off" position.
96+func (x *SwitchRow) GetActive() bool {
97+
98+ cret := xSwitchRowGetActive(x.GoPointer())
99+ return cret
100+}
101+
102+var xSwitchRowSetActive func(uintptr, bool)
103+
104+// Sets whether @self is in its "on" or "off" position
105+func (x *SwitchRow) SetActive(IsActiveVar bool) {
106+
107+ xSwitchRowSetActive(x.GoPointer(), IsActiveVar)
108+
109+}
110+
111+func (c *SwitchRow) GoPointer() uintptr {
112+ return c.Ptr
113+}
114+
115+func (c *SwitchRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
116+ c.Ptr = ptr
117+}
118+
119+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
120+func (x *SwitchRow) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
121+
122+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
123+ return cret
124+}
125+
126+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
127+func (x *SwitchRow) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
128+
129+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
130+
131+}
132+
133+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
134+func (x *SwitchRow) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
135+
136+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
137+
138+}
139+
140+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
141+func (x *SwitchRow) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
142+
143+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
144+
145+}
146+
147+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
148+//
149+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
150+// value types of accessible properties.
151+//
152+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
153+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
154+// technologies.
155+//
156+// Example:
157+// ```c
158+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
159+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
160+//
161+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
162+// -1);
163+//
164+// ```
165+func (x *SwitchRow) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
166+
167+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
168+
169+}
170+
171+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
172+//
173+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
174+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
175+//
176+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
177+func (x *SwitchRow) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
178+
179+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
180+
181+}
182+
183+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
184+//
185+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
186+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
187+//
188+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
189+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
190+//
191+// ```c
192+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
193+//
194+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
195+// ref1, NULL,
196+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
197+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
198+// -1);
199+//
200+// ```
201+func (x *SwitchRow) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
202+
203+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
204+
205+}
206+
207+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
208+//
209+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
210+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
211+//
212+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
213+func (x *SwitchRow) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
214+
215+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
216+
217+}
218+
219+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
220+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
221+//
222+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
223+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
224+//
225+// Example:
226+// ```c
227+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
228+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
229+//
230+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
231+// -1);
232+//
233+// ```
234+func (x *SwitchRow) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
235+
236+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
237+
238+}
239+
240+// Updates an array of accessible states.
241+//
242+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
243+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
244+//
245+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
246+func (x *SwitchRow) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
247+
248+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
249+
250+}
251+
252+// Gets the action name for @actionable.
253+func (x *SwitchRow) GetActionName() string {
254+
255+ cret := gtk.XGtkActionableGetActionName(x.GoPointer())
256+ return cret
257+}
258+
259+// Gets the current target value of @actionable.
260+func (x *SwitchRow) GetActionTargetValue() *glib.Variant {
261+
262+ cret := gtk.XGtkActionableGetActionTargetValue(x.GoPointer())
263+ return cret
264+}
265+
266+// Specifies the name of the action with which this widget should be
267+// associated.
268+//
269+// If @action_name is %NULL then the widget will be unassociated from
270+// any previous action.
271+//
272+// Usually this function is used when the widget is located (or will be
273+// located) within the hierarchy of a `GtkApplicationWindow`.
274+//
275+// Names are of the form “win.save” or “app.quit” for actions on the
276+// containing [class@ApplicationWindow] or its associated [class@Application],
277+// respectively. This is the same form used for actions in the [class@Gio.Menu]
278+// associated with the window.
279+func (x *SwitchRow) SetActionName(ActionNameVar string) {
280+
281+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetActionName(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar)
282+
283+}
284+
285+// Sets the target of an actionable widget.
286+//
287+// This is a convenience function that calls [ctor@GLib.Variant.new] for
288+// @format_string and uses the result to call
289+// [method@Gtk.Actionable.set_action_target_value].
290+//
291+// If you are setting a string-valued target and want to set
292+// the action name at the same time, you can use
293+// [method@Gtk.Actionable.set_detailed_action_name].
294+func (x *SwitchRow) SetActionTarget(FormatStringVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) {
295+
296+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetActionTarget(x.GoPointer(), FormatStringVar, varArgs...)
297+
298+}
299+
300+// Sets the target value of an actionable widget.
301+//
302+// If @target_value is %NULL then the target value is unset.
303+//
304+// The target value has two purposes. First, it is used as the parameter
305+// to activation of the action associated with the `GtkActionable` widget.
306+// Second, it is used to determine if the widget should be rendered as
307+// “active” — the widget is active if the state is equal to the given target.
308+//
309+// Consider the example of associating a set of buttons with a [iface@Gio.Action]
310+// with string state in a typical “radio button” situation. Each button
311+// will be associated with the same action, but with a different target
312+// value for that action. Clicking on a particular button will activate
313+// the action with the target of that button, which will typically cause
314+// the action’s state to change to that value. Since the action’s state
315+// is now equal to the target value of the button, the button will now
316+// be rendered as active (and the other buttons, with different targets,
317+// rendered inactive).
318+func (x *SwitchRow) SetActionTargetValue(TargetValueVar *glib.Variant) {
319+
320+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetActionTargetValue(x.GoPointer(), TargetValueVar)
321+
322+}
323+
324+// Sets the action-name and associated string target value of an
325+// actionable widget.
326+//
327+// @detailed_action_name is a string in the format accepted by
328+// [func@Gio.Action.parse_detailed_name].
329+func (x *SwitchRow) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
330+
331+ gtk.XGtkActionableSetDetailedActionName(x.GoPointer(), DetailedActionNameVar)
332+
333+}
334+
335+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
336+//
337+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
338+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
339+func (x *SwitchRow) GetBuildableId() string {
340+
341+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
342+ return cret
343+}
344+
345+func init() {
346+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
347+ if err != nil {
348+ panic(err)
349+ }
350+
351+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwitchRowGLibType, lib, "adw_switch_row_get_type")
352+
353+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewSwitchRow, lib, "adw_switch_row_new")
354+
355+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwitchRowGetActive, lib, "adw_switch_row_get_active")
356+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xSwitchRowSetActive, lib, "adw_switch_row_set_active")
357+
358+}
M v4/adw/adw-tab-bar.go +25 -1
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *TabBarClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 // </picture>
3535 //
3636 // The `AdwTabBar` widget is a tab bar that can be used with conjunction with
37-// `AdwTabView`.
37+// `AdwTabView`. It is typically used as a top bar within [class@ToolbarView].
3838 //
3939 // `AdwTabBar` can autohide and can optionally contain action widgets on both
4040 // sides of the tabs.
@@ -46,6 +46,20 @@ func (x *TabBarClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4646 // ## CSS nodes
4747 //
4848 // `AdwTabBar` has a single CSS node with name `tabbar`.
49+//
50+// ## Style classes
51+//
52+// By default `AdwTabBar` look like a part of an `AdwHeaderBar` and is intended
53+// to be used directly attached to one or used as a [class@ToolbarView] toolbar.
54+// The [`.inline`](style-classes.html#inline) style class removes its background,
55+// so that it can be used in different contexts instead.
56+//
57+// <picture>
58+//
59+// <source srcset="tab-bar-inline-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
60+// <img src="tab-bar-inline.png" alt="tab-bar-inline">
61+//
62+// </picture>
4963 type TabBar struct {
5064 gtk.Widget
5165 }
@@ -114,6 +128,15 @@ func (x *TabBar) GetExpandTabs() bool {
114128 return cret
115129 }
116130
131+var xTabBarGetExtraDragPreferredAction func(uintptr) gdk.DragAction
132+
133+// Gets the current action during a drop on the extra_drop_target.
134+func (x *TabBar) GetExtraDragPreferredAction() gdk.DragAction {
135+
136+ cret := xTabBarGetExtraDragPreferredAction(x.GoPointer())
137+ return cret
138+}
139+
117140 var xTabBarGetExtraDragPreload func(uintptr) bool
118141
119142 // Gets whether drop data should be preloaded on hover.
@@ -500,6 +523,7 @@ func init() {
500523 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabBarGetAutohide, lib, "adw_tab_bar_get_autohide")
501524 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabBarGetEndActionWidget, lib, "adw_tab_bar_get_end_action_widget")
502525 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabBarGetExpandTabs, lib, "adw_tab_bar_get_expand_tabs")
526+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabBarGetExtraDragPreferredAction, lib, "adw_tab_bar_get_extra_drag_preferred_action")
503527 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabBarGetExtraDragPreload, lib, "adw_tab_bar_get_extra_drag_preload")
504528 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabBarGetInverted, lib, "adw_tab_bar_get_inverted")
505529 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabBarGetIsOverflowing, lib, "adw_tab_bar_get_is_overflowing")
M v4/adw/adw-tab-overview.go +11 -1
@@ -151,6 +151,15 @@ func (x *TabOverview) GetEnableSearch() bool {
151151 return cret
152152 }
153153
154+var xTabOverviewGetExtraDragPreferredAction func(uintptr) gdk.DragAction
155+
156+// Gets the current action during a drop on the extra_drop_target.
157+func (x *TabOverview) GetExtraDragPreferredAction() gdk.DragAction {
158+
159+ cret := xTabOverviewGetExtraDragPreferredAction(x.GoPointer())
160+ return cret
161+}
162+
154163 var xTabOverviewGetExtraDragPreload func(uintptr) bool
155164
156165 // Gets whether drop data should be preloaded on hover.
@@ -383,7 +392,7 @@ func (c *TabOverview) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
383392 c.Ptr = ptr
384393 }
385394
386-// Emitted when a tab needs to be created;
395+// Emitted when a tab needs to be created.
387396 //
388397 // This can happen after the new tab button has been pressed, see
389398 // [property@TabOverview:enable-new-tab].
@@ -619,6 +628,7 @@ func init() {
619628 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabOverviewGetChild, lib, "adw_tab_overview_get_child")
620629 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabOverviewGetEnableNewTab, lib, "adw_tab_overview_get_enable_new_tab")
621630 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabOverviewGetEnableSearch, lib, "adw_tab_overview_get_enable_search")
631+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabOverviewGetExtraDragPreferredAction, lib, "adw_tab_overview_get_extra_drag_preferred_action")
622632 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabOverviewGetExtraDragPreload, lib, "adw_tab_overview_get_extra_drag_preload")
623633 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabOverviewGetInverted, lib, "adw_tab_overview_get_inverted")
624634 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xTabOverviewGetOpen, lib, "adw_tab_overview_get_open")
M v4/adw/adw-tab-view.go +5 -2
@@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ const (
5353
5454 // No shortcuts
5555 TabViewShortcutNoneValue TabViewShortcuts = 0
56- // <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> - switch to the next page, with looping
56+ // <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> - switch to the next page
5757 TabViewShortcutControlTabValue TabViewShortcuts = 1
5858 // <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> - switch to the previous
59- // page, with looping
59+ // page
6060 TabViewShortcutControlShiftTabValue TabViewShortcuts = 2
6161 // <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Page Up</kbd> - switch to the previous page
6262 TabViewShortcutControlPageUpValue TabViewShortcuts = 4
@@ -1325,6 +1325,9 @@ func (c *TabView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
13251325 //
13261326 // A typical reason to connect to this signal is to show a confirmation dialog
13271327 // for closing a tab.
1328+//
1329+// The signal handler should return `GDK_EVENT_STOP` to stop propagation or
1330+// `GDK_EVENT_CONTINUE` to invoke the default handler.
13281331 func (x *TabView) ConnectClosePage(cb *func(TabView, uintptr) bool) uint32 {
13291332 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
13301333 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
M v4/adw/adw-toast.go +25 -0
@@ -65,6 +65,9 @@ const (
6565 // [property@Toast:priority] determines how it behaves if another toast is
6666 // already being displayed.
6767 //
68+// Toast titles use Pango markup by default, set [property@Toast:use-markup] to
69+// `FALSE` if this is unwanted.
70+//
6871 // [property@Toast:custom-title] can be used to replace the title label with a
6972 // custom widget.
7073 //
@@ -315,6 +318,15 @@ func (x *Toast) GetTitle() string {
315318 return cret
316319 }
317320
321+var xToastGetUseMarkup func(uintptr) bool
322+
323+// Gets whether to use Pango markup for the toast title.
324+func (x *Toast) GetUseMarkup() bool {
325+
326+ cret := xToastGetUseMarkup(x.GoPointer())
327+ return cret
328+}
329+
318330 var xToastSetActionName func(uintptr, string)
319331
320332 // Sets the name of the associated action.
@@ -445,6 +457,17 @@ func (x *Toast) SetTitle(TitleVar string) {
445457
446458 }
447459
460+var xToastSetUseMarkup func(uintptr, bool)
461+
462+// Whether to use Pango markup for the toast title.
463+//
464+// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
465+func (x *Toast) SetUseMarkup(UseMarkupVar bool) {
466+
467+ xToastSetUseMarkup(x.GoPointer(), UseMarkupVar)
468+
469+}
470+
448471 func (c *Toast) GoPointer() uintptr {
449472 return c.Ptr
450473 }
@@ -516,6 +539,7 @@ func init() {
516539 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastGetPriority, lib, "adw_toast_get_priority")
517540 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastGetTimeout, lib, "adw_toast_get_timeout")
518541 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastGetTitle, lib, "adw_toast_get_title")
542+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastGetUseMarkup, lib, "adw_toast_get_use_markup")
519543 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastSetActionName, lib, "adw_toast_set_action_name")
520544 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastSetActionTarget, lib, "adw_toast_set_action_target")
521545 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastSetActionTargetValue, lib, "adw_toast_set_action_target_value")
@@ -525,5 +549,6 @@ func init() {
525549 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastSetPriority, lib, "adw_toast_set_priority")
526550 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastSetTimeout, lib, "adw_toast_set_timeout")
527551 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastSetTitle, lib, "adw_toast_set_title")
552+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToastSetUseMarkup, lib, "adw_toast_set_use_markup")
528553
529554 }
A v4/adw/adw-toolbar-view.go +680 -0
@@ -0,0 +1,680 @@
1+// Package adw was automatically generated by github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk DO NOT EDIT
2+package adw
3+
4+import (
5+ "structs"
6+ "unsafe"
7+
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
12+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
13+)
14+
15+type ToolbarViewClass struct {
16+ _ structs.HostLayout
17+
18+ ParentClass uintptr
19+}
20+
21+func (x *ToolbarViewClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
22+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
23+}
24+
25+// Describes the possible top or bottom bar styles in an [class@ToolbarView]
26+// widget.
27+//
28+// `ADW_TOOLBAR_FLAT` is suitable for simple content, such as
29+// [class@StatusPage] or [class@PreferencesPage], where the background at the
30+// top and bottom parts of the page is uniform. Additionally, windows with
31+// sidebars should always use this style.
32+//
33+// <picture style="min-width: 33%; display: inline-block;">
34+//
35+// <source srcset="toolbar-view-flat-1-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
36+// <img src="toolbar-view-flat-1.png" alt="toolbar-view-flat-1">
37+//
38+// </picture>
39+// <picture style="min-width: 33%; display: inline-block;">
40+//
41+// <source srcset="toolbar-view-flat-2-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
42+// <img src="toolbar-view-flat-2.png" alt="toolbar-view-flat-2">
43+//
44+// </picture>
45+//
46+// `ADW_TOOLBAR_RAISED` style is suitable for content such as
47+// [utility panes](https://developer.gnome.org/hig/patterns/containers/utility-panes.html),
48+// where some elements are directly adjacent to the top/bottom bars, or
49+// [class@TabView], where each page can have a different background.
50+//
51+// `ADW_TOOLBAR_RAISED_BORDER` style is similar to `ADW_TOOLBAR_RAISED`, but
52+// with the shadow replaced with a more subtle border. It's intended to be used
53+// in applications like image viewers, where a shadow over the content might be
54+// undesired.
55+//
56+// <picture style="min-width: 33%; display: inline-block;">
57+//
58+// <source srcset="toolbar-view-raised-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
59+// <img src="toolbar-view-raised.png" alt="toolbar-view-raised">
60+//
61+// </picture>
62+// <picture style="min-width: 33%; display: inline-block;">
63+//
64+// <source srcset="toolbar-view-raised-border-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
65+// <img src="toolbar-view-raised-border.png" alt="toolbar-view-raised-border">
66+//
67+// </picture>
68+//
69+// See [property@ToolbarView:top-bar-style] and
70+// [property@ToolbarView:bottom-bar-style].
71+//
72+// New values may be added to this enumeration over time.
73+type ToolbarStyle int
74+
75+var xToolbarStyleGLibType func() types.GType
76+
77+func ToolbarStyleGLibType() types.GType {
78+ return xToolbarStyleGLibType()
79+}
80+
81+const (
82+
83+ // No background, shadow only for scrolled content
84+ ToolbarFlatValue ToolbarStyle = 0
85+ // Opaque background with a persistent shadow
86+ ToolbarRaisedValue ToolbarStyle = 1
87+ // Opaque background with a persistent border
88+ ToolbarRaisedBorderValue ToolbarStyle = 2
89+)
90+
91+// A widget containing a page, as well as top and/or bottom bars.
92+//
93+// <picture>
94+//
95+// <source srcset="toolbar-view-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
96+// <img src="toolbar-view.png" alt="toolbar-view">
97+//
98+// </picture>
99+//
100+// `AdwToolbarView` has a single content widget and one or multiple top and
101+// bottom bars, shown at the top and bottom sides respectively.
102+//
103+// Example of an `AdwToolbarView` UI definition:
104+// ```xml
105+// <object class="AdwToolbarView">
106+//
107+// <child type="top">
108+// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"/>
109+// </child>
110+// <property name="content">
111+// <object class="AdwPreferencesPage">
112+// <!-- ... -->
113+// </object>
114+// </property>
115+//
116+// </object>
117+// ```
118+//
119+// The following kinds of top and bottom bars are supported:
120+//
121+// - [class@HeaderBar]
122+// - [class@TabBar]
123+// - [class@ViewSwitcherBar]
124+// - [class@Gtk.ActionBar]
125+// - [class@Gtk.HeaderBar]
126+// - [class@Gtk.PopoverMenuBar]
127+// - [class@Gtk.SearchBar]
128+// - Any [class@Gtk.Box] or a similar widget with the
129+// [`.toolbar`](style-classes.html#toolbars) style class
130+//
131+// By default, top and bottom bars are flat and scrolling content has a subtle
132+// undershoot shadow, same as when using the
133+// [`.undershoot-top`](style-classes.html#undershoot-indicators) and
134+// [`.undershoot-bottom`](style-classes.html#undershoot-indicators) style
135+// classes. This works well in most cases, e.g. with [class@StatusPage] or
136+// [class@PreferencesPage], where the background at the top and bottom parts of
137+// the page is uniform. Additionally, windows with sidebars should always use
138+// this style.
139+//
140+// [property@ToolbarView:top-bar-style] and
141+// [property@ToolbarView:bottom-bar-style] properties can be used add an opaque
142+// background and a persistent shadow to top and bottom bars, this can be useful
143+// for content such as [utility panes](https://developer.gnome.org/hig/patterns/containers/utility-panes.html),
144+// where some elements are adjacent to the top/bottom bars, or [class@TabView],
145+// where each page can have a different background.
146+//
147+// <picture style="min-width: 33%; display: inline-block;">
148+//
149+// <source srcset="toolbar-view-flat-1-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
150+// <img src="toolbar-view-flat-1.png" alt="toolbar-view-flat-1">
151+//
152+// </picture>
153+// <picture style="min-width: 33%; display: inline-block;">
154+//
155+// <source srcset="toolbar-view-flat-2-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
156+// <img src="toolbar-view-flat-2.png" alt="toolbar-view-flat-2">
157+//
158+// </picture>
159+// <picture style="min-width: 33%; display: inline-block;">
160+//
161+// <source srcset="toolbar-view-raised-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
162+// <img src="toolbar-view-raised.png" alt="toolbar-view-raised">
163+//
164+// </picture>
165+//
166+// `AdwToolbarView` ensures the top and bottom bars have consistent backdrop
167+// styles and vertical spacing. For comparison:
168+//
169+// <picture style="min-width: 40%; display: inline-block;">
170+//
171+// <source srcset="toolbar-view-spacing-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
172+// <img src="toolbar-view-spacing.png" alt="toolbar-view-spacing">
173+//
174+// </picture>
175+// <picture style="min-width: 40%; display: inline-block;">
176+//
177+// <source srcset="toolbar-view-spacing-box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)">
178+// <img src="toolbar-view-spacing-box.png" alt="toolbar-view-spacing-box">
179+//
180+// </picture>
181+//
182+// Any top and bottom bars can also be dragged to move the window, equivalent
183+// to putting them into a [class@Gtk.WindowHandle].
184+//
185+// Content is typically place between top and bottom bars, but can also extend
186+// behind them. This is controlled with the
187+// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge] and
188+// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge] properties.
189+//
190+// Top and bottom bars can be hidden and revealed with an animation using the
191+// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars] and
192+// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars] properties.
193+//
194+// ## `AdwToolbarView` as `GtkBuildable`
195+//
196+// The `AdwToolbarView` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
197+// supports adding a top bar by specifying “top” as the “type” attribute of a
198+// `<child>` element, or adding a bottom bar by specifying “bottom”.
199+//
200+// ## Accessibility
201+//
202+// `AdwToolbarView` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
203+type ToolbarView struct {
204+ gtk.Widget
205+}
206+
207+var xToolbarViewGLibType func() types.GType
208+
209+func ToolbarViewGLibType() types.GType {
210+ return xToolbarViewGLibType()
211+}
212+
213+func ToolbarViewNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *ToolbarView {
214+ cls := &ToolbarView{}
215+ cls.Ptr = ptr
216+ return cls
217+}
218+
219+var xNewToolbarView func() uintptr
220+
221+// Creates a new `AdwToolbarView`.
222+func NewToolbarView() *ToolbarView {
223+ var cls *ToolbarView
224+
225+ cret := xNewToolbarView()
226+
227+ if cret == 0 {
228+ return nil
229+ }
230+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
231+ cls = &ToolbarView{}
232+ cls.Ptr = cret
233+ return cls
234+}
235+
236+var xToolbarViewAddBottomBar func(uintptr, uintptr)
237+
238+// Adds a bottom bar to @self.
239+func (x *ToolbarView) AddBottomBar(WidgetVar *gtk.Widget) {
240+
241+ xToolbarViewAddBottomBar(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer())
242+
243+}
244+
245+var xToolbarViewAddTopBar func(uintptr, uintptr)
246+
247+// Adds a top bar to @self.
248+func (x *ToolbarView) AddTopBar(WidgetVar *gtk.Widget) {
249+
250+ xToolbarViewAddTopBar(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer())
251+
252+}
253+
254+var xToolbarViewGetBottomBarHeight func(uintptr) int
255+
256+// Gets the current bottom bar height for @self.
257+//
258+// Bottom bar height does change depending on
259+// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars], including during the transition.
260+//
261+// See [method@ToolbarView.get_top_bar_height].
262+func (x *ToolbarView) GetBottomBarHeight() int {
263+
264+ cret := xToolbarViewGetBottomBarHeight(x.GoPointer())
265+ return cret
266+}
267+
268+var xToolbarViewGetBottomBarStyle func(uintptr) ToolbarStyle
269+
270+// Gets appearance of the bottom bars for @self.
271+func (x *ToolbarView) GetBottomBarStyle() ToolbarStyle {
272+
273+ cret := xToolbarViewGetBottomBarStyle(x.GoPointer())
274+ return cret
275+}
276+
277+var xToolbarViewGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
278+
279+// Gets the content widget for @self.
280+func (x *ToolbarView) GetContent() *gtk.Widget {
281+ var cls *gtk.Widget
282+
283+ cret := xToolbarViewGetContent(x.GoPointer())
284+
285+ if cret == 0 {
286+ return nil
287+ }
288+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
289+ cls = &gtk.Widget{}
290+ cls.Ptr = cret
291+ return cls
292+}
293+
294+var xToolbarViewGetExtendContentToBottomEdge func(uintptr) bool
295+
296+// Gets whether the content widget can extend behind bottom bars.
297+func (x *ToolbarView) GetExtendContentToBottomEdge() bool {
298+
299+ cret := xToolbarViewGetExtendContentToBottomEdge(x.GoPointer())
300+ return cret
301+}
302+
303+var xToolbarViewGetExtendContentToTopEdge func(uintptr) bool
304+
305+// Gets whether the content widget can extend behind top bars.
306+func (x *ToolbarView) GetExtendContentToTopEdge() bool {
307+
308+ cret := xToolbarViewGetExtendContentToTopEdge(x.GoPointer())
309+ return cret
310+}
311+
312+var xToolbarViewGetRevealBottomBars func(uintptr) bool
313+
314+// Gets whether bottom bars are revealed for @self.
315+func (x *ToolbarView) GetRevealBottomBars() bool {
316+
317+ cret := xToolbarViewGetRevealBottomBars(x.GoPointer())
318+ return cret
319+}
320+
321+var xToolbarViewGetRevealTopBars func(uintptr) bool
322+
323+// Gets whether top bars are revealed for @self.
324+func (x *ToolbarView) GetRevealTopBars() bool {
325+
326+ cret := xToolbarViewGetRevealTopBars(x.GoPointer())
327+ return cret
328+}
329+
330+var xToolbarViewGetTopBarHeight func(uintptr) int
331+
332+// Gets the current top bar height for @self.
333+//
334+// Top bar height does change depending on
335+// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars], including during the transition.
336+//
337+// See [method@ToolbarView.get_bottom_bar_height].
338+func (x *ToolbarView) GetTopBarHeight() int {
339+
340+ cret := xToolbarViewGetTopBarHeight(x.GoPointer())
341+ return cret
342+}
343+
344+var xToolbarViewGetTopBarStyle func(uintptr) ToolbarStyle
345+
346+// Gets appearance of the top bars for @self.
347+func (x *ToolbarView) GetTopBarStyle() ToolbarStyle {
348+
349+ cret := xToolbarViewGetTopBarStyle(x.GoPointer())
350+ return cret
351+}
352+
353+var xToolbarViewRemove func(uintptr, uintptr)
354+
355+// Removes a child from @self.
356+func (x *ToolbarView) Remove(WidgetVar *gtk.Widget) {
357+
358+ xToolbarViewRemove(x.GoPointer(), WidgetVar.GoPointer())
359+
360+}
361+
362+var xToolbarViewSetBottomBarStyle func(uintptr, ToolbarStyle)
363+
364+// Sets appearance of the bottom bars for @self.
365+//
366+// If set to `ADW_TOOLBAR_FLAT`, bottom bars are flat and scrolling content has
367+// a subtle undershoot shadow when touching them, same as the
368+// [`.undershoot-bottom`](style-classes.html#undershoot-indicators)
369+// style class. This works well for simple content, e.g. [class@StatusPage] or
370+// [class@PreferencesPage], where the background at the bottom of the page is
371+// uniform. Additionally, windows with sidebars should always use this style.
372+//
373+// Undershoot shadow is only present if a bottom bar is actually present and
374+// visible. It is also never present if
375+// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge] is set to `TRUE`.
376+//
377+// If set to `ADW_TOOLBAR_RAISED`, bottom bars have an opaque background and a
378+// persistent shadow, this is suitable for content such as
379+// [utility panes](https://developer.gnome.org/hig/patterns/containers/utility-panes.html),
380+// where some elements are directly adjacent to the bottom bars, or
381+// [class@TabView], where each page can have a different background.
382+//
383+// `ADW_TOOLBAR_RAISED_BORDER` is similar to `ADW_TOOLBAR_RAISED`, but the
384+// shadow is replaced with a more subtle border. This can be useful for
385+// applications like image viewers.
386+//
387+// See also [method@ToolbarView.set_top_bar_style].
388+func (x *ToolbarView) SetBottomBarStyle(StyleVar ToolbarStyle) {
389+
390+ xToolbarViewSetBottomBarStyle(x.GoPointer(), StyleVar)
391+
392+}
393+
394+var xToolbarViewSetContent func(uintptr, uintptr)
395+
396+// Sets the content widget for @self.
397+func (x *ToolbarView) SetContent(ContentVar *gtk.Widget) {
398+
399+ xToolbarViewSetContent(x.GoPointer(), ContentVar.GoPointer())
400+
401+}
402+
403+var xToolbarViewSetExtendContentToBottomEdge func(uintptr, bool)
404+
405+// Sets whether the content widget can extend behind bottom bars.
406+//
407+// This can be used in combination with [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars]
408+// to show and hide toolbars in fullscreen.
409+//
410+// See [method@ToolbarView.set_extend_content_to_top_edge].
411+func (x *ToolbarView) SetExtendContentToBottomEdge(ExtendVar bool) {
412+
413+ xToolbarViewSetExtendContentToBottomEdge(x.GoPointer(), ExtendVar)
414+
415+}
416+
417+var xToolbarViewSetExtendContentToTopEdge func(uintptr, bool)
418+
419+// Sets whether the content widget can extend behind top bars.
420+//
421+// This can be used in combination with [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars]
422+// to show and hide toolbars in fullscreen.
423+//
424+// See [method@ToolbarView.set_extend_content_to_bottom_edge].
425+func (x *ToolbarView) SetExtendContentToTopEdge(ExtendVar bool) {
426+
427+ xToolbarViewSetExtendContentToTopEdge(x.GoPointer(), ExtendVar)
428+
429+}
430+
431+var xToolbarViewSetRevealBottomBars func(uintptr, bool)
432+
433+// Sets whether bottom bars are revealed for @self.
434+//
435+// The transition will be animated.
436+//
437+// This can be used in combination with
438+// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge] to show and hide
439+// toolbars in fullscreen.
440+//
441+// See [method@ToolbarView.set_reveal_top_bars].
442+func (x *ToolbarView) SetRevealBottomBars(RevealVar bool) {
443+
444+ xToolbarViewSetRevealBottomBars(x.GoPointer(), RevealVar)
445+
446+}
447+
448+var xToolbarViewSetRevealTopBars func(uintptr, bool)
449+
450+// Sets whether top bars are revealed for @self.
451+//
452+// The transition will be animated.
453+//
454+// This can be used in combination with
455+// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge] to show and hide toolbars
456+// in fullscreen.
457+//
458+// See [method@ToolbarView.set_reveal_bottom_bars].
459+func (x *ToolbarView) SetRevealTopBars(RevealVar bool) {
460+
461+ xToolbarViewSetRevealTopBars(x.GoPointer(), RevealVar)
462+
463+}
464+
465+var xToolbarViewSetTopBarStyle func(uintptr, ToolbarStyle)
466+
467+// Sets appearance of the top bars for @self.
468+//
469+// If set to `ADW_TOOLBAR_FLAT`, top bars are flat and scrolling content has a
470+// subtle undershoot shadow when touching them, same as the
471+// [`.undershoot-top`](style-classes.html#undershoot-indicators)
472+// style class. This works well for simple content, e.g. [class@StatusPage] or
473+// [class@PreferencesPage], where the background at the top of the page is
474+// uniform. Additionally, windows with sidebars should always use this style.
475+//
476+// Undershoot shadow is only present if a top bar is actually present and
477+// visible. It is also never present if
478+// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge] is set to `TRUE`.
479+//
480+// If set to `ADW_TOOLBAR_RAISED`, top bars have an opaque background and a
481+// persistent shadow, this is suitable for content such as
482+// [utility panes](https://developer.gnome.org/hig/patterns/containers/utility-panes.html),
483+// where some elements are directly adjacent to the top bars, or
484+// [class@TabView], where each page can have a different background.
485+//
486+// `ADW_TOOLBAR_RAISED_BORDER` is similar to `ADW_TOOLBAR_RAISED`, but the
487+// shadow is replaced with a more subtle border. This can be useful for
488+// applications like image viewers.
489+//
490+// See also [method@ToolbarView.set_bottom_bar_style].
491+func (x *ToolbarView) SetTopBarStyle(StyleVar ToolbarStyle) {
492+
493+ xToolbarViewSetTopBarStyle(x.GoPointer(), StyleVar)
494+
495+}
496+
497+func (c *ToolbarView) GoPointer() uintptr {
498+ return c.Ptr
499+}
500+
501+func (c *ToolbarView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
502+ c.Ptr = ptr
503+}
504+
505+// Retrieves the `GtkAccessibleRole` for the given `GtkAccessible`.
506+func (x *ToolbarView) GetAccessibleRole() gtk.AccessibleRole {
507+
508+ cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole(x.GoPointer())
509+ return cret
510+}
511+
512+// Resets the accessible @property to its default value.
513+func (x *ToolbarView) ResetProperty(PropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty) {
514+
515+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetProperty(x.GoPointer(), PropertyVar)
516+
517+}
518+
519+// Resets the accessible @relation to its default value.
520+func (x *ToolbarView) ResetRelation(RelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation) {
521+
522+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetRelation(x.GoPointer(), RelationVar)
523+
524+}
525+
526+// Resets the accessible @state to its default value.
527+func (x *ToolbarView) ResetState(StateVar gtk.AccessibleState) {
528+
529+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleResetState(x.GoPointer(), StateVar)
530+
531+}
532+
533+// Updates a list of accessible properties.
534+//
535+// See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleProperty] documentation for the
536+// value types of accessible properties.
537+//
538+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever
539+// an accessible property change must be communicated to assistive
540+// technologies.
541+//
542+// Example:
543+// ```c
544+// value = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
545+// gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (spin_button),
546+//
547+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_VALUE_NOW, value,
548+// -1);
549+//
550+// ```
551+func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateProperty(FirstPropertyVar gtk.AccessibleProperty, varArgs ...interface{}) {
552+
553+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateProperty(x.GoPointer(), FirstPropertyVar, varArgs...)
554+
555+}
556+
557+// Updates an array of accessible properties.
558+//
559+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
560+// property change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
561+//
562+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
563+func (x *ToolbarView) UpdatePropertyValue(NPropertiesVar int, PropertiesVar []gtk.AccessibleProperty, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
564+
565+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdatePropertyValue(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar, PropertiesVar, ValuesVar)
566+
567+}
568+
569+// Updates a list of accessible relations.
570+//
571+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
572+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
573+//
574+// If the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRelation] requires a list of references,
575+// you should pass each reference individually, followed by %NULL, e.g.
576+//
577+// ```c
578+// gtk_accessible_update_relation (accessible,
579+//
580+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_CONTROLS,
581+// ref1, NULL,
582+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY,
583+// ref1, ref2, ref3, NULL,
584+// -1);
585+//
586+// ```
587+func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateRelation(FirstRelationVar gtk.AccessibleRelation, varArgs ...interface{}) {
588+
589+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelation(x.GoPointer(), FirstRelationVar, varArgs...)
590+
591+}
592+
593+// Updates an array of accessible relations.
594+//
595+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
596+// relation change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
597+//
598+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
599+func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateRelationValue(NRelationsVar int, RelationsVar []gtk.AccessibleRelation, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
600+
601+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateRelationValue(x.GoPointer(), NRelationsVar, RelationsVar, ValuesVar)
602+
603+}
604+
605+// Updates a list of accessible states. See the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleState]
606+// documentation for the value types of accessible states.
607+//
608+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
609+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
610+//
611+// Example:
612+// ```c
613+// value = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_TRISTATE_MIXED;
614+// gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (check_button),
615+//
616+// GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_CHECKED, value,
617+// -1);
618+//
619+// ```
620+func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateState(FirstStateVar gtk.AccessibleState, varArgs ...interface{}) {
621+
622+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateState(x.GoPointer(), FirstStateVar, varArgs...)
623+
624+}
625+
626+// Updates an array of accessible states.
627+//
628+// This function should be called by `GtkWidget` types whenever an accessible
629+// state change must be communicated to assistive technologies.
630+//
631+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings.
632+func (x *ToolbarView) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.AccessibleState, ValuesVar []gobject.Value) {
633+
634+ gtk.XGtkAccessibleUpdateStateValue(x.GoPointer(), NStatesVar, StatesVar, ValuesVar)
635+
636+}
637+
638+// Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
639+//
640+// `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
641+// of the <object> tag used to construct the @buildable.
642+func (x *ToolbarView) GetBuildableId() string {
643+
644+ cret := gtk.XGtkBuildableGetBuildableId(x.GoPointer())
645+ return cret
646+}
647+
648+func init() {
649+ lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
650+ if err != nil {
651+ panic(err)
652+ }
653+
654+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarStyleGLibType, lib, "adw_toolbar_style_get_type")
655+
656+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewGLibType, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_get_type")
657+
658+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewToolbarView, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_new")
659+
660+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewAddBottomBar, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_add_bottom_bar")
661+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewAddTopBar, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_add_top_bar")
662+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewGetBottomBarHeight, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_get_bottom_bar_height")
663+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewGetBottomBarStyle, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_get_bottom_bar_style")
664+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewGetContent, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_get_content")
665+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewGetExtendContentToBottomEdge, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_get_extend_content_to_bottom_edge")
666+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewGetExtendContentToTopEdge, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_get_extend_content_to_top_edge")
667+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewGetRevealBottomBars, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_get_reveal_bottom_bars")
668+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewGetRevealTopBars, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_get_reveal_top_bars")
669+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewGetTopBarHeight, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_get_top_bar_height")
670+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewGetTopBarStyle, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_get_top_bar_style")
671+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewRemove, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_remove")
672+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewSetBottomBarStyle, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_set_bottom_bar_style")
673+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewSetContent, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_set_content")
674+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewSetExtendContentToBottomEdge, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_set_extend_content_to_bottom_edge")
675+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewSetExtendContentToTopEdge, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_set_extend_content_to_top_edge")
676+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewSetRevealBottomBars, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_set_reveal_bottom_bars")
677+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewSetRevealTopBars, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_set_reveal_top_bars")
678+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xToolbarViewSetTopBarStyle, lib, "adw_toolbar_view_set_top_bar_style")
679+
680+}
M v4/adw/adw-version.go +3 -3
@@ -10,12 +10,12 @@ const (
1010 // Adwaita major version component (e.g. 1 if the version is 1.2.3).
1111 MAJOR_VERSION int = 1
1212 // Adwaita micro version component (e.g. 3 if the version is 1.2.3).
13- MICRO_VERSION int = 3
13+ MICRO_VERSION int = 4
1414 // Adwaita minor version component (e.g. 2 if the version is 1.2.3).
15- MINOR_VERSION int = 3
15+ MINOR_VERSION int = 6
1616 // Adwaita version, encoded as a string, useful for printing and
1717 // concatenation.
18- VERSION_S string = "1.3.3"
18+ VERSION_S string = "1.6.4"
1919 )
2020
2121 var xGetMajorVersion func() uint
M v4/adw/adw-view-stack.go +292 -1
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import (
77
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gio"
1011 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
@@ -32,6 +33,16 @@ func (x *ViewStackPageClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3233 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3334 }
3435
36+type ViewStackPagesClass struct {
37+ _ structs.HostLayout
38+
39+ ParentClass uintptr
40+}
41+
42+func (x *ViewStackPagesClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
43+ return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
44+}
45+
3546 // A view container for [class@ViewSwitcher].
3647 //
3748 // `AdwViewStack` is a container which only shows one page at a time.
@@ -271,7 +282,7 @@ func (x *ViewStack) GetVhomogeneous() bool {
271282
272283 var xViewStackGetVisibleChild func(uintptr) uintptr
273284
274-// Gets the currently visible child of @self, .
285+// Gets the currently visible child of @self.
275286 func (x *ViewStack) GetVisibleChild() *gtk.Widget {
276287 var cls *gtk.Widget
277288
@@ -819,6 +830,281 @@ func (x *ViewStackPage) UpdateStateValue(NStatesVar int, StatesVar []gtk.Accessi
819830
820831 }
821832
833+// An auxiliary class used by [class@ViewStack].
834+//
835+// See [property@ViewStack:pages].
836+type ViewStackPages struct {
837+ gobject.Object
838+}
839+
840+var xViewStackPagesGLibType func() types.GType
841+
842+func ViewStackPagesGLibType() types.GType {
843+ return xViewStackPagesGLibType()
844+}
845+
846+func ViewStackPagesNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *ViewStackPages {
847+ cls := &ViewStackPages{}
848+ cls.Ptr = ptr
849+ return cls
850+}
851+
852+var xViewStackPagesGetSelectedPage func(uintptr) uintptr
853+
854+// Gets the [class@ViewStackPage] for the visible child of a view stack
855+//
856+// Gets the [class@ViewStackPage] for the visible child of the associated stack.
857+//
858+// Returns `NULL` if there's no selected page.
859+func (x *ViewStackPages) GetSelectedPage() *ViewStackPage {
860+ var cls *ViewStackPage
861+
862+ cret := xViewStackPagesGetSelectedPage(x.GoPointer())
863+
864+ if cret == 0 {
865+ return nil
866+ }
867+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
868+ cls = &ViewStackPage{}
869+ cls.Ptr = cret
870+ return cls
871+}
872+
873+var xViewStackPagesSetSelectedPage func(uintptr, uintptr)
874+
875+// Sets the visible child in the associated [class@ViewStack].
876+//
877+// See [property@ViewStack:visible-child].
878+func (x *ViewStackPages) SetSelectedPage(PageVar *ViewStackPage) {
879+
880+ xViewStackPagesSetSelectedPage(x.GoPointer(), PageVar.GoPointer())
881+
882+}
883+
884+func (c *ViewStackPages) GoPointer() uintptr {
885+ return c.Ptr
886+}
887+
888+func (c *ViewStackPages) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
889+ c.Ptr = ptr
890+}
891+
892+// Get the item at @position.
893+//
894+// If @position is greater than the number of items in @list, %NULL is
895+// returned.
896+//
897+// %NULL is never returned for an index that is smaller than the length
898+// of the list.
899+//
900+// See also: g_list_model_get_n_items()
901+func (x *ViewStackPages) GetItem(PositionVar uint) uintptr {
902+
903+ cret := gio.XGListModelGetItem(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar)
904+ return cret
905+}
906+
907+// Gets the type of the items in @list.
908+//
909+// All items returned from g_list_model_get_item() are of the type
910+// returned by this function, or a subtype, or if the type is an
911+// interface, they are an implementation of that interface.
912+//
913+// The item type of a #GListModel can not change during the life of the
914+// model.
915+func (x *ViewStackPages) GetItemType() types.GType {
916+
917+ cret := gio.XGListModelGetItemType(x.GoPointer())
918+ return cret
919+}
920+
921+// Gets the number of items in @list.
922+//
923+// Depending on the model implementation, calling this function may be
924+// less efficient than iterating the list with increasing values for
925+// @position until g_list_model_get_item() returns %NULL.
926+func (x *ViewStackPages) GetNItems() uint {
927+
928+ cret := gio.XGListModelGetNItems(x.GoPointer())
929+ return cret
930+}
931+
932+// Get the item at @position.
933+//
934+// If @position is greater than the number of items in @list, %NULL is
935+// returned.
936+//
937+// %NULL is never returned for an index that is smaller than the length
938+// of the list.
939+//
940+// This function is meant to be used by language bindings in place
941+// of g_list_model_get_item().
942+//
943+// See also: g_list_model_get_n_items()
944+func (x *ViewStackPages) GetObject(PositionVar uint) *gobject.Object {
945+ var cls *gobject.Object
946+
947+ cret := gio.XGListModelGetObject(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar)
948+
949+ if cret == 0 {
950+ return nil
951+ }
952+ cls = &gobject.Object{}
953+ cls.Ptr = cret
954+ return cls
955+}
956+
957+// Emits the #GListModel::items-changed signal on @list.
958+//
959+// This function should only be called by classes implementing
960+// #GListModel. It has to be called after the internal representation
961+// of @list has been updated, because handlers connected to this signal
962+// might query the new state of the list.
963+//
964+// Implementations must only make changes to the model (as visible to
965+// its consumer) in places that will not cause problems for that
966+// consumer. For models that are driven directly by a write API (such
967+// as #GListStore), changes can be reported in response to uses of that
968+// API. For models that represent remote data, changes should only be
969+// made from a fresh mainloop dispatch. It is particularly not
970+// permitted to make changes in response to a call to the #GListModel
971+// consumer API.
972+//
973+// Stated another way: in general, it is assumed that code making a
974+// series of accesses to the model via the API, without returning to the
975+// mainloop, and without calling other code, will continue to view the
976+// same contents of the model.
977+func (x *ViewStackPages) ItemsChanged(PositionVar uint, RemovedVar uint, AddedVar uint) {
978+
979+ gio.XGListModelItemsChanged(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, RemovedVar, AddedVar)
980+
981+}
982+
983+// Gets the set containing all currently selected items in the model.
984+//
985+// This function may be slow, so if you are only interested in single item,
986+// consider using [method@Gtk.SelectionModel.is_selected] or if you are only
987+// interested in a few, consider [method@Gtk.SelectionModel.get_selection_in_range].
988+func (x *ViewStackPages) GetSelection() *gtk.Bitset {
989+
990+ cret := gtk.XGtkSelectionModelGetSelection(x.GoPointer())
991+ return cret
992+}
993+
994+// Gets the set of selected items in a range.
995+//
996+// This function is an optimization for
997+// [method@Gtk.SelectionModel.get_selection] when you are only
998+// interested in part of the model's selected state. A common use
999+// case is in response to the [signal@Gtk.SelectionModel::selection-changed]
1000+// signal.
1001+func (x *ViewStackPages) GetSelectionInRange(PositionVar uint, NItemsVar uint) *gtk.Bitset {
1002+
1003+ cret := gtk.XGtkSelectionModelGetSelectionInRange(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, NItemsVar)
1004+ return cret
1005+}
1006+
1007+// Checks if the given item is selected.
1008+func (x *ViewStackPages) IsSelected(PositionVar uint) bool {
1009+
1010+ cret := gtk.XGtkSelectionModelIsSelected(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar)
1011+ return cret
1012+}
1013+
1014+// Requests to select all items in the model.
1015+func (x *ViewStackPages) SelectAll() bool {
1016+
1017+ cret := gtk.XGtkSelectionModelSelectAll(x.GoPointer())
1018+ return cret
1019+}
1020+
1021+// Requests to select an item in the model.
1022+func (x *ViewStackPages) SelectItem(PositionVar uint, UnselectRestVar bool) bool {
1023+
1024+ cret := gtk.XGtkSelectionModelSelectItem(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, UnselectRestVar)
1025+ return cret
1026+}
1027+
1028+// Requests to select a range of items in the model.
1029+func (x *ViewStackPages) SelectRange(PositionVar uint, NItemsVar uint, UnselectRestVar bool) bool {
1030+
1031+ cret := gtk.XGtkSelectionModelSelectRange(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, NItemsVar, UnselectRestVar)
1032+ return cret
1033+}
1034+
1035+// Helper function for implementations of `GtkSelectionModel`.
1036+//
1037+// Call this when a the selection changes to emit the
1038+// [signal@Gtk.SelectionModel::selection-changed] signal.
1039+func (x *ViewStackPages) SelectionChanged(PositionVar uint, NItemsVar uint) {
1040+
1041+ gtk.XGtkSelectionModelSelectionChanged(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, NItemsVar)
1042+
1043+}
1044+
1045+// Make selection changes.
1046+//
1047+// This is the most advanced selection updating method that allows
1048+// the most fine-grained control over selection changes. If you can,
1049+// you should try the simpler versions, as implementations are more
1050+// likely to implement support for those.
1051+//
1052+// Requests that the selection state of all positions set in @mask
1053+// be updated to the respective value in the @selected bitmask.
1054+//
1055+// In pseudocode, it would look something like this:
1056+//
1057+// ```c
1058+// for (i = 0; i < n_items; i++)
1059+//
1060+// {
1061+// // don't change values not in the mask
1062+// if (!gtk_bitset_contains (mask, i))
1063+// continue;
1064+//
1065+// if (gtk_bitset_contains (selected, i))
1066+// select_item (i);
1067+// else
1068+// unselect_item (i);
1069+// }
1070+//
1071+// gtk_selection_model_selection_changed (model,
1072+//
1073+// first_changed_item,
1074+// n_changed_items);
1075+//
1076+// ```
1077+//
1078+// @mask and @selected must not be modified. They may refer to the
1079+// same bitset, which would mean that every item in the set should
1080+// be selected.
1081+func (x *ViewStackPages) SetSelection(SelectedVar *gtk.Bitset, MaskVar *gtk.Bitset) bool {
1082+
1083+ cret := gtk.XGtkSelectionModelSetSelection(x.GoPointer(), SelectedVar, MaskVar)
1084+ return cret
1085+}
1086+
1087+// Requests to unselect all items in the model.
1088+func (x *ViewStackPages) UnselectAll() bool {
1089+
1090+ cret := gtk.XGtkSelectionModelUnselectAll(x.GoPointer())
1091+ return cret
1092+}
1093+
1094+// Requests to unselect an item in the model.
1095+func (x *ViewStackPages) UnselectItem(PositionVar uint) bool {
1096+
1097+ cret := gtk.XGtkSelectionModelUnselectItem(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar)
1098+ return cret
1099+}
1100+
1101+// Requests to unselect a range of items in the model.
1102+func (x *ViewStackPages) UnselectRange(PositionVar uint, NItemsVar uint) bool {
1103+
1104+ cret := gtk.XGtkSelectionModelUnselectRange(x.GoPointer(), PositionVar, NItemsVar)
1105+ return cret
1106+}
1107+
8221108 func init() {
8231109 lib, err := purego.Dlopen(core.GetPath("ADW"), purego.RTLD_NOW|purego.RTLD_GLOBAL)
8241110 if err != nil {
@@ -864,4 +1150,9 @@ func init() {
8641150 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackPageSetUseUnderline, lib, "adw_view_stack_page_set_use_underline")
8651151 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackPageSetVisible, lib, "adw_view_stack_page_set_visible")
8661152
1153+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackPagesGLibType, lib, "adw_view_stack_pages_get_type")
1154+
1155+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackPagesGetSelectedPage, lib, "adw_view_stack_pages_get_selected_page")
1156+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xViewStackPagesSetSelectedPage, lib, "adw_view_stack_pages_set_selected_page")
1157+
8671158 }
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher-bar.go +31 -26
@@ -37,38 +37,38 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBarClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3737 // on mobile phones. It can't be revealed if there are less than two pages.
3838 //
3939 // `AdwViewSwitcherBar` is intended to be used together with
40-// [class@ViewSwitcherTitle].
41-//
42-// A common use case is to bind the [property@ViewSwitcherBar:reveal] property
43-// to [property@ViewSwitcherTitle:title-visible] to automatically reveal the
44-// view switcher bar when the title label is displayed in place of the view
45-// switcher, as follows:
40+// `AdwViewSwitcher` in a header bar, and a [class@Breakpoint] showing the view
41+// switcher bar on narrow sizes, while removing the view switcher from the
42+// header bar, as follows:
4643 //
4744 // ```xml
48-// <object class="GtkWindow">
45+// <object class="AdwWindow">
4946 //
50-// <property name="titlebar">
51-// <object class="AdwHeaderBar">
52-// <property name="centering-policy">strict</property>
53-// <property name="title-widget">
54-// <object class="AdwViewSwitcherTitle" id="title">
55-// <property name="stack">stack</property>
56-// </object>
57-// </property>
47+// <child>
48+// <object class="AdwBreakpoint">
49+// <condition>max-width: 550sp</condition>
50+// <setter object="switcher_bar" property="reveal">True</setter>
51+// <setter object="header_bar" property="title-widget"/>
5852 // </object>
59-// </property>
60-// <property name="child">
61-// <object class="GtkBox">
62-// <property name="orientation">vertical</property>
63-// <child>
64-// <object class="AdwViewStack" id="stack"/>
53+// </child>
54+// <property name="content">
55+// <object class="AdwToolbarView">
56+// <child type="top">
57+// <object class="AdwHeaderBar" id="header_bar">
58+// <property name="title-widget">
59+// <object class="AdwViewSwitcher">
60+// <property name="stack">stack</property>
61+// <property name="policy">wide</property>
62+// </object>
63+// </property>
64+// </object>
6565 // </child>
66-// <child>
67-// <object class="AdwViewSwitcherBar">
66+// <property name="content">
67+// <object class="AdwViewStack" id="stack"/>
68+// </property>
69+// <child type="bottom">
70+// <object class="AdwViewSwitcherBar" id="switcher_bar">
6871 // <property name="stack">stack</property>
69-// <binding name="reveal">
70-// <lookup name="title-visible">title</lookup>
71-// </binding>
7272 // </object>
7373 // </child>
7474 // </object>
@@ -77,6 +77,11 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBarClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
7777 // </object>
7878 // ```
7979 //
80+// It's recommended to set [property@ViewSwitcher:policy] to
81+// `ADW_VIEW_SWITCHER_POLICY_WIDE` in this case.
82+//
83+// You may have to adjust the breakpoint condition for your specific pages.
84+//
8085 // ## CSS nodes
8186 //
8287 // `AdwViewSwitcherBar` has a single CSS node with name` viewswitcherbar`.
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher-title.go +16 -17
@@ -51,25 +51,24 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitleClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5151 // switcher, as follows:
5252 //
5353 // ```xml
54-// <object class="GtkWindow">
55-//
56-// <property name="titlebar">
57-// <object class="AdwHeaderBar">
58-// <property name="centering-policy">strict</property>
59-// <property name="title-widget">
60-// <object class="AdwViewSwitcherTitle" id="title">
61-// <property name="stack">stack</property>
54+// <object class="AdwWindow">
55+//
56+// <property name="content">
57+// <object class="AdwToolbarView">
58+// <child type="top">
59+// <object class="AdwHeaderBar">
60+// <property name="centering-policy">strict</property>
61+// <property name="title-widget">
62+// <object class="AdwViewSwitcherTitle" id="title">
63+// <property name="stack">stack</property>
64+// </object>
65+// </property>
6266 // </object>
63-// </property>
64-// </object>
65-// </property>
66-// <property name="child">
67-// <object class="GtkBox">
68-// <property name="orientation">vertical</property>
69-// <child>
70-// <object class="AdwViewStack" id="stack"/>
7167 // </child>
72-// <child>
68+// <property name="content">
69+// <object class="AdwViewStack" id="stack"/>
70+// </property>
71+// <child type="bottom">
7372 // <object class="AdwViewSwitcherBar">
7473 // <property name="stack">stack</property>
7574 // <binding name="reveal">
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher.go +45 -2
@@ -56,8 +56,51 @@ const (
5656 // displayed side by side, or icon on top of the label. This can be controlled
5757 // via the [property@ViewSwitcher:policy] property.
5858 //
59-// Most applications should be using [class@ViewSwitcherBar] and
60-// [class@ViewSwitcherTitle].
59+// `AdwViewSwitcher` is intended to be used in a header bar together with
60+// [class@ViewSwitcherBar] at the bottom of the window, and a [class@Breakpoint]
61+// showing the view switcher bar on narrow sizes, while removing the view
62+// switcher from the header bar, as follows:
63+//
64+// ```xml
65+// <object class="AdwWindow">
66+//
67+// <child>
68+// <object class="AdwBreakpoint">
69+// <condition>max-width: 550sp</condition>
70+// <setter object="switcher_bar" property="reveal">True</setter>
71+// <setter object="header_bar" property="title-widget"/>
72+// </object>
73+// </child>
74+// <property name="content">
75+// <object class="AdwToolbarView">
76+// <child type="top">
77+// <object class="AdwHeaderBar" id="header_bar">
78+// <property name="title-widget">
79+// <object class="AdwViewSwitcher">
80+// <property name="stack">stack</property>
81+// <property name="policy">wide</property>
82+// </object>
83+// </property>
84+// </object>
85+// </child>
86+// <property name="content">
87+// <object class="AdwViewStack" id="stack"/>
88+// </property>
89+// <child type="bottom">
90+// <object class="AdwViewSwitcherBar" id="switcher_bar">
91+// <property name="stack">stack</property>
92+// </object>
93+// </child>
94+// </object>
95+// </property>
96+//
97+// </object>
98+// ```
99+//
100+// It's recommended to set [property@ViewSwitcher:policy] to
101+// `ADW_VIEW_SWITCHER_POLICY_WIDE` in this case.
102+//
103+// You may have to adjust the breakpoint condition for your specific pages.
61104 //
62105 // ## CSS nodes
63106 //
M v4/adw/adw-window.go +119 -7
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/internal/core"
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gdk"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gio"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1213 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1314 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gsk"
@@ -36,20 +37,20 @@ func (x *WindowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3637 // </picture>
3738 //
3839 // The `AdwWindow` widget is a subclass of [class@Gtk.Window] which has no
39-// titlebar area. It means [class@Gtk.HeaderBar] can be used as follows:
40+// titlebar area. Instead, [class@ToolbarView] can be used together with
41+// [class@HeaderBar] or [class@Gtk.HeaderBar] as follows:
4042 //
4143 // ```xml
4244 // <object class="AdwWindow">
4345 //
4446 // <property name="content">
45-// <object class="GtkBox">
46-// <property name="orientation">vertical</property>
47-// <child>
48-// <object class="GtkHeaderBar"/>
47+// <object class="AdwToolbarView">
48+// <child type="top">
49+// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"/>
4950 // </child>
50-// <child>
51+// <property name="content">
5152 // <!-- ... -->
52-// </child>
53+// </property>
5354 // </object>
5455 // </property>
5556 //
@@ -59,6 +60,52 @@ func (x *WindowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5960 // Using [property@Gtk.Window:titlebar] or [property@Gtk.Window:child]
6061 // is not supported and will result in a crash. Use [property@Window:content]
6162 // instead.
63+//
64+// ## Dialogs
65+//
66+// `AdwWindow` can contain [class@Dialog]. Use [method@Dialog.present] with the
67+// window or a widget within a window to show a dialog.
68+//
69+// ## Breakpoints
70+//
71+// `AdwWindow` can be used with [class@Breakpoint] the same way as
72+// [class@BreakpointBin]. Refer to that widget's documentation for details.
73+//
74+// Example:
75+//
76+// ```xml
77+// <object class="AdwWindow">
78+//
79+// <property name="content">
80+// <object class="AdwToolbarView">
81+// <child type="top">
82+// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"/>
83+// </child>
84+// <property name="content">
85+// <!-- ... -->
86+// </property>
87+// <child type="bottom">
88+// <object class="GtkActionBar" id="bottom_bar">
89+// <property name="revealed">True</property>
90+// <property name="visible">False</property>
91+// </object>
92+// </child>
93+// </object>
94+// </property>
95+// <child>
96+// <object class="AdwBreakpoint">
97+// <condition>max-width: 500px</condition>
98+// <setter object="bottom_bar" property="visible">True</setter>
99+// </object>
100+// </child>
101+//
102+// </object>
103+// ```
104+//
105+// When breakpoints are used, the minimum size must be larger than the smallest
106+// UI state. `AdwWindow` defaults to the minimum size of 360×200 px. If that's
107+// too small, set the [property@Gtk.Widget:width-request] and
108+// [property@Gtk.Widget:height-request] properties manually.
62109 type Window struct {
63110 gtk.Window
64111 }
@@ -92,6 +139,15 @@ func NewWindow() *Window {
92139 return cls
93140 }
94141
142+var xWindowAddBreakpoint func(uintptr, uintptr)
143+
144+// Adds @breakpoint to @self.
145+func (x *Window) AddBreakpoint(BreakpointVar *Breakpoint) {
146+
147+ xWindowAddBreakpoint(x.GoPointer(), BreakpointVar.GoPointer())
148+
149+}
150+
95151 var xWindowGetContent func(uintptr) uintptr
96152
97153 // Gets the content widget of @self.
@@ -111,6 +167,58 @@ func (x *Window) GetContent() *gtk.Widget {
111167 return cls
112168 }
113169
170+var xWindowGetCurrentBreakpoint func(uintptr) uintptr
171+
172+// Gets the current breakpoint.
173+func (x *Window) GetCurrentBreakpoint() *Breakpoint {
174+ var cls *Breakpoint
175+
176+ cret := xWindowGetCurrentBreakpoint(x.GoPointer())
177+
178+ if cret == 0 {
179+ return nil
180+ }
181+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
182+ cls = &Breakpoint{}
183+ cls.Ptr = cret
184+ return cls
185+}
186+
187+var xWindowGetDialogs func(uintptr) uintptr
188+
189+// Returns a [iface@Gio.ListModel] that contains the open dialogs of @self.
190+//
191+// This can be used to keep an up-to-date view.
192+func (x *Window) GetDialogs() *gio.ListModelBase {
193+ var cls *gio.ListModelBase
194+
195+ cret := xWindowGetDialogs(x.GoPointer())
196+
197+ if cret == 0 {
198+ return nil
199+ }
200+ cls = &gio.ListModelBase{}
201+ cls.Ptr = cret
202+ return cls
203+}
204+
205+var xWindowGetVisibleDialog func(uintptr) uintptr
206+
207+// Returns the currently visible dialog in @self, if there's one.
208+func (x *Window) GetVisibleDialog() *Dialog {
209+ var cls *Dialog
210+
211+ cret := xWindowGetVisibleDialog(x.GoPointer())
212+
213+ if cret == 0 {
214+ return nil
215+ }
216+ gobject.IncreaseRef(cret)
217+ cls = &Dialog{}
218+ cls.Ptr = cret
219+ return cls
220+}
221+
114222 var xWindowSetContent func(uintptr, uintptr)
115223
116224 // Sets the content widget of @self.
@@ -390,7 +498,11 @@ func init() {
390498
391499 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xNewWindow, lib, "adw_window_new")
392500
501+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowAddBreakpoint, lib, "adw_window_add_breakpoint")
393502 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetContent, lib, "adw_window_get_content")
503+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetCurrentBreakpoint, lib, "adw_window_get_current_breakpoint")
504+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetDialogs, lib, "adw_window_get_dialogs")
505+ core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowGetVisibleDialog, lib, "adw_window_get_visible_dialog")
394506 core.PuregoSafeRegister(&xWindowSetContent, lib, "adw_window_set_content")
395507
396508 }

Keyboard shortcuts

Single-key shortcuts are on. ctrl k and esc work whatever this says.

ctrl k :
go to a section, branch, tag, file or repository
?
this list
j k
move the row cursor down / up
enter
open the row under the cursor; on Files, a directory opens or closes in place
↑ ↓ ← → home end
in the file tree (focus on a row): previous / next row, close / open a directory or go to its parent / first entry, first / last row. They never open a file
l h
on Files: open a directory or a file / close a directory or go up to its parent, then to the parent page. Elsewhere: into the side panel (on a merge request, its files) / back to the content; there j k move between its controls
g g G
first / last row
/
filter the list; on Files, find a file anywhere in the repository (esc clears, enter opens the best match)
b
switch branch or tag
g s g f g c g b g m g i g r g a
tabs: summary, files, commits, branches & tags, merge requests, issues, releases, actions (when available)
g h
home
w
wide mode: use the whole width of the screen, or not (remembered)
y
copy a permalink pinned to the commit
d u x
diff: split / unified / collapse or expand all
e E
diff: the whole file in view / every file, with the lines the hunks hide
n
merge request: next note in the diff
esc
close a dialog, leave a field

Branches 1

Tags 102

↑↓ moveenter openesc close